닫기
  • Store

  • Product

  • Order

  • Customer

  • Community

  • Design

  • Promotion

  • Application

  • Category

  • Collection

  • Supply

  • Shipping

  • Salesreport

  • Personal

  • Privacy

  • Mileage

  • Notification

  • Translation

  • Analytics

    non-print

    API Index

    Introduction

    Cafe24 API

    Cafe24 Shopping Mall API is an API provided to app store join developers and third-party solution providers to provide services related to shopping malls.

    Cafe24 API is a RESTful architecture that provides OAuth 2.0 based authentication system, a standard HTTP request method, a predictable endpoint URL, and an HTTP code based error message.

    API Diagram

    Check out the overall structure of Cafe24 API through the diagram that describes the relations between resources.

    Request/Response Format

    • API request and response support JSON format.

    • For privacy protection purposes, Cafe 24 API only supports HTTPS protocol.

    • Dates properties are provided in the ISO_8601 format. : YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS + 09:00

    Request Example (search)
    Request Example (register/modify)
    Right response example
    {
        "resource": {
            "key": "value",
            "key": "value"
         }
    }
    Error response example
    {
        "error": {
            "code": "error code",
            "message": "error message",
            "more_info": {
            }
        }
    }

    Method

    Each resources support Create, Read, Update, and Delete and API can be used by using standard HTTP method.

    • POST : Create the resource.

    • GET: Read data the resource.

    • PUT : Modify(Update) the resource.

    • DELETE : Delete (delete) the resource.

    Admin API Intro

    The Admin API is suitable for the shopping mall administrator to query, create, modify, and delete information in the shopping mall. The Admin API can get almost every information of resource and available only after pass Oauth 2.0 authentication.

    Example
    https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/admin/sampleapi

    API Status Code

    Code Case Solutions
    200 When GET success, PUT success, DELETE success
    201 When POST success
    207 When status is vary as requested multiple objects. Checks the error status of each object and deal with errors according to its status.
    400 Server does not understand request
    1) Wrong Content-Type declaration
    2) Application/type is not json
    Check for the "Content-Type" is application/json when request.
    400 When not use URL Encoded character in API Request URL Check whether API request URL has URL encoded character.
    401 1) When Access Token is missing
    2) When Access Token is wrong
    3) When Access Token is expired
    4) Unrecognizable client
    Check whether the Access Token is granted and used via valid process.
    401 client_id is missing when using Front API Check whether using valid client_id.
    403 1) Access Token does not include Scope authority
    2) Access forbidden for Front API
    Check the Scope of API or setting of shopping mall whether you have the authority for request API.
    403 Not a https protocol Check whether request protocol is https.
    403 Shopping mall has not been upgraded to a 'New product' mall Shopping mall has to be upgraded to a 'New product' mall in order to use API.
    403 (Admin API) App has been deleted from the shopping mall. Install again after check whether the App is installed at the shopping mall.
    403 (Front API) App has been deleted from the shopping mall. Install again after check whether the App is installed at the shopping mall.
    404 1) When requested wrong API URL
    2) When cannot found resource
    3) When missing {#id}
    Check the API reference for errors in URL.
    409 The requested resource already exists request data to be corrected.
    422 When requested value is unprocessible with API reference
    1) Missing necessary parameter
    2) Not same with API reference
    Check the API reference for whether omitted necessary parameter or put a wrong value.
    429 When client requested over than Bucket volume Request later in a while for not exceed maximum request.
    500 Internal server error or unknown error A temporary error has occurred. Please try again.
    503 Server is unavailable Please contact to developer center.
    503 Server is unavailable. Cannot use API right now Please contact to developer center.
    504 Timeout Response timeout due to a temporary error. Please try again later.

    How to use GET API

    Cafe24 API provides several ways to get the data.

    The following describes the different ways to recall data using various parameters when inquiring an API.

    1. Add search conditions

    You can use search conditions by adding parameters to an endpoint.

    If you want to use multiple search conditions, separate them with ampersands (&).

    You can also specify a date and time if it is supported by the API you are using.

    Add search conditions
    E.g. When searching for products of which price is KRW 1,000 or higher in a certain brand
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/products?brand_code=B000000A&price_min=1000
    
    E.g. When searching for products by specifying the date range in which they were added
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/products?created_start_date=2018-01-03&created_end_date=2018-02-03
    
    E.g. When searching for products by specifying the date range in which they were edited
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/products?updated_start_date=2018-01-03T14:01:26+09:00&updated_end_date=2018-02-03T14:01:26+09:00

    2. Use commas to search for more than one item

    Use commas to search for data for more than one item. (You can search for up to 100 items in one query.)

    The search conditions separated by commas are OR conditions; You can view all data corresponding to the conditions.

    Use commas to search for more than one item
    E.g. When searching for products by specifying their product numbers
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/products?product_no=11,12,13
    
    E.g. When searching for products by specifying their product numbers and product codes
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/products?product_no=11,12,13&product_code=P000000X,P000000W

    3. View multi-language store information

    You can search for the information of a localized store by specifying its multi-language store number.

    If you don't, the information of the default store will be shown.

    View multi-language store information
    E.g. When searching for products in a certain localized store
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/products?shop_no=2

    4. Retrieve single item & details

    You can retrieve the details of a resource by specifying its ID.

    You can only search for the details of one single product in one query

    but you can retrieve more details than when you search for multiple products.

    Retrieve single item & details
    E.g. When retrieving the details of a product by specifying its product number
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/admin/products/128
    
    
    E.g. When retrieving the details of one single product by specifying its product number
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/admin/products?product_no=128

    5. Pagination

    If there are too many results, you define the number of details returned in one response with the "limit" parameter.

    If you are not able to view all details with the maximum value of the "limit" parameter, you can use the "offset" parameter.

    Pagination
    E.g. When paging the details of 100 products at a time
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/admin/products?limit=100
    
    
    E.g. When retrieving details from the 201st to the 300th product
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/admin/products?limit=100&offset=200

    6. Retrieve specific items

    Use the "fields" parameter to view specific details

    Retrieve specific items
    E.g. When retrieving the product name and product name only
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/admin/products?fields=product_name,product_no

    7. View sub-resources

    If supported by the API you are using, you can search for the data for sub-resources with the "embed" parameter.

    View sub-resources
    E.g. When searching for the variants and stock of a product
    GET https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/admin/products/570?embed=variants,inventories

    API Limit

    Cafe 24 API works with the "Leaky Bucket" algorithm. The Leaky Bucket algorithm has the effect of limiting the number of API requests that are abnormally high for performance purposes, but also allowing the use of routine API requests without restriction.

    Cafe 24 API stacks API requests in the dock. Bucket is limited to API calls when up to "Request Limit" per shopping mall are filled. The Bucket is decreased twice per second and can be recalled as a decrease.

    • If the app calls the API twice a second, you can continue to use the API calls without restriction.

    • If more than "Request Limit" calls are generated momentarily within a second, return the 429 error (too many requests).

    • If more than 10 requests per second are made from the same IP address of an online store, the requests may be considered abnormal or malicious.

    You can avoid the 429 error by checking the X-Api-Call-Limit with the header. You can see how many APIs have been ordered from the shopping mall, and how many Buckets are left.

    X-Api-Call-Limit : 1/40

    Versioning

    Past Versions are provided in date format to support APIs that are not compatible with (latest) 2024-03-01

    User may define which version to use by setting value in the custom header "X-Cafe24-Api-Version". Without this value set, API version will follow version set in the app setup.

    App version can be found in below path.

    • Developer Center (sign-in) > Apps > App setup > "Version settings" underneath "App credentials"

    A version is valid for 1 year since the release of the latest version.

    In case your version get expired, oldest version currently valid will be used instead.

    Example (request)

    Authentication

    Get Authentication Code

    When requesting a token to be issued, the code used can not be reused and expires one minute after the code is issued.

    • {mallid} : Enter the appropriate shopping mall ID.

    • {client_id} : Enter the client_id of the app created in the developer center.

    • {state} : The value entered above is returned as a value to prevent modulation.

    • {redirect_anI} : Enter the Redirect URL for the app created by the developer center.

    • {script} : You can enter the privileges of the resource server to access the access token.

    To receive an access token, you must request a cotton access code. The access code is used if the client is in the form of a Web application.

    Example (request)
    GET 'https://{mallid}.cafe24api.com/api/v2/oauth/authorize?response_type=code&client_id={client_id}&state={state}&redirect_uri={redirect_uri}&scope={scope}'
    Example (response)
    HTTP/1.1 302 Found
    Location: {redirect_uri}?code={authorize_code}&state={state}

    Get Access Token

    You can get a user token to actually call up the API using the issued authentication code.

    • {mallid} : Enter the corresponding shopping mall ID.

    • {client_id} : Enter the client_id of the app created in the developer center.

    • {client_secret} : Enter the client_secret for the app created at the developer center.

    • {code} : Enter the issued code.

    • {redirect_anI} : Enter the Redirect URL for the app created by the developer center.

    access_token : This is the approach token used by clients to access the resource server.

    refresh_token : This token is used to reissue after the approach token expires.

    Example (request)
    Example (response)
    HTTP/1.1 200 OK
    {
        "access_token": "0iqR5nM5EJIq..........",
        "expires_at": "2021-03-01T14:00:00.000",
        "refresh_token": "JeTJ7XpnFC0P..........",
        "refresh_token_expires_at": "2021-03-15T12:00:00.000",
        "client_id": "BrIfqEKoPxeE..........",
        "mall_id": "yourmall",
        "user_id": "test",
        "scopes": [
            "mall.read_order",
            "mall.read_product",
            "mall.read_store",
            "...etc...",
        ],
        "issued_at": "2021-03-01T12:00:00.000"
    }

    Get Access Token using refresh token

    The approach token is unavilable after two hours after issued. After the approach token has expired, it must be reissued before the resource server can be accessed. If you have already received the approach token, you can re-issue it using refresh_token.

    The refresh token is valid for two weeks. If you request it before refresh token is finished, it is returned with the updated access token. You can not use the old refresh token after it has expired.

    You can get a user token to actually call up the API using the issued authentication code.

    • {mallid} : Enter the corresponding shopping mall ID.

    • {domain} : Enter the domain of the shopping mall.

    • {Client_id} : Enter the client_id of the app created by the developer center.

    • {client_secret} : Enter the client_secret of the app created by the developer center.

    • {refresh_token} : Enter the refresh_token received when the token was issued.

    access_token : Used as access token when clients access resource servers.

    refresh_token : This token is used to reissue after the approach token expires.

    Example (request)
    Example (response)
    HTTP/1.1 200 OK
    {
        "access_token": "21EZes0dGSfN..........",
        "expires_at": "2021-03-01T15:50:00.000",
        "refresh_token": "xLlhWztQHBik............",
        "refresh_token_expires_at": "2021-03-15T13:50:00.000",
        "client_id": "BrIfqEKoPxeE..........",
        "mall_id": "yourmall",
        "user_id": "test",
        "scopes": [
            "mall.read_order",
            "mall.read_product",
            "mall.read_store",
            "...etc...",
        ],
        "issued_at": "2021-03-01T13:50:00.000"
    }

    Revoke Access Token

    You can revoke the access token you requested.

    When the access token is revoked, the refresh token corresponding to the token requested is also revoked.

    • {mallid} : Enter the corresponding shopping mall ID.

    • {domain} : Enter the domain of the shopping mall.

    • {Client_id} : Enter the client_id of the app created by the developer center.

    • {client_secret} : Enter the client_secret of the app created by the developer center.

    • {token} : Enter the access token to be revoked.

    Example (request)
    Example (response)
    HTTP/1.1 200 OK

    Store

    Activitylogs

    Activity log is a record of activities performed by admin user upon managing the mall.
    The activity log resource allows you to create or retrieve activity logs of the mall.

    Activitylogs properties

    Attribute Description
    process_no

    action number

    mode

    mode

    P : PC Admin
    M : Mobile admin
    S : Smart Mode (old)

    type

    division

    content

    action

    process_date

    processed on

    manager_id

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    account

    manager_type

    account type

    Retrieve a list of action logs

    GET

    Retrieve activity logs as a list.
    Check who performed the operation in which menu and when.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    manager_type

    account type

    P: head admin
    A: sub-admin
    S: supplier

    manager_id

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    account

    mode

    mode

    P : PC Admin
    M : Mobile admin
    S : Smart Mode (old)

    type

    division

    content

    Max Length : [500]

    action

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve an action log

    GET

    Search the activity log in detail.
    Check who performed the operation in which menu and when. Check details of the operation conducted.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    process_no
    Required

    action number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Automessages arguments

    Automessages arguments is a resource that checks the variables that can be used when sending automated messages.

    Automessages arguments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    name

    Variable name

    description

    Description

    sample

    Sample

    string_length

    Maximum count of characters that can be displayed in a variable

    Char: Display all characters based on defined settings
    Variable: No limit. Display all characters.

    send_case

    When variables can be used (Available occasions)

    Retrieve the list of available variables for automated messages

    GET

    You can check the automatic message sending settings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve the list of available variables for automated messages
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Automessages setting

    Automessages setting is a resource that checks the sending method in use when sending messages automatically, and inquires and changes which sending method should be prioritized.

    Automessages setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    use_sms

    Whether SMS is enabled

    T: Enabled
    F: Disabled

    use_kakaoalimtalk

    Whether Kakao Info-Talk is enabled

    T: Enabled
    F: Disabled

    use_push

    Whether push notification is enabled

    T: Enabled
    F: Disabled

    send_method

    Automated delivery methods

    S: SMS
    K: Kakao Info-Talk (Message will be sent via SMS if system fails to send it via KakaoTalk)

    send_method_push

    Whether push notification is going to be sent first to customers who opted-in to receive push notifications

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Retrieve the automated message settings

    GET

    You can check the automatic message sending settings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve the automated message settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an automated message

    PUT

    You can change the settings for sending automatic messages.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    send_method
    Required

    Automated delivery methods

    S: SMS
    K: Kakao Info-Talk (Message will be sent via SMS if system fails to send it via KakaoTalk)

    send_method_push

    Whether push notification is going to be sent first to customers who opted-in to receive push notifications

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Update an automated message
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Coupons setting

    Coupons setting allows you to enter basic settings for coupons to be used in the mall.
    Various settings such as coupon discounts, toggling accumulation, restrictions and displays are capable.

    Coupons setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    use_coupon

    enable coupons

    T: yes
    F: no

    available_issue_type

    allowed coupon type at checkout

    A: both checkout and product coupons
    O: checkout coupons only
    P: product coupons only

    allow_using_coupons_with_points

    allow using points with coupons

    T: yes
    F: no

    allow_using_coupons_with_discounts

    allow using customer tier based-discounts with coupons

    A: allow both
    C: allow coupons only
    G: allow customer tier-based discounts only

    allow_using_product_and_order_coupons

    allow using product coupons and checkout coupons together

    T: yes
    F: no

    recover_coupon_setting

    auto-restore coupons for

    max_coupon_count

    limit number of coupon uses for

    use_additional_coupon

    additional coupon

    T: yes
    F: no

    additional_coupon_no

    additional coupon number

    show_coupon_to_non_members

    display coupons to guests

    T: yes
    F: no

    show_group_coupon_to_non_members

    including coupons issued for specific customer tiers

    T: Included
    F: Not included

    show_issued_coupon

    display coupons already downloaded

    T: yes
    F: no

    sorting_type

    sort coupons by

    A: coupon start date
    B: coupon end date
    C: coupon issued date
    D: amount of discount/points issued
    E: discount/points issuance rate

    download_image_type

    default download button image

    1:TYPE1
    2:TYPE2
    3:TYPE3
    4:TYPE4
    5:TYPE5

    background_image_type

    default background image

    1:TYPE1
    2:TYPE2
    3:TYPE3
    4:TYPE4
    5:TYPE5

    Retrieve coupon settings

    GET

    Retrieve setting information such as whether coupons are used or whether coupons and discounts are used at the same time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve coupon settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update coupon settings

    PUT

    Update coupon setting information.
    You can update information such as whether to use coupons, restrictions on coupon usage, and limiting the number of coupon usage.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    use_coupon

    enable coupons

    T: yes
    F: no

    available_issue_type

    allowed coupon type at checkout

    A: both checkout and product coupons
    O: checkout coupons only
    P: product coupons only

    allow_using_coupons_with_points

    allow using points with coupons

    T: yes
    F: no

    allow_using_coupons_with_discounts

    allow using customer tier based-discounts with coupons

    A: allow both
    C: allow coupons only
    G: allow customer tier-based discounts only

    allow_using_product_and_order_coupons

    allow using product coupons and checkout coupons together

    T: yes
    F: no

    recover_coupon_setting

    auto-restore coupons for

    restore_viewpoint
    auto-restore coupons
    A: once cancellations/exchanges/returns are complete
    B: once cancellations/exchanges/returns are accepted

    cancel_before_pay
    cancellations before payment
    T: yes
    F: no
    M: always ask

    cancel_after_pay
    cancellations after payment
    T: yes
    F: no
    M: always ask

    return
    exchanges
    T: yes
    F: no
    M: always ask

    exchange
    returns
    T: yes
    F: no
    M: always ask

    part
    auto-restore coupons for orders partially canceled/returned/exchanged
    F: no
    M: always ask

    max_coupon_count

    limit number of coupon uses for

    product_per_product
    product coupons per product

    order_per_order
    checkout coupons per order

    product_and_order_per_order
    product/checkout coupons per order

    product_per_order
    product coupons per order

    product_and_order_per_day
    product/checkout coupons per day

    use_additional_coupon

    additional coupon

    T: yes
    F: no

    additional_coupon_no

    Array Max : [5]

    additional coupon number

    coupon_no
    Coupon number

    show_coupon_to_non_members

    display coupons to guests

    T: yes
    F: no

    show_group_coupon_to_non_members

    including coupons issued for specific customer tiers

    T: Included
    F: Not included

    show_issued_coupon

    display coupons already downloaded

    T: yes
    F: no

    sorting_type

    sort coupons by

    A: coupon start date
    B: coupon end date
    C: coupon issued date
    D: amount of discount/points issued
    E: discount/points issuance rate

    download_image_type

    default download button image

    1:TYPE1
    2:TYPE2
    3:TYPE3
    4:TYPE4
    5:TYPE5

    background_image_type

    default background image

    1:TYPE1
    2:TYPE2
    3:TYPE3
    4:TYPE4
    5:TYPE5

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Currency

    This resource lets you read a store’s currency information and exchange rates.

    Currency properties

    Attribute Description
    exchange_rate

    Exchange rate

    standard_currency_code

    Standard currency code

    The currency code used in the shopping mall of the shopping mall. Standard currency refers to the currency commonly used in countries where a shopping mall operator belongs.

    standard_currency_symbol

    Standard currency symbol

    The currency symbol used in the shopping mall of the shopping mall. Standard currency refers to the currency commonly used in countries where a shopping mall operator belongs.

    shop_currency_code

    Shopping mall currency code

    shop_currency_symbol

    Shopping mall currency symbol

    shop_currency_format

    Payment currency display method

    Retrieve currency settings

    GET

    Retrieve currency & exchange rate info used in the mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40
    Retrieve currency settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Dashboard

    Dashboard is a brief summary of shopping mall operation information such as order status and sales status.

    Dashboard properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    daily_sales_stats

    Daily sales stats

    Daily sales information.

    weekly_sales_stats

    Weekly sales stats

    Weekly sales information.

    monthly_sales_stats

    Monthly sales stats

    Monthly sales information.

    sold_out_products_count

    Number of the products sold out

    Number of soldout products. Counts only for products which using both soldout option and inventory management option.

    new_members_count

    Number of new members

    Number of newly signed up customer.

    board_list

    Board list

    Board list of a mall.

    Retrieve a dashboard

    GET

    Retrieve Dashboard info.
    Check info on sales stats, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve a dashboard
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Financials paymentgateway

    Financials paymentgateway (PG information) provides PG contract information.

    Financials paymentgateway properties

    Attribute Description
    partner_id

    PG-issued store ID

    payment_gateway_name

    Payment gateway name

    inicis: Inicis
    kcp: KCP
    allat: Allat
    ksnet: KSNET
    dacom: Toss Payments
    allthegate: alltheGate
    settlebank: SettleBank
    smartro: Smartro
    kicc: KICC
    mobilians: KG Mobilians
    danal: Danal

    contract_date

    PG contract date

    setting_date

    PG installation date

    bank_code

    bank code

    은행 코드 조회하기

    bank_account_no

    bank account

    status

    affiliated with kb bank

    T: yes
    F: no

    bank_account_name

    account holder

    payment_method_information

    settlement details by payment method

    ※ Define values for payment_method_information subelement

    1) 1) payment_method_information > period(정산 기간)

    D : Daily
    Woman: By week
    M : Monthly

    Retrieve a list of Payment Gateway contract details

    GET

    Retrieve a list of contract information by PG.
    Check PG contract date, settlement info by payment method, etc.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    payment_gateway_name

    Payment gateway name

    partner_id

    PG-issued store ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Financials store

    Provides transaction info by Payment Gateway.

    Financials store properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    first_payment_date

    First paid on

    payment_gateway_name

    Payment gateway name

    Retrieve the transaction information of a store

    GET

    Retrieve transaction info by payment methods.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    payment_method
    Required

    payment method code

    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account
    cell: mobile
    deferpay: COD
    cvs: convenience store
    point: digital wallet balance
    etc: others

    Retrieve the transaction information of a store
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Images setting

    Retrieve or update product image size settings.

    Images setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    product_image_size

    Product image size settings

    Retrieve product image size settings

    GET

    Retrieve product image size settings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve product image size settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update product image size settings

    PUT

    Update product image size settings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_image_size
    Required

    Product image size settings

    detail_image_width
    Detail image width

    detail_image_height
    Detail image height

    list_image_width
    Catalog image width

    list_image_height
    List image height

    tiny_image_width
    Catalog thumbnail width

    tiny_image_height
    Catalog thumbnail height

    zoom_image_width
    Zoomed-in image width

    zoom_image_height
    Zoomed-in image height

    small_image_width
    Gallery thumbnail width

    small_image_height
    Gallery thumbnail height

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Kakaoalimtalk profile

    It is a resource that allows you to check whether a store has registered its Kakao Channel profile key.

    Kakaoalimtalk profile properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    kakao_senderkey

    Kakao Channel sender profile key

    Retrieve a Kakao Channel sender profile key

    GET

    You can check the Kakao Channel sender profile key (senderkey).

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve a Kakao Channel sender profile key
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Kakaoalimtalk setting

    This resource checks whether Kakao Alim Talk service (Kakaoalimtalk setting) is used and changes the setting.

    Kakaoalimtalk setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    use_kakaoalimtalk

    Whether Kakao Info-Talk is enabled

    T: Enabled
    F: Disabled

    Retrieve the Kakao Info-Talk settings

    GET

    You can check Kakao Alim Talk service delivery settings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve the Kakao Info-Talk settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update the Kakao Info-Talk settings

    PUT

    You can change Kakao Alim Talk service delivery settings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    use_kakaoalimtalk

    Whether Kakao Info-Talk is enabled

    T: Enabled
    F: Disabled

    Update the Kakao Info-Talk settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Kakaopay setting

    Retrieve or update Kakaopay settings for a mall.

    Kakaopay setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    shop_key

    Unique identifier of the store

    pixel_code

    Kakao Advertising Pixel ID being used by the store (ECP/non-ECP)

    use_kakaopay

    Enable Kakao Pay

    T: Yes
    F: No

    product_detail_button_size

    Product details page button size

    basket_button_size

    Shopping cart page button size

    use_dark_mode

    Enable dark mode

    T: Yes
    F: No

    button_authorization_key

    Button authorization key of the store

    thirdparty_agree

    Agree to provide info to third parties

    T : Yes
    F : No

    thirdparty_agree_date

    Date of consent to provision of information to third party

    Retrieve settings for KakaoPay orders

    GET

    Retrieve Kakaopay settings for a mall.
    Check info on Kakaopay purchase, 3rd party consent, etc.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve settings for KakaoPay orders
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update settings for KakaoPay orders

    PUT

    Update Kakaopay settings for a mall.
    Update info on Kakaopay purchase, dark-mode activation, etc.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_key

    Unique identifier of the store

    pixel_code

    Kakao Advertising Pixel ID being used by the store (ECP/non-ECP)

    use_kakaopay

    Enable Kakao Pay

    T: Yes
    F: No

    product_detail_button_size

    Product details page button size

    pc
    pc

    mobile
    mobile

    basket_button_size

    Shopping cart page button size

    pc
    pc

    mobile
    mobile

    use_dark_mode

    Enable dark mode

    T: Yes
    F: No

    button_authorization_key

    Button authorization key of the store

    thirdparty_agree

    Agree to provide info to third parties

    T : Yes
    F : No

    thirdparty_agree_date

    Date

    Date of consent to provision of information to third party

    Update settings for KakaoPay orders
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Menus is a feature dealing with menu modes in a mall.
    You can retrieve menu modes & paths. Menu modes are comprised of pro mode, smart mode & mobile admin.

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    mode

    Mode

    new_pro: PC Admin
    mobile_admin: Mobile admin

    menu_no

    Menu number

    name

    Menu name

    path

    Menu path

    contains_app_url

    Include app URL

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Retrieve menus

    GET

    Retrieve menu modes & paths in a mall.
    Check info such as menu mode, menu number & whether app URL is included.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    mode

    Mode

    new_pro: PC Admin
    mobile_admin: Mobile admin

    DEFAULT new_pro

    menu_no

    Menu number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    contains_app_url

    Include app URL

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Mobile setting

    A resource on mobile shopping mall settings.
    Check info such as whether mobile mall is toggled & if address auto connection is used.

    Mobile setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    use_mobile_page

    Enable mobile store

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    use_mobile_domain_redirection

    Mobile connection address auto connection setting

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Retrieve mobile settings

    GET

    Retrieve mobile settings of a mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve mobile settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Naverpay Setting is a feature to retrieve or update Naverpay common authentication key of a mall.

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    authentication_key

    Naver common authentication key

    naverpay_version

    Naver Pay integration version

    shop_id

    Naver Pay Center ID

    is_button_show

    Display Naver Pay button

    is_used_order

    Integrate Naver Pay orders

    is_used_review

    Integrate Naver Pay order reviews

    is_show_review

    Display Naver pay order reviews

    is_order_page

    Page redirection when clicking Naver Pay button

    certi_key

    Naver merchant authentication key

    image_key

    Naver Pay button authentication key

    naver_button_pc_product

    Naver Pay button design for product details page (PC)

    naver_button_pc_basket

    Naver Pay button design for shopping cart page (PC)

    naver_button_mobile_product

    Naver Pay button design for product details page (Mobile)

    naver_button_mobile_basket

    Naver Pay button design for shopping cart page (Mobile)

    Retrieve Naver Pay settings

    GET

    Retrieve a Naverpay common authentication key of a mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve Naver Pay settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create Naver Pay settings

    POST

    you can register the common authentication key issued by Naver to the shopping mall administrator.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    authentication_key

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9_-]
    Max Length : [50]

    Naver common authentication key

    naverpay_version

    Naver Pay integration version

    DEFAULT 2.1

    shop_id
    Required

    Naver Pay Center ID

    is_button_show

    Display Naver Pay button

    DEFAULT T

    is_used_order

    Integrate Naver Pay orders

    DEFAULT T

    is_used_review

    Integrate Naver Pay order reviews

    DEFAULT T

    is_show_review

    Display Naver pay order reviews

    DEFAULT T

    is_order_page

    Page redirection when clicking Naver Pay button

    DEFAULT N

    certi_key
    Required

    Naver merchant authentication key

    image_key
    Required

    Naver Pay button authentication key

    naver_button_pc_product

    Naver Pay button design for product details page (PC)

    DEFAULT A|1|2

    naver_button_pc_basket

    Naver Pay button design for shopping cart page (PC)

    DEFAULT A|1|1

    naver_button_mobile_product

    Naver Pay button design for product details page (Mobile)

    DEFAULT MA|1|2

    naver_button_mobile_basket

    Naver Pay button design for shopping cart page (Mobile)

    DEFAULT MA|1|1

    Create Naver Pay settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update Naver Pay settings

    PUT

    Update a Naverpay common authentication key of a mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    authentication_key

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9_-]
    Max Length : [50]

    Naver common authentication key

    Update Naver Pay settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders setting

    Retrieve and update order settings for automatic recovery of inventory and discount/point amount upon cancellation/return.

    Orders setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    claim_request

    Settings for customer cancellation exchange and return requests

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    claim_request_type

    Item display settings for customer cancellation exchange and return requests

    It can only be checked when the claim_request item is T.

    S: Display "Basic options" D: Display "Advanced options"

    claim_request_button_exposure

    Request button display settings for customer cancellation exchange and return requests

    cancel_N10: Request cancellation button (Order status: Order in progress)
    cancel_N20: Request cancellation button (Order status: Preparing for shipment
    cancel_N22: Request cancellation button (Order status: Pending shipment)
    cancel_N21: Request cancellation (Order status: Awaiting shipment)
    exchange_N00: Request exchange button (Order status: Awaiting payment)
    exchange_N10: Request exchange button (Order status: Order in progress)
    exchange_N20: Request exchange button (Order status: Preparing for shipment)
    exchange_N22: Request exchange button (Order status: Pending shipment)
    exchange_N21: Request exchange button (Order status: Awaiting shipment)
    exchange_N30: Request exchange button (Order status: In transit)
    exchange_N40: Request exchange button (Order status: Delivered
    return_N30: Request return button (Order status: In transit)
    return_N40: Request return button (Order status: Delivered)

    claim_request_button_date_type

    Display request buttons for customer cancellation exchange and return based on

    order_date: Start displaying buttons from the order date
    shipend_date: Start displaying buttons from the delivered date

    claim_request_button_period

    Display period for customer cancellation exchange and return request buttons

    stock_recover

    Automatically recover stock for a canceled/returned item

    T: General settings F: Individual settings

    stock_recover_base

    General settings: Automatically recover stock for a canceled/returned item

    T: Automatically recover F: Do not automatically recover M: Ask whether to recover

    stock_recover_individual

    Individual settings: Recover stock for a canceled/returned item

    claim_request_auto_accept

    Settings for auto-accepting customer cancellation exchange and return requests

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    refund_benefit_setting

    Set discount/point amount for cancellations/exchanges/returns

    refund_processing_setting

    Refund settings for cancellation/exchange/return requests

    S: Process concurrently
    D: Process separately

    use_product_prepare_status

    Whether “Order in progress” status is in use

    T: Yes
    F: No

    use_purchase_confirmation_button

    Whether “Purchase confirmation” button is enabled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    purchase_confirmation_button_set_date

    “Purchase confirmation" button applied date

    use_purchase_confirmation_auto_check

    Whether “Automated purchase confirmation” is enabled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    purchase_confirmation_auto_check_day

    “Automated purchase confirmation” reference date

    purchase_confirmation_auto_check_set_date

    “Automated purchase confirmation” applied date

    use_additional_fields

    LIBSPECDATAUSE.ADDITIONAL.FIELDS

    T: Yes
    F: No

    customer_pays_return_shipping

    LIBSPECDATACUSTOMER.RETURN.SHIPPING

    T: Yes
    F: No

    refund_bank_account_required

    LIBSPECDATAREFUND.ACCOUNT.REQUIRED

    T: required
    F: optional

    Retrieve Order Settings

    GET

    Retrieve order settings such as automatic recovery of inventories upon cancellation/return & prices for discounts/points.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve Order Settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update Order settings

    PUT

    Update settings for discount / point amount upon cancel, exchange & return

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    refund_benefit_setting

    Set discount/point amount for cancellations/exchanges/returns

    F: Display by total amount T: Display by selected item U: Auto-calculate discount amount (Note: Settings applied to orders hence after)

    use_product_prepare_status

    Whether “Order in progress” status is in use

    T: Yes
    F: No

    use_purchase_confirmation_button

    Whether “Purchase confirmation” button is enabled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    purchase_confirmation_button_set_date

    Date

    “Purchase confirmation" button applied date

    use_purchase_confirmation_auto_check

    Whether “Automated purchase confirmation” is enabled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    purchase_confirmation_auto_check_day

    Min : [1]~Max : [30]

    “Automated purchase confirmation” reference date

    purchase_confirmation_auto_check_set_date

    Date

    “Automated purchase confirmation” applied date

    Update Order settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders status

    Orders status properties

    Attribute Description
    status_name_id

    Order status display name serial number

    status_type

    Order status type

    P: payment and shipment
    D: COD
    C: cancellation
    R: return
    E: exchange
    U: refund
    O: other

    basic_name

    Order status name displayed by default

    custom_name

    Order status name defined by user

    reservation_custom_name

    Order status name defined by user for pre-order

    Retrieve order status displayed

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve order status displayed
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update order status displayed

    PUT

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    status_name_id
    Required

    Order status display name serial number

    custom_name

    Order status name defined by user

    reservation_custom_name

    Order status name defined by user for pre-order

    Update order status displayed
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Paymentgateway



    With PG (Paymentgateway), you can retrieve, create, update or delete a PG app.

    Paymentgateway properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    partner_id

    PG-issued store ID

    client_id

    app client ID

    additional_information

    additional information

    membership_fee_type

    subscription fee type

    PRE : Prepaid
    PAD : Pay after delivery
    FREE : Free

    service_limit_type

    Service availability

    A: No restrictions
    M: Customer account holders only

    Create a Payment Gateway

    POST

    Create a new PG (Payment Gateway) for a mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    partner_id
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    PG-issued store ID

    additional_information

    Array Max : [5]

    additional information

    key
    Additional field key

    value
    Additional field value

    membership_fee_type

    Max Length : [4]

    subscription fee type

    PRE : Prepaid
    PAD : Pay after delivery
    FREE : Free

    service_limit_type

    Max Length : [1]

    Service availability

    A: No restrictions
    M: Customer account holders only

    DEFAULT A

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a Payment Gateway

    PUT

    Update a PG (Payment Gateway) registered for a mall.
    Update info such as PG franchise ID & whether registration fee is required.
    In order to update, Client ID of the PG app is required.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    client_id
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    app client ID

    partner_id

    Max Length : [50]

    PG-issued store ID

    additional_information

    Array Max : [5]

    additional information

    key
    Additional field key

    value
    Additional field value

    membership_fee_type

    Max Length : [4]

    subscription fee type

    PRE : Prepaid
    PAD : Pay after delivery
    FREE : Free

    service_limit_type

    Max Length : [1]

    Service availability

    A: No restrictions
    M: Customer account holders only

    DEFAULT A

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a Payment Gateway

    DELETE

    Delete a PG (Payment Gateway) registered for a mall.
    In order to delete, Client ID of PG app is required.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    client_id
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    app client ID

    Delete a Payment Gateway
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Paymentgateway paymentmethods

    PG (Payment Gateway) payment methods is a feature to manage payment methods registered to the mall.
    You can create, retrieve, update & delete a payment method for a PG (Payment Gateway).

    Paymentgateway paymentmethods properties

    Attribute Description
    client_id

    app client ID

    payment_method_code

    payment method code

    payment_method

    Payment Method

    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account
    cell: mobile
    cvs: convenience store
    deferpay: COD
    etc: others

    payment_method_name

    Payment method name

    payment_method_url

    payment method image path

    available_shop_no

    Available Shop Number

    Retrieve a list of Payment Gateway methods

    GET

    Retrieve a payment method of a PG (Payment Gateway) registered to the mall.
    You can retrieve info such as method, code & name of a payment method.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    client_id
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    app client ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a Payment Gateway method

    POST

    Create a payment method for a PG (Payment Gateway) installed for a mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    client_id
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    app client ID

    payment_method_code
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    payment method code

    payment_method
    Required

    Payment Method

    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account
    cell: mobile
    cvs: convenience store
    deferpay: COD
    etc: others

    payment_method_name
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    Payment method name

    payment_method_url
    Required

    Max Length : [200]

    payment method image path

    Support extension: 'png', 'jpg', 'jpeg'

    available_shop_no

    Available Shop Number

    Create a Payment Gateway method
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a payment method of a Payment Gateway

    PUT

    Update a payment method for a PG (Payment Gateway) installed for a mall.
    You may update info such as method, name, etc.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    client_id
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    app client ID

    payment_method_code
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    payment method code

    payment_method

    Payment Method

    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account
    cell: mobile
    cvs: convenience store
    deferpay: COD
    etc: others

    payment_method_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Payment method name

    payment_method_url

    Max Length : [200]

    payment method image path

    Support extension: 'png', 'jpg', 'jpeg'

    available_shop_no

    Available Shop Number

    Update a payment method of a Payment Gateway
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a payment method of a Payment Gateway

    DELETE

    Delete a payment method of a PG (Payment Gateway) registered to the mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    client_id
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    app client ID

    payment_method_code
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    payment method code

    Delete a payment method of a Payment Gateway
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Paymentmethods



    Retrieve payment methods installed for a mall.

    Paymentmethods properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    code

    payment method code

    Retrieve a list of payment methods

    GET

    Retrieve a list of payment methods for a mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve a list of payment methods
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Paymentmethods paymentproviders



    Retrieve info or update display settings of a payment method set for a mall.

    Paymentmethods paymentproviders properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    name

    Payment gateway name

    display

    Check whether the payment method is displayed

    T: yes
    F: no

    Retrieve a list of providers by payment method

    GET

    Retrieve a payment method info set for a mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    code
    Required

    payment method code

    name

    Payment gateway name

    display

    Check whether the payment method is displayed

    T: yes
    F: no

    Retrieve a list of providers by payment method
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update the display status of a payment method

    PUT

    Update display settings of a payment method set for a mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    code
    Required

    payment method code

    name
    Required

    Payment gateway name

    display
    Required

    Check whether the payment method is displayed

    T: yes
    F: no

    Update the display status of a payment method
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Points setting

    Manages setting information in regards to using the Points feature

    Points setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    point_issuance_standard

    Point-issuance criteria

    C: After delivery
    P: After purchase confirmation

    payment_period

    Points issue date

    If point-issuance criteria is set to C (After delivery)
    you can enter 1/3/7/14/20
    and if it is set to P (After purchase confirmation) you can enter 0/1/3/7/14/20.

    name

    Points title

    format

    Display method

    round_unit

    Rounding unit

    F: No round-off
    0.01: to the nearest hundredth
    0.1: to the nearest tenth
    1: to the nearest one
    10: to the nearest ten
    100: to the nearest hundred
    1000: to the nearest thousand

    round_type

    Rounding method

    A: Round down
    B: Round half up
    C: Round up

    display_type

    Points format display settings

    P: Percentage
    W: Amount
    WP: Amount/Percentage
    PW: Percentage/Amount

    unusable_points_change_type

    Pending points conversion criteria

    M: Issue points after the first product delivery date/product purchase confirmation date
    T: Issue points after the last product delivery date/product purchase confirmation date

    Retrieve points settings

    GET

    Retrieve points setting information such as name, distribution date, unit, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve points settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update points settings

    PUT

    You can edit the points setting value.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    point_issuance_standard

    Point-issuance criteria

    C: After delivery
    P: After purchase confirmation

    payment_period

    Points issue date

    If point-issuance criteria is set to C (After delivery)
    you can enter 1/3/7/14/20
    and if it is set to P (After purchase confirmation) you can enter 0/1/3/7/14/20.

    name

    Points title

    format

    Display method

    round_unit

    Rounding unit

    You can enter only F
    1
    20
    100
    or 1
    000 for “point truncation unit” if the currency is “KRW
    JPY
    TWD
    ” or “VND.”
    You can enter only F
    0.01
    0.1
    1
    or 10 for “point truncation unit” if the currency is not “KRW
    JPY
    TWD
    ” or “VND.”

    round_type

    Rounding method

    A: Round down
    B: Round half up
    C: Round up

    display_type

    Points format display settings

    P: Percentage
    W: Amount
    WP: Amount/Percentage
    PW: Percentage/Amount

    unusable_points_change_type

    Pending points conversion criteria

    M: Issue points after the first product delivery date/product purchase confirmation date
    T: Issue points after the last product delivery date/product purchase confirmation date

    Update points settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products setting

    Product setting is a function of set values such as the sale of the product.

    Products setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    calculate_price_based_on

    base for price calculation

    S: margin per cost
    A: margin per price
    P: price set for default store
    B: product price

    price_rounding_unit

    rounding place for price

    F: no round-off
    -2: to the nearest hundredth
    -1: to the nearest tenth
    0: to the nearest one
    1: to the nearest ten
    2: to the nearest hundred
    3: to the nearest thousand

    price_rounding_rule

    price rounding

    L: round down
    U: round
    C: round up

    Retrieve product settings

    GET

    You can inquire the setting value of the product's selling price.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve product settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Redirects

    This is a resource that can be redirected to the set URL when accessing a specific URL.

    Redirects properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Shop Number

    id

    Max : [2147483647]

    Redirect ID

    path

    Redirect path

    target

    Target location

    Retrieve a list of redirects

    GET

    You can check the registered Redirect URL.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    id

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Redirect ID

    path

    Redirect path

    target

    Target location

    Retrieve a list of redirects
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a redirect

    POST

    You can register Redirect URL.
    Up to 1000 registrations per shop are possible.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 10
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    path
    Required

    Redirect path

    target
    Required

    Target location

    Create a redirect
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a redirect

    PUT

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 10
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    id
    Required

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Redirect ID

    path

    Redirect path

    target

    Target location

    Update a redirect
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a redirect

    DELETE

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    id
    Required

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Redirect ID

    Delete a redirect
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Seo setting

    SEO setting is a search engine optimization (SEO) task that exposes shopping malls to the top of search results and increases visitors.

    Seo setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    common_page_title

    Common page title tags

    common_page_meta_description

    Common page description tags

    favicon

    URL

    Favicon

    use_google_search_console

    Whether Google Search Console is enabled

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    google_search_console

    Google Search Console

    use_naver_search_advisor

    Whether Naver Search Advisor is enabled

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    naver_search_advisor

    NAVER Search Advisor

    sns_share_image

    URL

    Social Share image

    use_twitter_card

    Use Twitter Cards

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    robots_text

    Ban search robots from PC version website

    mobile_robots_text

    Ban search robots from mobile version website

    use_missing_page_redirect

    Whether users are redirected to "page doesn't exist" page (PC)

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    missing_page_redirect_url

    Redirect URL for "page doesn't exist" page (PC)

    mobile_use_missing_page_redirect

    Whether users are redirected to "page doesn't exist" page (Mobile)

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    mobile_missing_page_redirect_url

    Redirect URL for "page doesn't exist" page (Mobile)

    use_sitemap_auto_update

    Whether sitemap is enabled

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    use_rss

    Enable RSS feed

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    display_group

    Group Name

    header_tag

    Head HTML (PC)

    footer_tag

    Body HTML (PC)

    mobile_header_tag

    Head HTML (Mobile)

    mobile_footer_tag

    Body HTML (Mobile)

    Retrieve SEO settings

    GET

    Check the search engine optimization (SEO) settings of the shopping mall.
    You can check meta tags, fabicones, search robot access control, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve SEO settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update store SEO settings

    PUT

    Modify the Search Engine Optimization (SEO) settings of the shopping mall.
    You can set meta tags, fabicons, search robot access control, and so on.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    common_page_title

    Common page title tags

    common_page_meta_description

    Common page description tags

    favicon

    URL

    Favicon

    use_google_search_console

    Whether Google Search Console is enabled

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    google_search_console

    Google Search Console

    use_naver_search_advisor

    Whether Naver Search Advisor is enabled

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    naver_search_advisor

    NAVER Search Advisor

    sns_share_image

    URL

    Social Share image

    use_twitter_card

    Use Twitter Cards

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    robots_text

    Ban search robots from PC version website

    mobile_robots_text

    Ban search robots from mobile version website

    use_missing_page_redirect

    Whether users are redirected to "page doesn't exist" page (PC)

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    missing_page_redirect_url

    Redirect URL for "page doesn't exist" page (PC)

    mobile_use_missing_page_redirect

    Whether users are redirected to "page doesn't exist" page (Mobile)

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    mobile_missing_page_redirect_url

    Redirect URL for "page doesn't exist" page (Mobile)

    use_sitemap_auto_update

    Whether sitemap is enabled

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    use_rss

    Enable RSS feed

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    display_group

    Group Name

    header_tag

    Head HTML (PC)

    footer_tag

    Body HTML (PC)

    mobile_header_tag

    Head HTML (Mobile)

    mobile_footer_tag

    Body HTML (Mobile)

    Update store SEO settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Shippingmanager

    Shipping manager is a feature related to Shipping Manager activation information.
    You can retrieve the shipping manager's usage information.

    Shippingmanager properties

    Attribute Description
    use

    Shipping Manager activation information

    Retrieve activation information for Shipping Manager

    GET

    You can retrieve the shipping manager's usage information.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40
    Retrieve activation information for Shipping Manager
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Shops

    Shops is information of multi shopping malls that are created when two or more shopping malls are operated. Multi-shopping malls can be created up to 15, and they can be created in different languages and currencies, which can be used to operate multilingual shopping malls.

    Shops properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    default

    Whether it is the basic shop

    Whether shop is default shop or not.

    T: default shop
    F: not a default shop

    shop_name

    Max Length : [255]

    Shop name

    Store name of the multi-language store

    business_country_code

    Business country code

    business_country_code

    language_code

    Language code

    Default language code of multi shopping mall.

    ko_KR: Korean
    en_US: English
    zh_CN: Chinese (Simplified)
    zh_TW: Chinese (Traditional)
    ja_JP: Japanese vi_VN : Vietnamese

    language_name

    Max Length : [20]

    Language name

    Default language name of multi shopping mall.

    currency_code

    Type : [A-Z]

    Shopping mall currency code

    Currency code of multi shopping mall.

    South Korean Won (KRW)
    United States Dollar (USD)
    Japanese Yen (JPY)
    Chinese Yuan (CNY)
    Taiwan Dollar (TWD)
    Euro (EUR)
    Brazilian Real (BRL)
    Vietnamese Dong (VND)

    currency_name

    Currency name

    Currency name of multi shopping mall.

    reference_currency_code

    Type : [A-Z]

    Reference currency code

    Reference currency code of multi shopping mall.

    South Korean Won (KRW)
    United States Dollar (USD)
    Japanese Yen (JPY)
    Chinese Yuan (CNY)

    reference_currency_name

    Reference currency name

    Reference currency name of multi shopping mall.

    pc_skin_no

    Pc skin no

    Design number of PC shopping mall.

    mobile_skin_no

    Mobile skin no

    Design number of Mobile shopping mall.

    base_domain

    Max Length : [63]

    Base domain

    Base domain.

    primary_domain

    Max Length : [63]

    Primary domain

    Representative domain of multi shopping mall.

    slave_domain

    Slave domain

    Connected domain of shopping mall.

    active

    Active

    Whether activating multi shopping mall or not.

    T: activated
    F: deactivated

    timezone

    time zone

    timezone_name

    time zone information

    date_format

    time zone date format

    Year/Month/Day : YYYY-MM-DD
    Month/Day/Year : MM-DD-YYYY
    Day/Month/Year : DD-MM-YYYY

    time_format

    time zone time format

    Hour/Minute/Second : hh:mm:ss
    Hour/Minute : hh:mm

    use_reference_currency

    Use a reference currency

    is_https_active

    Whether HTTPS is enabled

    T: activated
    F: deactivated

    site_connect

    Website access settings

    channel

    Channel

    Retrieve a list of shops

    GET

    You can check the information of multi-shopping malls registered in the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the name of the shopping mall, whether it is a basic shop, and the name of the basic language.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a shop

    GET

    You can inquire the information of the multi-shopping mall registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the name of the shopping mall, language, and payment currency information.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no
    Required

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Sms setting

    Sms setting is a resource about settings for sending and receiving SMS from and to an online store.

    Sms setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    use_sms

    whether use SMS

    T: use
    F: do not use

    exclude_unsubscriber

    whether exclude SMS rejected recipient

    T : exclude
    F : include

    default_sender

    default sender id

    unsubscribe_phone

    Free unsubscribe phone number

    send_method

    SMS send method

    S: send SMS via split message
    L: send LMS(deduct 3 SMS remaining)

    Retrieve SMS settings

    GET

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Socials apple

    Apple ID login is a function related to Apple ID login for shopping mall customers.
    To use the Apple ID login settings, you must first complete the Sign in with Apple app settings in Apple's developer account.

    Socials apple properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    use_apple_login

    Enable Apple login

    T: Yes
    F: No

    client_id

    Client ID

    team_id

    Team ID

    key_id

    Key ID

    auth_key_file_name

    Auth Key filename

    use_certification

    Apple login user authentication

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Apple login sync details

    GET

    Inquire the Apple login link information of customers who use the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Apple login sync details
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Apple login sync settings

    PUT

    Modify the Apple login link information of customers using the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    use_apple_login

    Enable Apple login

    T: Yes
    F: No

    client_id

    Max Length : [300]

    Client ID

    Identifier set when creating Service ID for Apple Developer Center

    team_id

    Max Length : [300]

    Team ID

    Apple Developer Center App ID Prefix

    key_id

    Max Length : [300]

    Key ID

    Apple Developer Center Key ID

    auth_key_file_name

    Max Length : [30]

    Auth Key filename

    Only .p8 files are available as Key files for App ID

    auth_key_file_contents

    Max Length : [300]

    Auth Key file content

    Open the .p8 file as a text file and create a value with no wrap

    use_certification

    Apple login user authentication

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Apple login sync settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Socials kakaosync

    Kakao Sync SNS (Socials Kakao Sync) is a function that allows you to inquire or set settings for Kakao Sync in shopping malls.

    Socials kakaosync properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    use_kakaosync

    Use Kakao Sync

    T: Yes
    F: No

    rest_api_key

    Rest API key

    javascript_key

    Javascript key

    auto_login

    Use auto-login

    Whether to use the Kakao ID login function when using the shopping mall with the Kakao web browser

    T : Yes
    F : No

    thirdparty_agree

    Agree to provide info to third parties

    T : Yes
    F : No

    thirdparty_agree_date

    Date of consent to provision of information to third party

    use_signup_result_page

    Page redirection after signing up to store

    T: Move to sign-up complete page
    F: Sign-up completed without redirect

    Kakao Sync details

    GET

    You can check the settings for Kakao Think in the shopping mall.
    You can inquire whether Kakao Sync is used or not and whether automatic login is used.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Kakao Sync details
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Kakao Sync updates

    PUT

    You can modify the automatic login feature for the Kakao Web browser.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    rest_api_key
    Required

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]
    Max Length : [255]

    Rest API key

    javascript_key
    Required

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]
    Max Length : [255]

    Javascript key

    auto_login

    Use auto-login

    Whether to use the Kakao ID login function when using the shopping mall with the Kakao web browser

    T : Yes
    F : No

    DEFAULT F

    use_signup_result_page

    Page redirection after signing up to store

    T: Move to sign-up complete page
    F: Sign-up completed without redirect

    DEFAULT F

    Kakao Sync updates
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Socials naverlogin

    Thise is a resource that you can check and change Naver Login setting

    Socials naverlogin properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    use_naverlogin

    Whether Naver login is enabled

    client_id

    Client ID

    client_secret

    Client secret key

    GET

    You can check whether the shopping mall has Naver login settings.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Naver login details
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update Naver login settings

    PUT

    You can change NAVER login setting information.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    use_naverlogin
    Required

    Whether Naver login is enabled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    client_id

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9_-]
    Max Length : [255]

    Client ID

    client_secret

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9_-]
    Max Length : [255]

    Client secret key

    Update Naver login settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Store

    The store can get the basic information of the shopping mall such as shopping mall name, manager information, business registration number and customer center phone number of shopping mall.

    Store properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    shop_name

    Shop name

    Name of the shopping mall of the store ([Shopping mall setting > Preferences > 'Shopping mall information > My shopping mall information'])

    mall_id

    Store ID

    Shopping mall ID. Also used in store manager's name and used in base domain.

    base_domain

    Base domain

    Auto generated and free default domain. You can access the shoopping mall with this domain.

    primary_domain

    Primary domain

    A representative domain connected to a shopping mall. It is dispalyed only when connecting representative domains.

    company_registration_no

    Company registration number

    The business registration number of the shopping mall issued in the country where the business is located.

    company_name

    Company name

    Business name or company name registered at the time of business registration.

    president_name

    CEO

    The name of the representative registered at the time of business registration.

    company_condition

    Business

    Business registered at business registration.

    company_line

    Business category

    Business category registered at business registration.

    country

    Country of business

    Name of the country where the business is located.

    country_code

    Country code

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    Postal code of your business

    address1

    Address 1

    Business address (city / county / province)

    address2

    Address 2

    Business address (street address)

    phone

    Office phone number

    fax

    Office fax number

    email

    Email

    Mail address to receive when the operator receives automatic mail

    notification_only_email

    Sender email

    The sender's mail address when sending automatic mail to the customer and operator

    mall_url

    Shopping mall address

    mail_order_sales_registration

    Report mail-order business

    Tells whether the online store has registered as a mail-order sales business.

    T:Reported
    F:Not Reported

    mail_order_sales_registration_number

    Mail-order business report number

    missing_report_reason_type

    Reason of no mail-order business report

    If you did not report mail-order business, Its reason.

    missing_report_reason

    Detailed reason of no mail-order business report

    If the reason for not report mail-order business is "other", the reason for detail.

    about_us_contents

    About us

    A brief introduction to the mall. It is displayed on the company introduction page of the shopping mall.

    company_map_url

    Company map URL

    Show a brief map of the mall. It is displayed on the company introduction page of the shopping mall.

    customer_service_phone

    Customer center service/order phone

    Customer center call number displayed on the shopping mall page.

    customer_service_email

    Customer center service/order e-mail

    Customer center contact email address displayed on shopping mall page.

    customer_service_fax

    Customer center fax number

    Customer center fax number displayed on the shopping page.

    customer_service_sms

    Customer center SMS number

    Customer center SMS number displayed on the shopping page.

    customer_service_hours

    Customer center operation time

    The customer center open hours displayed on the shopping page.

    privacy_officer_name

    Privacy officer's name

    The name of the person in charge of personal information protection displayed on the shopping mall page.

    privacy_officer_position

    Privacy officer's position

    privacy_officer_department

    Privacy officer's department

    privacy_officer_phone

    Privacy officer's phone number

    The phone number of the person in charge of privacy protection displayed on the shopping mall page.

    privacy_officer_email

    Privacy officer's email address

    The e-mail address of the person in charge of privacy protection displayed on the shopping mall page.

    contact_us_mobile

    Whether to display the service inquiry guide in mobile phone

    Whether to expose service information to mobile website.

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    contact_us_contents

    Service contact information

    Details of service contact information exposed on the product detail page.

    sales_product_categories

    Product categories

    After you have registered and created your store, users can search for your store's product categories.

    (Only stores created after April 2023 will appear in searches.)

    Undecided : Not decided
    Apparel : Clothing
    FashionAccessories : Accessories
    LuxuryGoods : Imported luxury goods
    BrandApparel : Designer clothing
    BrandAccessories : Designer accessories
    Food_Beverage : Food & Beverage
    Lifestyle_HealthCare : Lifestyle/Health care
    Furniture_HomeDecor : Furniture/Home decor
    Beauty_PersonalCare : Beauty/Cosmetics
    Maternity_BabyProducts : Maternity/Baby products
    Digital_HomeAppliances : Electronics/Home appliances
    CarAccessories : Car
    Rentals : Rentals
    Sports_Leisure : Sports/Recreation
    CD_DVD : Music/DVD
    Books : Books
    Travels_Services : Leisure/Convenience
    Used_Refurbished_Exhibition : Used/Refurbished/Display
    Others : Other/Services

    Retrieve store details

    GET

    You can check the information of the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve store details
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Store accounts



    Store accounts are a function of the shopping mall's unbanked deposit information.

    Store accounts properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    bank_account_id

    bank ID (for bank transfer without a bankbook)

    bank_name

    Bank name

    bank_code

    Max Length : [50]

    Bank code

    bank_code

    bank_account_no

    Bank account no

    bank_account_holder

    Bank account holder number

    use_account

    Use classification

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Retrieve a list of store bank accounts

    GET

    You can check the store's bank account information as a list.
    You can check the bank name, bank code, account number, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve a list of store bank accounts
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Subscription shipments setting

    Subscription shipments setting is a function of regular delivery through regular payment.
    You can set up regular delivery products at shopping malls or check regular delivery products through regular delivery settings.
    In order to use the regular delivery function, the regular delivery service must be applied first.
    You can apply for regular delivery service at the admin.

    Subscription shipments setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    subscription_no

    subscription product number

    subscription_shipments_name

    subscription product name

    product_binding_type

    Subscription product

    A: all products
    P: selected products
    C: selected product categories

    one_time_purchase

    Allow one-time purchase

    T : Yes
    F : No

    product_list

    products selected for subscription delivery

    category_list

    product categories selected for subscription delivery

    use_discount

    Subscription Payments discount settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    discount_value_unit

    Discount standard

    P: discount rate
    W: discount amount

    discount_values

    Discount amount

    related_purchase_quantity

    number of products settings

    T: order quantity-based
    F: regardless of order quantity

    subscription_shipments_cycle_type

    delivery frequency option settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    subscription_shipments_cycle

    delivery frequency

    1W: 1 week
    2W: 2 weeks
    3W: 3 weeks
    4W: 4 weeks
    1M: 1 month
    2M: 2 months
    3M: 3 months
    4M: 4 months
    5M: 5 months
    6M: 6 months
    1Y: 1 year

    use_order_price_condition

    free shipping settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    order_price_greater_than

    Minimum purchase amount for free shipping

    include_regional_shipping_rate

    whether regional shipping charge included

    T: Included
    F: Not included

    shipments_start_date

    Min : [1]
    Max : [30]

    Subscription start date settings

    Retrieve a list of subscription products

    GET

    You can check the information about the set regular delivery products as a list.
    You can check the regular delivery product setting number, setting name, setting value, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    subscription_no

    subscription product number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a subscription payment rule

    POST

    You can set up regular delivery products.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    subscription_shipments_name
    Required

    Max Length : [255]

    subscription product name

    product_binding_type
    Required

    Subscription product

    A: all products
    P: selected products
    C: selected product categories

    one_time_purchase

    Allow one-time purchase

    T : Yes
    F : No

    DEFAULT T

    product_list

    Array Max : [10000]

    products selected for subscription delivery

    category_list

    Array Max : [1000]

    product categories selected for subscription delivery

    use_discount
    Required

    Subscription Payments discount settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    discount_value_unit

    Discount standard

    P: discount rate
    W: discount amount

    discount_values

    Array Max : [40]

    Discount amount

    Maximum value when discount_value_unit is P: 100
    Maximum value when discount_value_unit is W: 99999999999999

    related_purchase_quantity

    number of products settings

    T: order quantity-based
    F: regardless of order quantity

    subscription_shipments_cycle_type
    Required

    delivery frequency option settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    subscription_shipments_cycle
    Required

    delivery frequency

    1W: 1 week
    2W: 2 weeks
    3W: 3 weeks
    4W: 4 weeks
    1M: 1 month
    2M: 2 months
    3M: 3 months
    4M: 4 months
    5M: 5 months
    6M: 6 months
    1Y: 1 year

    use_order_price_condition
    Required

    free shipping settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    order_price_greater_than

    Max : [99999999999999]

    Minimum purchase amount for free shipping

    include_regional_shipping_rate

    whether regional shipping charge included

    T: Included
    F: Not included

    shipments_start_date

    Min : [1]
    Max : [30]

    Subscription start date settings

    DEFAULT 3

    Create a subscription payment rule
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update subscription products

    PUT

    You can modify the regular delivery settings for the set regular delivery products.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    subscription_no
    Required

    subscription product number

    subscription_shipments_name

    Max Length : [255]

    subscription product name

    product_binding_type

    Subscription product

    A: all products
    P: selected products
    C: selected product categories

    one_time_purchase

    Allow one-time purchase

    T : Yes
    F : No

    product_list

    Array Max : [10000]

    products selected for subscription delivery

    category_list

    Array Max : [1000]

    product categories selected for subscription delivery

    use_discount

    Subscription Payments discount settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    discount_value_unit

    Discount standard

    P: discount rate
    W: discount amount

    discount_values

    Array Max : [40]

    Discount amount

    related_purchase_quantity

    number of products settings

    T: order quantity-based
    F: regardless of order quantity

    subscription_shipments_cycle_type

    delivery frequency option settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    subscription_shipments_cycle

    delivery frequency

    1W: 1 week
    2W: 2 weeks
    3W: 3 weeks
    4W: 4 weeks
    1M: 1 month
    2M: 2 months
    3M: 3 months
    4M: 4 months
    5M: 5 months
    6M: 6 months
    1Y: 1 year

    use_order_price_condition

    free shipping settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    order_price_greater_than

    Max : [99999999999999]

    Minimum purchase amount for free shipping

    include_regional_shipping_rate

    whether regional shipping charge included

    T: Included
    F: Not included

    shipments_start_date

    Min : [1]
    Max : [30]

    Subscription start date settings

    Update subscription products
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete subscription products

    DELETE

    You can turn off the regular delivery settings for the set regular delivery products.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    subscription_no
    Required

    subscription product number

    Delete subscription products
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Taxmanager

    Feature on tax manager (MSA) activation info

    Taxmanager properties

    Attribute Description
    use

    Tax Manager activation information

    Retrieve activation information for Tax Manager

    GET

    Retrieve tax manager usage info

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40
    Retrieve activation information for Tax Manager
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Users

    Users can operate the shopping mall along with the representative admin user of the shopping mall.
    You can operate a shopping mall within the authority granted by the representative admin user.

    Retrieve a single user or multiple users registered in the mall as a list.

    Users properties

    Attribute Description
    user_id

    Admin ID

    Sub-admin ID

    user_name

    Admin name

    Sub-admin name

    phone

    Phone Number

    Office phone number

    Phone number of sub operator.

    email

    Email

    Email

    Email address of sub operator.

    ip_restriction_type

    Restriction on the IP access

    Whether use IP restriction or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    admin_type

    Operator category

    Whether administor is representative operator or sub operator.

    P: Representative operator
    A: Sub-operator

    last_login_date

    Last login date

    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    nick_name

    Nick name

    Nick name of operator.

    nick_name_icon_type

    Nickname icon type of supplier operator

    Register nick name icon. You may register manually or may choose sample.

    D: manually register icon
    S: register sample icon

    nick_name_icon_url

    Nickname icon url of supplier operator

    board_exposure_setting

    exposure setting for board

    memo

    Memo

    available

    Use classification

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    multishop_access_authority

    Multi-shopping mall access authority

    T: Allow
    F: Do not allow

    menu_access_authority

    Menu access authority

    detail_authority_setting

    Detailed authority setting

    ip_access_restriction

    Restriction on the IP access

    access_permission

    Authority to permit the access

    T: permission always granted regardless of access permitted time setting

    Retrieve a list of admin users

    GET

    Retrieve users registered in the mall as a list.
    Retrieve information such as user ID, user name, phone number, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    search_type

    Search type

    member_id: member ID
    name: member name

    keyword

    Keyword

    admin_type

    Operator category

    P: Representative operator
    A: Sub-operator

    Retrieve admin user details

    GET

    Retrieve a user registered in the mall as a list.
    Retrieve information such as user name, phone number, email, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_store
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    user_id

    Admin ID

    ID of the operator or sub-operator

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Product

    Bundleproducts



    Bunldeproducts refers to a product that sells multiple products in a bundle.
    You can set up additional discounts so that you can purchase the set product at a lower price than you can order each product.
    When ordering a set product, you can manage the order like a single product.
    Set product resources allow you to view only set products, or register/modify/delete set products.

    Bundleproducts properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    product_no

    Product number

    A unique serial number assigned to a product. This number cannot be duplicated.

    product_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Product code

    A code assigned to a product by the system. This code cannot be duplicated.

    bundle_product_components

    composite product information

    custom_product_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom product code

    A code assigned to a product by the store admin. The code can be used by store admins who need their own separate code to manage products for inventory management or other reasons.

    product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    Name of the product. This is the basic information to identify products and can be a query for searching for products. It can be entered in the HTML form.

    eng_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    English name of product

    Product name in English. It can be used for international shipping.

    supply_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Supplier product name

    Product name entered by a supplier. The supplier can enter any name it needs to identify products. This name does not affect Product name.

    internal_product_name

    Max Length : [50]

    internal product name

    model_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Model name

    Model of the product

    display

    Whether display

    Whether the product is displayed on the store.
    If it is, it is diaplayed on the selected categories and on the home page.
    If it is not, it is not displayed on the store and customers cannot have access to and buy the product.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    selling

    whether selling

    Whether the product is for sale.
    If the product is archived while being displayed on the store, the product is marked as [out-of-stock] and customers cannot buy it.
    If the product is for sale while not on display, customers still cannot buy it as they do not have access to it.

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    product_condition

    Product condition

    Condition of the product

    N: New
    B: Returned
    R: Off-season
    U: Preowned
    E: Display model
    F: Refurbished
    S: Scratched

    product_used_month

    Max : [2147483647]

    Months of using the used product

    summary_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Product Summary Description

    Summary description of the product. It is displayed on the product layout page. Can be entered in HTML format. You can choose to show or hide the product summary in [Products>Product data display>Settings].

    product_tag

    Product tag

    Search terms for searching or categorizing products (hashtags)

    price_content

    Max Length : [20]

    Alternative phrase of the selling price

    Text that replaces price. Can be used when a product is temporarily out-of-stock or unavailable.

    buy_limit_by_product

    whether purchase restriction individual setting

    T: use
    F: do not use

    buy_limit_type

    Purchase limitation

    Whether or not to restrict purchase from guest accounts

    N: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    M: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is shown
    F: No purchase restrictions
    O: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    D: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is shown

    buy_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to purchase the relevant product

    buy_member_id_list

    Authorized customer ID

    repurchase_restriction

    repurchase restriction

    T : restrict repurchase
    F : do not restrict repurchase

    single_purchase_restriction

    single purchase restriction

    T : restrict single purchase
    F : do not restrict on single purchase

    points_by_product

    whether use mileage individual setting

    F : use default setting
    T : individual setting

    points_setting_by_payment

    mileage individual setting - lower level item > basic setting mileage or mileage setting according to payment method

    B : Use the default reserve setting
    C : Earn based on the payment method

    points_amount

    Mileage setting

    except_member_points

    Mileage exception

    T : exclude setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group
    F : do not setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group

    adult_certification

    Age verification

    Whether the product requires adult certification. Customer needs to be authenticated to purchase products that require adult certification.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image' showing on the product detail page.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image' showing on the product category page, main page, product search result page.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    Small list image' showing on the recently viewed page.

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    Reduced image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page.

    use_naverpay

    whether use Naver Pay

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    naverpay_type

    Naver Pay sales type

    C : Naver Pay + Shopping Mall Products at the same time
    O : Naver Pay only products

    icon_show_period

    Period for showing icon

    Period for showing icon.

    icon

    Array Max : [5]

    List of icon

    Icon displays at the product. This icon can use a purpose of emphsize selling.

    hscode

    HS code

    HS code used for customs duties when shipped overseas. Must enter the correct number for international shipment clearance.

    ※ HScode : The Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System, also known as the Harmonized System (HS) of tariff nomenclature is an internationally standardized system of names and numbers to classify traded products. It came into effect in 1988 and has since been developed and maintained by the World Customs Organization (WCO) (formerly the Customs Co-operation Council), an independent intergovernmental organization based in Brussels, Belgium, with over 200 member countries.

    product_weight

    Weight of product

    Weight of whole product. Total weight including product, box, and packing weight is necessary for shipping.

    product_material

    Material of product

    The material of the item. You should enter each material and percentage of composing material if the product is has a multiple material.

    created_date

    Created date

    Date when product registered.

    updated_date

    Updated date

    Date when product modified.

    english_product_material

    English product material

    English version of a material of product. When you using an overseas delivery company, you may be required information of a material of the clothes.

    cloth_fabric

    Fabric of product

    In case cloth products using a Japanese courier service, material information may required for some shipping companies.

    woven: Woven
    knit: Knit

    list_icon

    Recommend / sold out / new icon expose flag

    Either showing recommend / sold out / new icon will be exposed or not.

    ※ sold out icon

    ● Showing that the product is sold out
    ● Displays out of stock if mall using stock management function

    ※ recommend / new icon

    ● If the item is displayed in the area of category or the recommendation product on the main page or new product, shows the icon as it set.

    sold_out

    Whether sold out or stock is available

    T: Out-of-stock
    F: No out-of-stock

    discountprice

    Product discount sale price Resource

    decorationimages

    Decoration Image Resource

    benefits

    Benefits Resource

    additionalimages

    Array Max : [20]

    additional image resource

    exposure_limit_type

    types of customers allowed to view the relevant product

    A: display to all
    M: display to customers only

    exposure_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to view the relevant product

    bundle_product_sales

    bundle discount information

    category

    Category number

    Category of the product. Product is marked with this category.

    project_no

    planned exhibition number

    description

    Detail description of product

    Detail description of product. You may input description with HTML.

    mobile_description

    Mobile version of product description

    Mobile version of product description. Replace product description to the mobile version when customer access a mobile shopping mall.

    separated_mobile_description

    add mobile version

    T: add mobile version product details
    F: apply PC version product details

    additional_image

    Array Max : [20]

    Additional image

    Additional image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page. Displayed at similar location with 'Reduced image' and can see 'Additional image' when mouse over at PC version or swipe at mobile version.

    payment_info

    Payment info

    Guidance for payment method. You may input this with HTML.

    shipping_info

    Shipping info

    Guidance for shipping method. You may input this with HTML.

    exchange_info

    Exchange info

    Guidance for exchange and return method. You may input this with HTML.

    service_info

    Service info

    Guidance for service warranty information. You may input this with HTML.

    country_hscode

    HS code by country

    HS code used for customs duties when shipped overseas. You must enter the correct number for international shipment clearance.
    Since the HS code standard differs from country to country, it is necessary to input the code according to the country.

    simple_description

    Simple Product Description

    Simple description of product. Can Exposed at product display screen. You may input description with HTML.

    shipping_calculation

    Shipping calculation type

    A: Auto M: Manual

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Shipping fee by product

    Set whether shipping fee will be charged separately or commonly.
    If this set as FALSE, shipping fee will be charged commonly.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    Following is the method when 'individual_delivery' is TRUE

    01: regular delivery
    02: fast service (document only)
    03: regular mail (document only)
    04: delivery in person
    05: delivery in person with bike or truck (within several hours)
    06: other
    07: cargo delivery
    08: pickup at a store
    09: delivery does not necessary

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    Returns null if shipping_calculation is A (autocomputation).

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepaid
    B: Select Prepaid/Pay after delivery

    shipping_period

    Shipping period

    (When using 'Shipping charge individually') Average transit time for make a delivery.

    shipping_scope

    Shipping information

    Shows whether can only deliver domestically or can deliver to overseas too.

    Cannot set the type when 'Shipping charge individually' is FALSE.

    A: Domestic only
    C: Export only
    B: Can deliver both inland and overseas

    shipping_area

    Max Length : [255]

    Shipping area

    (When using 'Shipping charge individually') Available shipping region.

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping charge

    (When using 'Shipping charge individually') Type of shipping charge.

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    shipping_rates

    Charge shipping by section

    If shipping_fee_type is R or N, you can set the shipping cost by defining shipping_fee in the array.

    If shipping_fee_type is M, D, W, C, you can set the shipping interval by defining the following in the array.
    shipping_rates_min: Shipping interval start
    shipping_rates_max: Shipping interval end
    shipping_fee: shipping

    clearance_category_eng

    English name of product

    Product classification information to use for the purpose of overseas customs clearance.

    'clearance category kor' will be automatically translated into English.

    The translated English product name will be sent in the name of the overseas invoice.

    clearance_category_kor

    Korean product category for overseas customs clearance

    Product name as Korean

    clearance_category_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Clearance category code

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    You may add additional information other than basic information.

    image_upload_type

    Image type

    Image type when uploading image.

    The uploaded detail image would resized and set as list image, small list image, reduced image when you set the image as "Representative image"

    The uploaded detail image would neither resized or set as list image, small list image, reduced image when you set the image as "Individual image"

    ※ EC Global can not use C because it does not support FTP

    A: Register a representative image.
    B: Register an individual image.
    C: Register through Web FTP.

    main

    whether display at main

    Displays main display number when display products at main page such as "recommend product" or "new".

    relational_product

    Array Max : [200]

    Related product

    Related or similar product of selected product. Registered related product display the bottom of the product detail page.

    memos

    Memos Resource

    hits

    Product hits Resource

    seo

    Product Seo Resource

    tags

    Product Tag Resource

    Retrieve a list of bundles

    GET

    You can look up the set product through the list.
    You can check the product code, your own product code, product name, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    discountprice
    embed

    Product discount sale price Resource

    decorationimages
    embed

    Decoration Image Resource

    benefits
    embed

    Benefits Resource

    additionalimages
    embed

    additional image resource

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no

    Product number

    Number of a product.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    display

    Whether display

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    selling

    whether selling

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    product_code

    Product code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_tag

    Product tag

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    custom_product_code

    Custom product code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_name

    Product name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    eng_product_name

    English name of product

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    supply_product_name

    Supplier product name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    internal_product_name

    internal product name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    model_name

    Model name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    price_min

    Minimum price

    price_max

    Maximum price

    created_start_date

    Registered date start

    created_end_date

    Registered date end

    updated_start_date

    Updated date start

    updated_end_date

    Updated date end

    category

    Category number

    category_unapplied

    Unapplied Category

    T : Search for products that category unapplied

    include_sub_category

    include sub category

    T: Included

    product_weight

    Weight of product

    additional_information_key

    additional information key

    additional_information_value

    additional information value

    sort

    Sort order

    created_date: Created Date
    updated_date: Updated Date
    product_name: Product Name

    order

    Order by

    asc: Ascending
    desc: Descending

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    Set the start location of search result.

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a bundle

    GET

    You can check specific set products in detail.
    Additional details such as set discount information can be found.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Number of a product.

    discountprice
    embed

    Product discount sale price Resource

    decorationimages
    embed

    Decoration Image Resource

    benefits
    embed

    Benefits Resource

    memos
    embed

    Memos Resource

    hits
    embed

    Product hits Resource

    seo
    embed

    Product Seo Resource

    tags
    embed

    Product Tag Resource

    additionalimages
    embed

    additional image resource

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a bundle

    POST

    Lets you create a set product.
    Additional set product discounts can be applied to the price of the bundled product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_name
    Required

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    Name of product.

    bundle_product_components
    Required

    composite product information

    product_no
    Required
    composite product number

    purchase_quantity
    Required
    number of purchased bundles

    bundle_product_sales
    Required

    bundle discount information

    discount_value
    Required
    bundle discount price

    discount_type
    Required
    bundle discount type
    P: percentage-based
    V: fixed price-based

    discount_round_unit
    bundle discount round-off unit
    F: no round-off
    -2: to the nearest hundredth
    -1: to the nearest tenth
    0: to the nearest one
    1: to the nearest ten
    2: to the nearest hundred
    3: to the nearest thousand

    discount_round_type
    bundle discount round-off method
    F: round down
    R: round off
    C: round up

    display

    Whether display

    Whether display or not.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    DEFAULT F

    add_category_no

    Category no

    Register your product in the category you want to display using the category number

    category_no
    Required
    category number

    recommend
    whether a product is added to a recommended product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    new
    whether a product is added to a new product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    custom_product_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom product code

    You may assign this code manually in case of stock management or other reasons.

    eng_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    English name of product

    Name of product in english.

    supply_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Supplier product name

    internal_product_name

    Max Length : [50]

    internal product name

    model_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Model name

    Model name of product.

    use_naverpay

    whether use Naver Pay

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    naverpay_type

    Naver Pay sales type

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C : Naver Pay + Shopping Mall Products at the same time
    O : Naver Pay only products

    product_weight

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999.99]

    Weight of product

    description

    Detail description of product

    Detailed description of product.

    mobile_description

    Mobile version of product description

    Mobile version of product description. Replace product description to the mobile version when customer access a mobile shopping mall.

    summary_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Product Summary Description

    simple_description

    Simple Product Description

    product_tag

    Array Max : [50]

    Product tag

    Tag for search product.

    payment_info

    Payment info

    Payment method guidance.

    shipping_info

    Shipping info

    Shipping method guidance.

    exchange_info

    Exchange info

    Exchange/return method guidance.

    service_info

    Service info

    Service query / information guidance.

    icon

    Array Max : [5]

    List of icon

    Register icon.

    hscode

    Max Length : [20]

    HS code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.

    shipping_scope

    Shipping information

    Shows whether can only deliver domestically or can deliver to overseas too.

    Cannot set the type when 'Shipping charge individually' is FALSE.

    ※ Must required "C" in EC Global shopping mall.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    A: Domestic only
    C: Export only
    B: Can deliver both inland and overseas

    DEFAULT A

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    Shipping method(when shipping individually).

    01: regular delivery
    02: fast service (document only)
    03: regular mail (document only)
    04: delivery in person
    05: delivery in person with bike or truck (within several hours)
    06: other
    07: cargo delivery
    08: pickup at a store
    09: delivery does not necessary

    DEFAULT 01

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Shipping fee by product

    Shipping charge individually.

    T: Individual delivery
    F: Standard delivery

    DEFAULT F

    shipping_area

    Max Length : [255]

    Shipping area

    Shipping area.

    shipping_period

    Array Max : [2]

    Shipping period

    Transit time.

    minimum
    minimum date range
    DEFAULT 1

    maximum
    maximum date range
    DEFAULT 7

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping charge

    Shipping charge. Type of shipping charge when using 'Shipping charge individually'.

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    DEFAULT T

    shipping_rates

    Array Max : [200]

    Shipping rates

    If shipping_fee_type is R or N, you can set the shipping cost by defining shipping_fee in the array.

    If shipping_fee_type is M, D, W, C, you can set the shipping interval by defining the following in the array.
    shipping_rates_min: Shipping interval start
    shipping_rates_max: Shipping interval end
    shipping_fee: shipping

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepaid
    B: Select Prepaid/Pay after delivery

    DEFAULT B

    clearance_category_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Clearance category code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.
    clearance_category_code

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    image_upload_type

    Image type

    Image type.

    ※ EC Global can not use C because it does not support FTP

    A: Register a representative image.
    B: Register an individual image.
    C: Register through Web FTP.

    DEFAULT A

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    Additional item.

    key
    Required
    Additional field key

    value
    Additional field value

    price_content

    Max Length : [20]

    Alternative phrase of the selling price

    buy_limit_by_product

    whether purchase restriction individual setting

    T: use
    F: do not use

    DEFAULT F

    buy_limit_type

    Purchase limitation

    N: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    M: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is shown
    F: No purchase restrictions
    O: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    D: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is shown

    DEFAULT F

    buy_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to purchase the relevant product

    buy_member_id_list

    Authorized customer ID

    repurchase_restriction

    repurchase restriction

    T : restrict repurchase
    F : do not restrict repurchase

    DEFAULT F

    single_purchase_restriction

    single purchase restriction

    T : restrict single purchase
    F : do not restrict on single purchase

    DEFAULT F

    points_by_product

    whether use mileage individual setting

    F : use default setting
    T : individual setting

    DEFAULT F

    points_setting_by_payment

    mileage individual setting - lower level item > basic setting mileage or mileage setting according to payment method

    B : Use the default reserve setting
    C : Earn based on the payment method

    points_amount

    Mileage setting

    except_member_points

    Mileage exception

    T : exclude setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group
    F : do not setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group

    DEFAULT F

    main

    whether display at main

    Displays main display number when display products at main page such as "recommend product" or "new".

    relational_product

    Array Max : [200]

    Related product

    Related or similar product of selected product. Registered related product display the bottom of the product detail page.

    product_no
    Required
    Product number

    interrelated
    Required
    whether a related product as one-way or two-way
    T: one-way
    F: two-way

    product_material

    Material of product

    The material of the item. You should enter each material and percentage of composing material if the product is has a multiple material.

    english_product_material

    English product material

    English version of a material of product. When you using an overseas delivery company, you may be required information of a material of the clothes.

    cloth_fabric

    Fabric of product

    In case cloth products using a Japanese courier service, material information may required for some shipping companies.

    woven: Woven
    knit: Knit

    additional_image

    Additional image

    Additional image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page. Displayed at similar location with 'Reduced image' and can see 'Additional image' when mouse over at PC version or swipe at mobile version.

    Up to 20 'Additional image' can be uploaded.

    adult_certification

    Age verification

    Whether the product requires adult certification. In order to purchase a product that requires adult certification, you must go through personal certification.

    In [Shopping Mall Settings > Customer Settings > Member Policy Settings > Member Related Settings > Member Registration and Self-Authentication Settings], when using adult authentication, adult authentication is applied only when the purchase blocking setting is used.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    DEFAULT F

    exposure_limit_type

    types of customers allowed to view the relevant product

    A: display to all
    M: display to customers only

    DEFAULT A

    exposure_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to view the relevant product

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a bundle

    PUT

    You can modify the information for a specific set product.
    You can modify the product name, product information of the set product, set discount information, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    Name of product.

    bundle_product_components

    composite product information

    product_no
    Required
    composite product number

    purchase_quantity
    Required
    number of purchased bundles

    bundle_product_sales

    bundle discount information

    discount_value
    Required
    bundle discount price

    discount_type
    Required
    bundle discount type
    P: percentage-based
    V: fixed price-based

    discount_round_unit
    bundle discount round-off unit
    F: no round-off
    -2: to the nearest hundredth
    -1: to the nearest tenth
    0: to the nearest one
    1: to the nearest ten
    2: to the nearest hundred
    3: to the nearest thousand

    discount_round_type
    bundle discount round-off method
    F: round down
    R: round off
    C: round up

    display

    Whether display

    You can choose product should be displayed or not.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    product_condition

    Product condition

    N: New
    B: Returned
    R: Off-season
    U: Preowned
    E: Display model
    F: Refurbished
    S: Scratched

    product_used_month

    Max : [2147483647]

    Months of using the used product

    Used month for the product when product_condition is used product.

    add_category_no

    Category no

    Enter a category number to add a specific product category to the product

    category_no
    Required
    category number

    recommend
    whether a product is added to a recommended product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    new
    whether a product is added to a new product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    delete_category_no

    Deleted classification number

    Enter a category number to delete a specific product category to the product

    custom_product_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom product code

    You may assign this code manually in case of stock management or other reasons.

    eng_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    English name of product

    Name of product in english.

    supply_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Supplier product name

    internal_product_name

    Max Length : [50]

    internal product name

    model_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Model name

    Model name of product.

    use_naverpay

    whether use Naver Pay

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    naverpay_type

    Naver Pay sales type

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C : Naver Pay + Shopping Mall Products at the same time
    O : Naver Pay only products

    product_weight

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999.99]

    Weight of product

    description

    Detail description of product

    Detailed description of product.

    mobile_description

    Mobile version of product description

    Mobile version of product description. Replace product description to the mobile version when customer access a mobile shopping mall.

    summary_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Product Summary Description

    Summary description of product.

    simple_description

    Simple Product Description

    Simple description of product.

    product_tag

    Array Max : [50]

    Product tag

    Tag for search product.

    payment_info

    Payment info

    Payment method guidance.

    shipping_info

    Shipping info

    Shipping method guidance.

    exchange_info

    Exchange info

    Exchange/return method guidance.

    service_info

    Service info

    Service query / information guidance.

    icon

    Array Max : [5]

    List of icon

    Register icon.

    use_icon_exposure_term

    whether use show date

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    icon_exposure_begin_datetime

    start date of show_date

    icon_exposure_end_datetime

    end date of show_date

    hscode

    Max Length : [20]

    HS code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.

    shipping_scope

    Shipping information

    Shows whether can only deliver domestically or can deliver to overseas too.

    Cannot set the type when 'Shipping charge individually' is FALSE.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    A: Domestic only
    C: Export only
    B: Can deliver both inland and overseas

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepaid
    B: Select Prepaid/Pay after delivery

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    Shipping method(when shipping individually).

    01: regular delivery
    02: fast service (document only)
    03: regular mail (document only)
    04: delivery in person
    05: delivery in person with bike or truck (within several hours)
    06: other
    07: cargo delivery
    08: pickup at a store
    09: delivery does not necessary

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Shipping fee by product

    Shipping charge individually.

    T: Individual delivery
    F: Standard delivery

    shipping_area

    Max Length : [255]

    Shipping area

    Shipping area.

    shipping_period

    Array Max : [2]

    Shipping period

    Transit time.

    minimum
    minimum date range
    DEFAULT 1

    maximum
    maximum date range
    DEFAULT 7

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping charge

    Shipping charge. Type of shipping charge when using 'Shipping charge individually'.

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    shipping_rates

    Shipping rates

    If shipping_fee_type is R or N, you can set the shipping cost by defining shipping_fee in the array.

    If shipping_fee_type is M, D, W, C, you can set the shipping interval by defining the following in the array.
    shipping_rates_min: Shipping interval start
    shipping_rates_max: Shipping interval end
    shipping_fee: shipping

    clearance_category_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Clearance category code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.
    clearance_category_code

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    Reduced image.

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    Small list image.

    image_upload_type

    Image type

    Image type.

    ※ EC Global can not use C because it does not support FTP

    A: Register a representative image.
    B: Register an individual image.
    C: Register through Web FTP.

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    Additional item.

    key
    Required
    Additional field key

    value
    Additional field value

    price_content

    Max Length : [20]

    Alternative phrase of the selling price

    buy_limit_by_product

    whether purchase restriction individual setting

    T: use
    F: do not use

    buy_limit_type

    Purchase limitation

    N: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    M: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is shown
    F: No purchase restrictions
    O: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    D: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is shown

    buy_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to purchase the relevant product

    buy_member_id_list

    Authorized customer ID

    repurchase_restriction

    repurchase restriction

    T : restrict repurchase
    F : do not restrict repurchase

    single_purchase_restriction

    single purchase restriction

    T : restrict single purchase
    F : do not restrict on single purchase

    points_by_product

    whether use mileage individual setting

    F : use default setting
    T : individual setting

    points_setting_by_payment

    mileage individual setting - lower level item > basic setting mileage or mileage setting according to payment method

    B : Use the default reserve setting
    C : Earn based on the payment method

    points_amount

    Mileage setting

    except_member_points

    Mileage exception

    T : exclude setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group
    F : do not setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group

    main

    whether display at main

    Displays main display number when display products at main page such as "recommend product" or "new".

    relational_product

    Array Max : [200]

    Related product

    Related or similar product of selected product. Registered related product display the bottom of the product detail page.

    product_no
    Product number

    interrelated
    Required
    whether a related product as one-way or two-way
    T: one-way
    F: two-way

    product_material

    Material of product

    The material of the item. You should enter each material and percentage of composing material if the product is has a multiple material.

    english_product_material

    English product material

    English version of a material of product. When you using an overseas delivery company, you may be required information of a material of the clothes.

    cloth_fabric

    Fabric of product

    In case cloth products using a Japanese courier service, material information may required for some shipping companies.

    woven: Woven
    knit: Knit

    additional_image

    Additional image

    Additional image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page. Displayed at similar location with 'Reduced image' and can see 'Additional image' when mouse over at PC version or swipe at mobile version.

    Up to 20 'Additional image' can be uploaded.

    adult_certification

    Age verification

    Whether the product requires adult certification. In order to purchase a product that requires adult certification, you must go through personal certification.

    In [Shopping Mall Settings > Customer Settings > Member Policy Settings > Member Related Settings > Member Registration and Self-Authentication Settings], when using adult authentication, adult authentication is applied only when the purchase blocking setting is used.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    exposure_limit_type

    types of customers allowed to view the relevant product

    A: display to all
    M: display to customers only

    exposure_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to view the relevant product

    Delete a bundle

    DELETE

    You can delete a specific set product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Delete a bundle
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Categories products

    A relational resource that lets you retrieve or update product display order or general display settings.

    Categories products properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    sequence_no

    display order

    auto_sort

    whether to use automatic sorting

    sold_out

    Whether sold out or stock is available

    fixed_sort

    whether fixed

    not_for_sale

    whether not for sale

    display_group

    Min : [1]~Max : [3]

    detailed product category

    1 : Regular product
    2 : Recommend product
    3 : New product

    DEFAULT 1

    sequence

    Min : [1]~Max : [999998]

    Display order

    Retrieve a list of products by category

    GET

    You can view a list of products assigned to a specific category.
    Product can be assigned to multiple categories at the same time.
    You can check the product number, display order, sales status, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    display_group
    Required

    Min : [1]~Max : [3]

    detailed product category

    1 : Regular product
    2 : Recommend product
    3 : New product

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [50000]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 50000

    Retrieve a count of products by category

    GET

    You can view the number of products assigned to a specific category.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    display_group
    Required

    Min : [1]~Max : [3]

    detailed product category

    1 : Regular product
    2 : Recommend product
    3 : New product

    Retrieve a count of products by category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Add products to a category

    POST

    You can assign products to specific categories.
    Product can be assigned to multiple categories at the same time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    display_group

    Min : [1]~Max : [3]

    detailed product category

    1 : Regular product
    2 : Recommend product
    3 : New product

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product in product category

    PUT

    You can modify the product assigned to a specific category.
    It does not modify the product itself, but you can modify the settings for sorting and fixing.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    display_group
    Required

    Min : [1]~Max : [3]

    detailed product category

    1 : Regular product
    2 : Recommend product
    3 : New product

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    sequence

    Min : [1]~Max : [999999]

    Display order

    auto_sort

    whether to use automatic sorting

    T : Use automatic arrangement
    F : Do not use automatic arrangement

    fixed_sort

    whether fixed

    T : Use designated display order
    F : Do not use designated display order

    Update a product in product category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a product by category

    DELETE

    You can delete products assigned to a specific category.
    The product is only deleted from the category, and the product itself is not actually deleted.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    display_group

    Min : [1]~Max : [3]

    detailed product category

    If a product is marked as [Not on display], it will not be displayed in new products or recommeded products section as well.

    1 : Regular product
    2 : Recommend product
    3 : New product

    DEFAULT 1

    Delete a product by category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Mains products

    A relational resource to the Mains resource about main category products’ display order.

    Mains products properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    product_no

    Product number

    product_name

    Product name

    fixed_sort

    whether fixed

    Retrieve a list of products in main category

    GET

    You can check the list of products assigned to a specific main classification.
    You can check the product number, product name, fixed status, etc.
    Product can be assigned to multiple main categories at the same time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_group
    Required

    main category number

    Retrieve a count of products in main category

    GET

    You can inquire the number of products assigned to a specific main classification.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_group
    Required

    main category number

    Retrieve a count of products in main category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Set main category products

    POST

    You can assign products to specific main categories.
    Product can be assigned to multiple categories at the same time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_group
    Required

    main category number

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update fixed sorting of products in main category

    PUT

    You can modify the product assigned to a specific main classification.
    We do not modify the product itself, but we can modify the settings for fixing the display order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_group
    Required

    main category number

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Rank of product display will designated for requested order.

    fix_product_no

    Fixed product number

    Designate product for fixed rank.

    Update fixed sorting of products in main category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a product in main category

    DELETE

    You can delete products assigned to a specific main classification.
    This product is only deleted from the main classification, and the product itself is not actually deleted.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_group
    Required

    main category number

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Delete a product in main category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products



    Product' represents goods that sells at shopping mall. Product API can register, search, modify, and delete product. (delete function will be provide.)

    Products has the following Resource as embedded Resource:
    Variants
    Hits
    Memos
    SEO

    Products properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    product_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Product code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    custom_product_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom product code

    You may assign this code manually in case of stock management or other reasons.

    product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    Name of product. Basic information to search the product and seperate each product. You may input this with HTML.

    eng_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    English name of product

    English name of product. Necessary when shipping to abroad.

    supply_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Supplier product name

    Supplier registered name of the product. Supplier may assign this name manually for some reasons. This name does not affect "Name of product".

    internal_product_name

    Max Length : [50]

    internal product name

    model_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Model name

    Model name of product

    price_excluding_tax

    product price (before VAT)

    price

    Product price

    Selling price. Price that before applying coupon or other benefits.

    At the time of product create, all multi-shopping mall's products have the same price. If you want to enter a different price for each multi-shopping mall, you can enter the price differently by modifying the product.

    ※ Price of product when automatically calculated = [ Value of supply + (Value of supply * Rate of margin) + addtional cost ]

    retail_price

    Product retail price

    General price of the product in market. This is used to compare the price of a shopping mall and to emphasize the price of a shopping mall.

    supply_price

    Product supply price

    Value of supply. You may calculate price using "supply_price" and "margin_rate".

    display

    Whether display

    User can choose product should be displayed or not. If product is not displayed, customer can't access product thus cannot buy the product.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    selling

    whether selling

    User can choose product status should be selling or not. If product is not selling, customer can still access product but cannot buy the product since the product will be displayed as "Sold out".

    If display is FALSE and selling is TRUE, customer can't access product thus cannot buy the product.

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    product_condition

    Product condition

    Displays condition of product

    N: New
    B: Returned
    R: Off-season
    U: Preowned
    E: Display model
    F: Refurbished
    S: Scratched

    product_used_month

    Max : [2147483647]

    Months of using the used product

    summary_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Product Summary Description

    Summary description of product. Can Exposed at product display screen. You may input description with HTML.

    product_tag

    Array Max : [50]

    Product tag

    Search tags.

    margin_rate

    Min : [-999.99]~Max : [999.99]

    Margin rate

    Rate of margin. You may calculate price using "supply_price" and "margin_rate". In API, margin rate is used only for reperence purpose only.

    tax_calculation

    Tax calculation type

    A: Auto M: Manual

    tax_type

    Taxation category

    Tax type information of product.

    Tax product : VAT, Sales tax, or other tax is included

    Tax free product : Tax free product such as un-processed agriculture products, fishery products, animal products, books, or etc.

    Products for tax free may differ from country to country.

    Zero tax product : Applicable as 0% rate of VAT.

    A: Taxable goods
    B: Duty-free goods
    C: Small goods

    tax_rate

    Min : [0]~Max : [100]

    Tax rate

    price_content

    Max Length : [20]

    Alternative phrase of the selling price

    Price will be replaced by this text when sold-out or unavailable for some reasons.

    buy_limit_by_product

    whether purchase restriction individual setting

    T: use
    F: do not use

    buy_limit_type

    Purchase limitation

    Limit purchase as below information.

    N: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    M: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is shown
    F: No purchase restrictions
    O: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    D: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is shown

    buy_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to purchase the relevant product

    buy_member_id_list

    Authorized customer ID

    repurchase_restriction

    repurchase restriction

    T : restrict repurchase
    F : do not restrict repurchase

    single_purchase_restriction

    single purchase restriction

    T : restrict single purchase
    F : do not restrict on single purchase

    buy_unit_type

    Type of Purchase unit

    If the purchase unit of the product is set to 1 or more, the setting of whether the purchase unit is the item unit or the product unit

    P: Based on product
    O: Based on quantity

    buy_unit

    Minimum unit per purchase

    Minimum unit per purchase.

    Ex ) If product's minimum unit per purchase is 3, customer can only buy the product as multiple number of 3.

    order_quantity_limit_type

    Criteria of order quantity restriction

    If you limit the order quantity of the product, you can set whether the limit should be based on item or product unit.

    P: Based on product
    O: Based on quantity

    minimum_quantity

    Max : [2147483647]

    Minimum quantity per purchase

    Minimum quantity per purchase. Customer cannot buy the product below the minimum quantity.

    maximum_quantity

    Max : [2147483647]

    Maximum quantity per purchase

    Maximum quantity per purchase. Customer cannot buy the product above the maximum quantity.

    If the maximum order quantity is "no limit", it is displayed as "0".

    points_by_product

    individual settings for points

    F : use default setting
    T : individual setting

    points_setting_by_payment

    points settings by payment method

    B : Use the default reserve setting
    C : Earn based on the payment method

    points_amount

    points settings information

    except_member_points

    omit additional points issued based on customer tiers

    T : exclude setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group
    F : do not setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group

    product_volume

    product volume information

    adult_certification

    Age verification

    Whether the product requires adult certification. Customer needs to be authenticated to purchase products that require adult certification.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image' showing on the product detail page.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image' showing on the product category page, main page, product search result page.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    Small list image' showing on the recently viewed page.

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    Reduced image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page.

    use_naverpay

    whether use Naver Pay

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    naverpay_type

    Naver Pay sales type

    C : Naver Pay + Shopping Mall Products at the same time
    O : Naver Pay only products

    manufacturer_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Manufacturer code

    Code uses for designate specific manufacturer. This code generated automatically when register a new manufacturer.

    Set as default code(M0000000) if doesn't input.

    trend_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Trend code

    Code uses for designate specific trend. This code generated automatically when register a new trend.

    Set as default code(T0000000) if doesn't input.

    brand_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Brand code

    Code uses for designate specific brand. This code generated automatically when register a new brand.

    Set as default code(B0000000) if doesn't input.

    supplier_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Supplier code

    Code uses for designate specific supplier. This code generated automatically when register a new supplier.

    made_date

    Date of manufacture

    Date of manufacture of the product.

    release_date

    Date of release

    Date of release of the product.

    expiration_date

    Array Max : [2]

    Expiration date

    Indicate the expiration date of intangible goods such as gift certificates or tickets or type goods such as food or cosmetics.

    origin_classification

    Origin classification

    Distinguish the origin of a product.

    F: domestic
    T: abroad
    E: other

    origin_place_no

    Origin place no

    List the origin number List all Origin by API
    If origin_classification is F (domestic), it is possible to enter origin only if foreign (foreign) is "F".
    If origin_classification is T (overseas), it is possible to enter origin only if foreign (foreign) is "T".

    origin_place_value

    Max Length : [30]

    Extra information for code of origin

    You may add additional information if 'origin_place_code' is 1800.

    made_in_code

    Origin country code

    icon_show_period

    Period for showing icon

    Period for showing icon.

    icon

    Array Max : [5]

    List of icon

    Icon displays at the product. This icon can use a purpose of emphsize selling.

    hscode

    HS code

    HS code used for customs duties when shipped overseas. Must enter the correct number for international shipment clearance.

    ※ HScode : The Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System, also known as the Harmonized System (HS) of tariff nomenclature is an internationally standardized system of names and numbers to classify traded products. It came into effect in 1988 and has since been developed and maintained by the World Customs Organization (WCO) (formerly the Customs Co-operation Council), an independent intergovernmental organization based in Brussels, Belgium, with over 200 member countries.

    product_weight

    Weight of product

    Weight of whole product. Total weight including product, box, and packing weight is necessary for shipping.

    product_material

    Material of product

    The material of the item. You should enter each material and percentage of composing material if the product is has a multiple material.

    created_date

    Created date

    Date when product registered.

    updated_date

    Updated date

    Date when product modified.

    english_product_material

    English product material

    English version of a material of product. When you using an overseas delivery company, you may be required information of a material of the clothes.

    cloth_fabric

    Fabric of product

    In case cloth products using a Japanese courier service, material information may required for some shipping companies.

    woven: Woven
    knit: Knit

    list_icon

    Recommend / sold out / new icon expose flag

    Either showing recommend / sold out / new icon will be exposed or not.

    ※ sold out icon

    ● Showing that the product is sold out
    ● Displays out of stock if mall using stock management function

    ※ recommend / new icon

    ● If the item is displayed in the area of category or the recommendation product on the main page or new product, shows the icon as it set.

    approve_status

    Approve request result

    N: New request for approval
    E: request for approval updated
    C: Approval complete
    R: Approval rejected
    I: Approval in progress
    Empty Value: Never requested

    classification_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Classification code

    Custom classification code for the purpost of self-classification.

    Default : C000000A

    sold_out

    Whether sold out or stock is available

    T: Out-of-stock
    F: No out-of-stock

    additional_price

    Additional amount of the selling price

    discountprice

    Product discount sale price Resource

    decorationimages

    Decoration Image Resource

    benefits

    Benefits Resource

    options

    Product Option Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    variants

    Variants Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    clearance_category_eng

    English name of product

    Product classification information to use for the purpose of overseas customs clearance.

    'clearance category kor' will be automatically translated into English.

    The translated English product name will be sent in the name of the overseas invoice.

    clearance_category_kor

    Korean product category for overseas customs clearance

    Product name as Korean

    clearance_category_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Clearance category code

    clearance_category_code

    additionalimages

    additional image resource

    exposure_limit_type

    types of customers allowed to view the relevant product

    A: display to all
    M: display to customers only

    exposure_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to view the relevant product

    set_product_type

    Product bundle type

    C: integral type. S: assembled type

    use_kakaopay

    Whether to use Kakao Pay

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Shipping fee by product

    Set whether shipping fee will be charged separately or commonly.
    If this set as FALSE, shipping fee will be charged commonly.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping charge

    (When using 'Shipping charge individually') Type of shipping charge.

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    main

    whether display at main

    Displays main display number when display products at main page such as "recommend product" or "new".

    channeldiscountprices

    Product discount sale price Resource

    market_sync

    Whether synced to online marketplace

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    memos

    Memos Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    hits

    Product hits Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    seo

    Product Seo Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    category

    Category number

    Category of the product. Product is marked with this category.

    project_no

    planned exhibition number

    description

    Detail description of product

    Detail description of product. You may input description with HTML.

    mobile_description

    Mobile version of product description

    Mobile version of product description. Replace product description to the mobile version when customer access a mobile shopping mall.

    separated_mobile_description

    add mobile version

    T: add mobile version product details
    F: apply PC version product details

    translated_description

    Translation information of product details

    payment_info

    Payment info

    Guidance for payment method. You may input this with HTML.

    shipping_info

    Shipping info

    Guidance for shipping method. You may input this with HTML.

    exchange_info

    Exchange info

    Guidance for exchange and return method. You may input this with HTML.

    service_info

    Service info

    Guidance for service warranty information. You may input this with HTML.

    product_tax_type_text

    Vat tax info

    Displays text set at VAT text setting menu.

    country_hscode

    HS code by country

    HS code used for customs duties when shipped overseas. You must enter the correct number for international shipment clearance.
    Since the HS code standard differs from country to country, it is necessary to input the code according to the country.

    simple_description

    Simple Product Description

    Simple description of product. Can Exposed at product display screen. You may input description with HTML.

    tags

    Product Tag Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    has_option

    Whether the option is used

    Shows product either has an option or not. Product with option offer various choices such as size, color, and flavors.

    T: use option
    F: do not use option

    option_type

    Type of option

    Shows type of option when "has_option" is TRUE.

    ● combination all-selected : Shows combination of 'all options' in 'a single selecbox'(button or radio button).
    ● combination separate-selected : Customer can choose 'options' at 'each selectbox'(button or radio button) and make 'a combination of option' based on 'the name of option'.
    ● linked with product : The way how to show type of option is similar to 'combination types' but this type can choose both 'necessary option' and 'selectable option'. This type can make 'unlimited combinations of options'.
    ● independently selectable : Customer can select 'each indepentent options'. 'Each option' will be generated as 'each variant'.

    C: Combination integration option
    S: Combination separation option
    E: Product connection
    F: Independent selection

    shipping_calculation

    Shipping calculation type

    A: Auto M: Manual

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    Following is the method when 'individual_delivery' is TRUE

    01: regular delivery
    02: fast service (document only)
    03: regular mail (document only)
    04: delivery in person
    05: delivery in person with bike or truck (within several hours)
    06: other
    07: cargo delivery
    08: pickup at a store
    09: delivery does not necessary

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    Returns null if shipping_calculation is A (autocomputation).

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepaid
    B: Select Prepaid/Pay after delivery

    shipping_period

    Shipping period

    (When using 'Shipping charge individually') Average transit time for make a delivery.

    shipping_scope

    Shipping information

    Shows whether can only deliver domestically or can deliver to overseas too.

    Cannot set the type when 'Shipping charge individually' is FALSE.

    A: Domestic only
    C: Export only
    B: Can deliver both inland and overseas

    shipping_area

    Max Length : [255]

    Shipping area

    (When using 'Shipping charge individually') Available shipping region.

    shipping_rates

    Charge shipping by section

    If shipping_fee_type is R or N, you can set the shipping cost by defining shipping_fee in the array.

    If shipping_fee_type is M, D, W, C, you can set the shipping interval by defining the following in the array.
    shipping_rates_min: Shipping interval start
    shipping_rates_max: Shipping interval end
    shipping_fee: shipping

    origin_place_code

    Code of origin

    Code of origin

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    You may add additional information other than basic information.

    image_upload_type

    Image type

    Image type when uploading image.

    The uploaded detail image would resized and set as list image, small list image, reduced image when you set the image as "Representative image"

    The uploaded detail image would neither resized or set as list image, small list image, reduced image when you set the image as "Individual image"

    ※ EC Global can not use C because it does not support FTP

    A: Register a representative image.
    B: Register an individual image.
    C: Register through Web FTP.

    relational_product

    Array Max : [200]

    Related product

    Related or similar product of selected product. Registered related product display the bottom of the product detail page.

    select_one_by_option

    Whether select only one by option

    When using 'independently selectable' option type and this set as TRUE, customer can select only 1 item per option.
    If this set as FALSE, customer can select multiple items per option.

    ※ This Flag Is Only Available When Using 'Independently Selectable' Option Type.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    translated_additional_description

    Translated additional description

    additional_image

    Array Max : [20]

    Additional image

    Additional image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page. Displayed at similar location with 'Reduced image' and can see 'Additional image' when mouse over at PC version or swipe at mobile version.

    Retrieve a list of products

    GET

    You can check the list of products created in the shopping mall.
    You can check the product code, product name, price, etc.
    If there are more than 5,000 products, you can't look it up with offset, so you can look it up if you use the sin_product_no parameter.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    channeldiscountprices
    embed

    Product discount sale price Resource

    discountprice
    embed

    Product discount sale price Resource

    decorationimages
    embed

    Decoration Image Resource

    benefits
    embed

    Benefits Resource

    options
    embed

    Product Option Resource

    variants
    embed

    Variants Resource

    Up to 100 variants can be retrieved per product.
    Can search with using embed parameter.

    additionalimages
    embed

    additional image resource

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no

    Product number

    Number of a product.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    display

    Whether display

    Search for products that displayed or not.

    selling

    whether selling

    Search for products that sell or not.

    product_name

    Product name

    Search for products of which names include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_code

    Product code

    Search for products of which product codes include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    brand_code

    Brand code

    Search for products with matching brand codes.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    manufacturer_code

    Manufacturer code

    Search for products with matching manufacturer code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    supplier_code

    Supplier code

    Search for products with matching supplier code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    trend_code

    Trend code

    Search for products with matching trend code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_tag

    Product tag

    Search for products of which product search terms or tags include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    custom_product_code

    Custom product code

    Search for products of which custom product codes include the search query you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    custom_variant_code

    Custom variants code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    price_min

    Minimum price

    Search for products that price is over a certain range.

    price_max

    Maximum price

    Search for products that price is below a certain range.

    retail_price_min

    Min : [0]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Minimum retail price

    Search for products that retail price is over a certain range.

    retail_price_max

    Min : [0]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Maximim retail price

    Search for products that retail price is below a certain range.

    supply_price_min

    Minimum supply price

    Search for products that supply price is over a certain range.

    supply_price_max

    Maximum supply price

    Search for products that supply price is below a certain range.

    created_start_date

    Registered date start

    Search for products added after the search start date. Must be used with a search end date. If the start date is the same as the end date, results will be retrieved based on the date.

    created_end_date

    Registered date end

    Search for products added before the search end date. Must be used with a search start date. If the end date is the same as the start date, only results will be retrieved based on the date.

    updated_start_date

    Updated date start

    Search for products edited after the search start date. Must be used with a search end date. If the start date is the same as the end date, results will be retrieved based on the date.

    updated_end_date

    Updated date end

    Search for products edited before the search end date. Must be used with a search start date. If the end date is the same as the start date, results will be retrieved based on the date.

    category

    Category number

    Search for items that displayed at a certain category.

    eng_product_name

    English name of product

    Search for products of which product names (English) include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    supply_product_name

    Supplier product name

    Search for products of which product names (supplier) include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    internal_product_name

    internal product name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    model_name

    Model name

    Search for products of which model names include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_condition

    Product condition

    Search for products of specific condition.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    origin_place_value

    Origin

    Extra information for code of origin. You may add additional information if 'origin_place_code' is 1800.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    stock_quantity_max

    Maximum stock search

    Search for items that product stock is below a certain value.

    stock_quantity_min

    Minimum stock search

    Search for variants that product stock is above a certain value.

    If a product has several items, it searches if any of the items meet the condition.

    stock_safety_max

    Search of maximum safety inventory quantity

    stock_safety_min

    Search of minimum safety inventory quantity

    product_weight

    Weight of product

    Search for items that weigh certain kilograms.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    classification_code

    Classification code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_inventory

    whether use inventory

    Whether use inventory management or not at the variants of the products.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    category_unapplied

    Unapplied Category

    Search for products that category unapplied.

    T : Search for products that category unapplied

    include_sub_category

    include sub category

    Search for products that include sub category.

    T: Included

    additional_information_key

    additional information key

    Search for products that has specific additional information. In order to search, key and value is necessary.

    additional_information_value

    additional information value

    Search for products that has specific additional information. In order to search, key and value is necessary.

    approve_status

    Approval Status

    N: Approval request (New product) status
    E: Approval request (Product modification) status
    C: Approved status
    R: Rejected status
    I: Checking status

    since_product_no

    Min : [0]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Search after a certain product number

    Search products from after a certain product number. Can search regardless of offset.

    ※ Cannot use below parameter when using this search condition.

    product_no
    sort
    order
    offset

    product_bundle

    Product bundle

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    option_type

    Type of option

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    C: Combination integration option
    S: Combination separation option
    E: Product connection
    F: Independent selection

    market_sync

    Whether synced to online marketplace

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    sort

    Sort order

    created_date: Created Date
    updated_date: Updated Date
    product_name: Product Name

    order

    Order by

    asc: Ascending
    desc: Descending

    offset

    Max : [5000]

    Start location of list

    Set the start location of search result.

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a count of products

    GET

    You can check the total number of products registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no

    Product number

    Number of a product.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    display

    Whether display

    Search for products that displayed or not.

    selling

    whether selling

    Search for products that sell or not.

    product_name

    Product name

    Search for products of which names include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_code

    Product code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    brand_code

    Brand code

    Search for products with matching brand codes.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    manufacturer_code

    Manufacturer code

    Search for products with matching manufacturer code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    supplier_code

    Supplier code

    Search for products with matching supplier code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    trend_code

    Trend code

    Search for products with matching trend code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_tag

    Product tag

    Search for products of which product search terms or tags include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    custom_product_code

    Custom product code

    Search for products of which custom product codes include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    custom_variant_code

    Custom variants code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    price_min

    Minimum price

    Search for products that price is over a certain range.

    price_max

    Maximum price

    Search for products that price is below a certain range.

    retail_price_min

    Min : [0]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Minimum retail price

    Search for products that retail price is over a certain range.

    retail_price_max

    Min : [0]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Maximim retail price

    Search for products that retail price is below a certain range.

    supply_price_min

    Minimum supply price

    Search for products that supply price is over a certain range.

    supply_price_max

    Maximum supply price

    Search for products that supply price is below a certain range.

    created_start_date

    Registered date start

    Search for products added after the search start date. Must be used with a search end date. If the start date is the same as the end date, results will be retrieved based on the date.

    created_end_date

    Registered date end

    Search for products added before the search end date. Must be used with a search start date. If the end date is the same as the start date, results will be retrieved based on the date.

    updated_start_date

    Updated date start

    Search for products edited after the search start date. Must be used with a search end date. If the start date is the same as the end date, results will be retrieved based on the date.

    updated_end_date

    Updated date end

    Search for products edited before the search end date. Must be used with a search start date. If the end date is the same as the start date, results will be retrieved based on the date.

    category

    Category number

    Search for items that displayed at a certain category.

    eng_product_name

    English name of product

    Search for products of which product names (English) include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    supply_product_name

    Supplier product name

    Search for products of which product names (supplier) include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    internal_product_name

    internal product name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    model_name

    Model name

    Search for products of which model names contain the search term that you enter. The search term is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_condition

    Product condition

    Search for products of specific condition.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    origin_place_value

    Origin

    Extra information for code of origin. You may add additional information if 'origin_place_code' is 1800.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    stock_quantity_max

    Maximum stock search

    Search for items that product stock is below a certain value.

    stock_quantity_min

    Minimum stock search

    Search for variants that product stock is above a certain value.

    If a product has several items, it searches if any of the items meet the condition.

    stock_safety_max

    Search of maximum safety inventory quantity

    stock_safety_min

    Search of minimum safety inventory quantity

    product_weight

    Weight of product

    Search for items that weigh certain kilograms.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    classification_code

    Classification code

    Search for products with matching custom classification code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_inventory

    whether use inventory

    Whether use inventory management or not at the variants of the products.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    category_unapplied

    Unapplied Category

    Search for products that category unapplied.

    T : Search for products that category unapplied

    include_sub_category

    include sub category

    Search for products that include sub category.

    T: Included

    additional_information_key

    additional information key

    Search for products that has specific additional information. In order to search, key and value is necessary.

    additional_information_value

    additional information value

    Search for products that has specific additional information. In order to search, key and value is necessary.

    approve_status

    Approval Status

    N: Approval request (New product) status
    E: Approval request (Product modification) status
    C: Approved status
    R: Rejected status
    I: Checking status

    since_product_no

    Min : [0]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Search after a certain product number

    Search products from after a certain product number. Can search regardless of offset.

    ※ Cannot use below parameter when using this search condition.

    product_no
    sort
    order
    offset

    product_bundle

    Product bundle

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    option_type

    Type of option

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    C: Combination integration option
    S: Combination separation option
    E: Product connection
    F: Independent selection

    market_sync

    Whether synced to online marketplace

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Retrieve a count of products
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a product resource

    GET

    You can look up the products created in the shopping mall.
    You can check the product code, your own product code, product name, product price, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Number of a product.

    variants
    embed

    Variants Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    memos
    embed

    Memos Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    hits
    embed

    Product hits Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    seo
    embed

    Product Seo Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    tags
    embed

    Product Tag Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    options
    embed

    Product Option Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    discountprice
    embed

    Product discount sale price Resource

    decorationimages
    embed

    Decoration Image Resource

    benefits
    embed

    Benefits Resource

    additionalimages
    embed

    additional image resource

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a product

    POST

    You can register the product at the shopping mall.
    You can also register options while registering the product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    display

    Whether display

    Whether display or not.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    DEFAULT F

    selling

    whether selling

    Whether selling or not.

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    DEFAULT F

    product_condition

    Product condition

    N: New
    B: Returned
    R: Off-season
    U: Preowned
    E: Display model
    F: Refurbished
    S: Scratched

    DEFAULT N

    product_used_month

    Max : [2147483647]

    Months of using the used product

    Used month for the product when product_condition is used product.

    add_category_no

    Category no

    Register your product in the category you want to display using the category number

    category_no
    Required
    category number

    recommend
    whether a product is added to a recommended product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    new
    whether a product is added to a new product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    custom_product_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom product code

    You may assign this code manually in case of stock management or other reasons.

    product_name
    Required

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    Name of product.

    eng_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    English name of product

    Name of product in english.

    supply_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Supplier product name

    internal_product_name

    Max Length : [50]

    internal product name

    model_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Model name

    Model name of product.

    price_excluding_tax

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    product price (before VAT)

    If the base for price calculation (calculated_price_based_on) is "B (product price)" when retrieving product settings (GET:/products/setting), price_excluding_tax, not Price, should be used.

    price

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    Product price

    Price of product.

    retail_price

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    Product retail price

    supply_price
    Required

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    Product supply price

    Value of supply. You may calculate price using "supply_price" and "margin_rate". In API, supply_price is used for reference purpose only.

    has_option

    Whether the option is used

    Has an option or not.

    T: use option
    F: do not use option

    DEFAULT F

    options

    Option

    name
    Required
    Option name

    value
    Required
    Option value

    use_naverpay

    whether use Naver Pay

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    naverpay_type

    Naver Pay sales type

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C : Naver Pay + Shopping Mall Products at the same time
    O : Naver Pay only products

    manufacturer_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Manufacturer code

    Manufacturer code.

    DEFAULT M0000000

    trend_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Trend code

    DEFAULT T0000000

    brand_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Brand code

    DEFAULT B0000000

    supplier_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Supplier code

    shipping_fee: shipping

    DEFAULT S0000000

    product_weight

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999.99]

    Weight of product

    made_date

    Date of manufacture

    release_date

    Date of release

    expiration_date

    Array Max : [2]

    Expiration date

    Expiration date.

    start_date
    Start date of the term of validity

    end_date
    End date of the term of validity

    description

    Detail description of product

    Detailed description of product.

    mobile_description

    Mobile version of product description

    Mobile version of product description. Replace product description to the mobile version when customer access a mobile shopping mall.

    summary_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Product Summary Description

    shipping_rates_max: Shipping interval end

    simple_description

    Simple Product Description

    If shipping_fee_type is M, D, W, C, you can set the shipping interval by defining the following in the array.

    translated_description

    Translation information of product details

    product_tag

    Array Max : [50]

    Product tag

    Tag for search product.

    payment_info

    Payment info

    Payment method guidance.

    shipping_info

    Shipping info

    Shipping method guidance.

    exchange_info

    Exchange info

    Exchange/return method guidance.

    service_info

    Service info

    Service query / information guidance.

    icon

    Array Max : [5]

    List of icon

    Register icon.

    hscode

    Max Length : [20]

    HS code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.

    country_hscode

    Array Max : [29]

    HS code by country

    shipping_scope

    Shipping information

    Shows whether can only deliver domestically or can deliver to overseas too.

    Cannot set the type when 'Shipping charge individually' is FALSE.

    ※ Must required "C" in EC Global shopping mall.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    A: Domestic only
    C: Export only
    B: Can deliver both inland and overseas

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    Shipping method(when shipping individually).

    01: regular delivery
    02: fast service (document only)
    03: regular mail (document only)
    04: delivery in person
    05: delivery in person with bike or truck (within several hours)
    06: other
    07: cargo delivery
    08: pickup at a store
    09: delivery does not necessary

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Shipping fee by product

    Shipping charge individually.

    T: Individual delivery
    F: Standard delivery

    DEFAULT F

    shipping_area

    Max Length : [255]

    Shipping area

    Shipping area.

    shipping_period

    Array Max : [2]

    Shipping period

    Transit time.

    minimum
    minimum date range
    DEFAULT 1

    maximum
    maximum date range
    DEFAULT 7

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping charge

    Shipping charge. Type of shipping charge when using 'Shipping charge individually'.

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    shipping_rates

    Array Max : [200]

    Shipping rates

    If shipping_fee_type is R or N, you can set the shipping cost by defining shipping_fee in the array.

    If shipping_fee_type is M, D, W, C, you can set the shipping interval by defining the following in the array.
    shipping_rates_min: Shipping interval start
    shipping_rates_max: Shipping interval end
    shipping_fee: shipping

    shipping_rates_min
    minimum value in range for shipping fee charge option

    shipping_rates_max
    maximum value in range for shipping fee charge option

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepaid
    B: Select Prepaid/Pay after delivery

    clearance_category_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Clearance category code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.
    clearance_category_code

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    Reduced image.

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    shipping_rates_min: Shipping interval start

    image_upload_type

    Image type

    Image type.

    ※ EC Global can not use C because it does not support FTP

    A: Register a representative image.
    B: Register an individual image.
    C: Register through Web FTP.

    DEFAULT A

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    Additional item.

    key
    Required
    Additional field key

    value
    Additional field value

    price_content

    Max Length : [20]

    Alternative phrase of the selling price

    buy_limit_by_product

    whether purchase restriction individual setting

    T: use
    F: do not use

    DEFAULT F

    buy_limit_type

    Purchase limitation

    N: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    M: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is shown
    F: No purchase restrictions
    O: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    D: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is shown

    DEFAULT F

    buy_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to purchase the relevant product

    buy_member_id_list

    Authorized customer ID

    repurchase_restriction

    repurchase restriction

    T : restrict repurchase
    F : do not restrict repurchase

    DEFAULT F

    single_purchase_restriction

    single purchase restriction

    T : restrict single purchase
    F : do not restrict on single purchase

    DEFAULT F

    buy_unit_type

    Type of Purchase unit

    If the purchase unit of the product is set to 1 or more, the setting of whether the purchase unit is the item unit or the product unit

    P: Based on product
    O: Based on quantity

    DEFAULT O

    buy_unit

    Max : [2147483647]

    Minimum unit per purchase

    Unit of order.

    DEFAULT 1

    order_quantity_limit_type

    Criteria of order quantity restriction

    If you limit the order quantity of the product, you can set whether the limit should be based on item or product unit.

    P: Based on product
    O: Based on quantity

    DEFAULT O

    minimum_quantity

    Max : [2147483647]

    Minimum quantity per purchase

    Minimum quantity per purchase. Customer cannot buy the product below the minimum quantity.

    DEFAULT 1

    maximum_quantity

    Max : [2147483647]

    Maximum quantity per purchase

    Maximum quantity per purchase. Customer cannot buy the product above the maximum quantity.

    Enter "0" to enter the maximum quantity of orders as "no limit"

    DEFAULT 0

    points_by_product

    individual settings for points

    F : use default setting
    T : individual setting

    DEFAULT F

    points_setting_by_payment

    points settings by payment method

    B : Use the default reserve setting
    C : Earn based on the payment method

    points_amount

    points settings information

    payment_method
    payment method of mileage
    naverpay : naver pay
    smilepay : smile pay
    kakaopay : kakao pay
    payco : payco
    paynow : paynow
    kpay : k pay
    icash : virtual account
    deposit : deposit
    tcash : real time bank transfer
    cell : mobile phone
    card : card
    mileage : mileage
    cash : bank transfer

    points_rate
    Points issuance rate

    points_unit_by_payment
    unit of points by payment method
    P : percent unit
    W : Won unit

    except_member_points

    omit additional points issued based on customer tiers

    T : exclude setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group
    F : do not setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group

    DEFAULT F

    product_volume

    product volume information

    use_product_volume
    Use product volume

    product_width
    width

    product_height
    depth

    product_length
    height

    origin_classification

    Origin classification

    Distinguish the origin of a product.

    F: domestic
    T: abroad
    E: other

    origin_place_no

    Origin place no

    List the origin number Retrieve a list of origins by API
    If origin_classification is F (domestic), it is possible to enter origin only if foreign (foreign) is "F".
    If origin_classification is T (overseas), it is possible to enter origin only if foreign (foreign) is "T".

    origin_place_value

    Max Length : [30]

    Extra information for code of origin

    Extra information for code of origin. You may add additional information if 'origin_place_code' is 1800.

    made_in_code

    Origin country code

    A two-digit country code for country of origin
    Country code can be used instead of country of origin number (origin_place_no) and country of origin category (origin_classification).

    main

    whether display at main

    Displays main display number when display products at main page such as "recommend product" or "new".

    relational_product

    Array Max : [200]

    Related product

    Related or similar product of selected product. Registered related product display the bottom of the product detail page.

    product_no
    Required
    Product number

    interrelated
    Required
    whether a related product as one-way or two-way
    T: one-way
    F: two-way

    product_material

    Material of product

    The material of the item. You should enter each material and percentage of composing material if the product is has a multiple material.

    english_product_material

    English product material

    English version of a material of product. When you using an overseas delivery company, you may be required information of a material of the clothes.

    cloth_fabric

    Fabric of product

    In case cloth products using a Japanese courier service, material information may required for some shipping companies.

    woven: Woven
    knit: Knit

    classification_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Classification code

    additional_price

    Max : [2147483647]

    Additional amount of the selling price

    Additional price is added amount to price in addition to supply price and margin rate. In API, additional price is used only for reperence purpose only.

    margin_rate

    Min : [-999.99]~Max : [999.99]

    Margin rate

    Rate of margin. You may calculate price using "supply_price" and "margin_rate". In API, margin rate is used only for reperence purpose only.

    tax_type

    Taxation category

    Tax type information of product.

    Tax product : VAT, Sales tax, or other tax is included

    Tax free product : Tax free product such as un-processed agriculture products, fishery products, animal products, books, or etc.

    Products for tax free may differ from country to country.

    Zero tax product : Applicable as 0% rate of VAT.

    A: Taxable goods
    B: Duty-free goods
    C: Small goods

    tax_rate

    Min : [0]~Max : [100]

    Tax rate

    additional_image

    Additional image

    Additional image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page. Displayed at similar location with 'Reduced image' and can see 'Additional image' when mouse over at PC version or swipe at mobile version.

    Up to 20 'Additional image' can be uploaded.

    adult_certification

    Age verification

    Whether the product requires adult certification. In order to purchase a product that requires adult certification, you must go through personal certification.

    In [Shopping Mall Settings > Customer Settings > Member Policy Settings > Member Related Settings > Member Registration and Self-Authentication Settings], when using adult authentication, adult authentication is applied only when the purchase blocking setting is used.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    DEFAULT F

    exposure_limit_type

    types of customers allowed to view the relevant product

    A: display to all
    M: display to customers only

    DEFAULT A

    exposure_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to view the relevant product

    use_kakaopay

    Whether to use Kakao Pay

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product

    PUT

    You can modify the product created in the shopping mall.
    You can modify display status, sales status, product name, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    display

    Whether display

    You can choose product should be displayed or not.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    selling

    whether selling

    Whether selling or not.

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    product_condition

    Product condition

    N: New
    B: Returned
    R: Off-season
    U: Preowned
    E: Display model
    F: Refurbished
    S: Scratched

    product_used_month

    Max : [2147483647]

    Months of using the used product

    Used month for the product when product_condition is used product.

    add_category_no

    Category no

    Enter a category number to add a specific product category to the product

    category_no
    Required
    category number

    recommend
    whether a product is added to a recommended product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    new
    whether a product is added to a new product category
    T: added
    F: not added
    DEFAULT F

    delete_category_no

    Deleted classification number

    Enter a category number to delete a specific product category to the product

    custom_product_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom product code

    You may assign this code manually in case of stock management or other reasons.

    product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    Name of product.

    eng_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    English name of product

    Name of product in english.

    supply_product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Supplier product name

    internal_product_name

    Max Length : [50]

    internal product name

    model_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Model name

    Model name of product.

    price_excluding_tax

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    product price (before VAT)

    If the base for price calculation (calculated_price_based_on) is "B (product price)" when retrieving product settings (GET:/products/setting), price_excluding_tax, not Price, should be used.

    price

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    Product price

    Price of product.

    retail_price

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    Product retail price

    supply_price

    Min : [0]~Max : [2147483647]

    Product supply price

    Value of supply. You may calculate price using "supply_price" and "margin_rate". In API, supply_price is used for reference purpose only.

    use_naverpay

    whether use Naver Pay

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    naverpay_type

    Naver Pay sales type

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C : Naver Pay + Shopping Mall Products at the same time
    O : Naver Pay only products

    manufacturer_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Manufacturer code

    Manufacturer code.

    trend_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Trend code

    brand_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Brand code

    supplier_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Supplier code

    Supplier code.

    product_weight

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999.99]

    Weight of product

    made_date

    Date of manufacture

    release_date

    Date of release

    expiration_date

    Array Max : [2]

    Expiration date

    Expiration date.

    start_date
    Start date of the term of validity

    end_date
    End date of the term of validity

    description

    Detail description of product

    Detailed description of product.

    mobile_description

    Mobile version of product description

    Mobile version of product description. Replace product description to the mobile version when customer access a mobile shopping mall.

    translated_description

    Translation information of product details

    translated_additional_description

    Translated additional description

    summary_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Product Summary Description

    Summary description of product.

    simple_description

    Simple Product Description

    Simple description of product.

    product_tag

    Array Max : [50]

    Product tag

    Tag for search product.

    payment_info

    Payment info

    Payment method guidance.

    shipping_info

    Shipping info

    Shipping method guidance.

    exchange_info

    Exchange info

    Exchange/return method guidance.

    service_info

    Service info

    Service query / information guidance.

    icon

    Array Max : [5]

    List of icon

    use_icon_exposure_term

    whether use show date

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    icon_exposure_begin_datetime

    start date of show_date

    icon_exposure_end_datetime

    end date of show_date

    hscode

    Max Length : [20]

    HS code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.

    country_hscode

    Array Max : [29]

    HS code by country

    shipping_scope

    Shipping information

    Shows whether can only deliver domestically or can deliver to overseas too.

    Cannot set the type when 'Shipping charge individually' is FALSE.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    A: Domestic only
    C: Export only
    B: Can deliver both inland and overseas

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    Shipping method(when shipping individually).

    01: regular delivery
    02: fast service (document only)
    03: regular mail (document only)
    04: delivery in person
    05: delivery in person with bike or truck (within several hours)
    06: other
    07: cargo delivery
    08: pickup at a store
    09: delivery does not necessary

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Shipping fee by product

    Shipping charge individually.

    T: Individual delivery
    F: Standard delivery

    shipping_area

    Max Length : [255]

    Shipping area

    Shipping area.

    shipping_period

    Shipping period

    Transit time.

    minimum
    minimum date range
    DEFAULT 1

    maximum
    maximum date range
    DEFAULT 7

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping charge

    Shipping charge. Type of shipping charge when using 'Shipping charge individually'.

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    shipping_rates

    Array Max : [200]

    Shipping rates

    If shipping_fee_type is R or N, you can set the shipping cost by defining shipping_fee in the array.

    If shipping_fee_type is M, D, W, C, you can set the shipping interval by defining the following in the array.
    shipping_rates_min: Shipping interval start
    shipping_rates_max: Shipping interval end
    shipping_fee: shipping

    shipping_rates_min
    minimum value in range for shipping fee charge option

    shipping_rates_max
    maximum value in range for shipping fee charge option

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepaid
    B: Select Prepaid/Pay after delivery

    clearance_category_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Clearance category code

    Required if shipping information (shipping_scope) is C (overseas shipping).
    If the shipping_calculation is set to A (Automatic calculation), it is not required to be entered.
    clearance_category_code

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    Reduced image.

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    Small list image.

    image_upload_type

    Image type

    Image type.

    ※ EC Global can not use C because it does not support FTP

    A: Register a representative image.
    B: Register an individual image.
    C: Register through Web FTP.

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    Additional item.

    key
    Required
    Additional field key

    value
    Additional field value

    price_content

    Max Length : [20]

    Alternative phrase of the selling price

    buy_limit_by_product

    whether purchase restriction individual setting

    T: use
    F: do not use

    buy_limit_type

    Purchase limitation

    N: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    M: Purchase is only available to customer accounts + Buy button is shown
    F: No purchase restrictions
    O: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is hidden
    D: Purchase is only available to specific customer accounts + Buy button is shown

    buy_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to purchase the relevant product

    buy_member_id_list

    Authorized customer ID

    repurchase_restriction

    repurchase restriction

    T : restrict repurchase
    F : do not restrict repurchase

    single_purchase_restriction

    single purchase restriction

    T : restrict single purchase
    F : do not restrict on single purchase

    buy_unit_type

    Type of Purchase unit

    If the purchase unit of the product is set to 1 or more, the setting of whether the purchase unit is the item unit or the product unit

    P: Based on product
    O: Based on quantity

    buy_unit

    Max : [2147483647]

    Minimum unit per purchase

    Unit of order.

    order_quantity_limit_type

    Criteria of order quantity restriction

    If you limit the order quantity of the product, you can set whether the limit should be based on item or product unit.

    P: Based on product
    O: Based on quantity

    minimum_quantity

    Max : [2147483647]

    Minimum quantity per purchase

    Minimum quantity for order.

    maximum_quantity

    Max : [2147483647]

    Maximum quantity per purchase

    Maximum quantity per purchase. Customer cannot buy the product above the maximum quantity.

    If you modify the minimum quantity per purchase, you must modify the maximum order quantity together.

    Enter "0" to enter the maximum quantity of orders as "no limit"

    points_by_product

    individual settings for points

    F : use default setting
    T : individual setting

    points_setting_by_payment

    points settings by payment method

    B : Use the default reserve setting
    C : Earn based on the payment method

    points_amount

    points settings information

    payment_method
    payment method of mileage
    naverpay : naver pay
    smilepay : smile pay
    kakaopay : kakao pay
    payco : payco
    paynow : paynow
    kpay : k pay
    icash : virtual account
    deposit : deposit
    tcash : real time bank transfer
    cell : mobile phone
    card : card
    mileage : mileage
    cash : bank transfer

    points_rate
    Points issuance rate

    points_unit_by_payment
    unit of points by payment method
    P : percent unit
    W : Won unit

    except_member_points

    omit additional points issued based on customer tiers

    T : exclude setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group
    F : do not setting an additional mileage accumulation for member group

    product_volume

    product volume information

    use_product_volume
    Use product volume

    product_width
    width

    product_height
    depth

    product_length
    height

    origin_classification

    Origin classification

    Distinguish the origin of a product.

    F: domestic
    T: abroad
    E: other

    origin_place_no

    Origin place no

    List the origin number List all Origin by API
    If origin_classification is F (domestic), it is possible to enter origin only if foreign (foreign) is "F".
    If origin_classification is T (overseas), it is possible to enter origin only if foreign (foreign) is "T".

    origin_place_value

    Max Length : [30]

    Extra information for code of origin

    Extra information for code of origin. You may add additional information if 'origin_place_code' is 1800.

    made_in_code

    Origin country code

    A two-digit country code for country of origin
    Country code can be used instead of country of origin number (origin_place_no) and country of origin category (origin_classification).

    main

    whether display at main

    Displays main display number when display products at main page such as "recommend product" or "new".

    relational_product

    Array Max : [200]

    Related product

    Related or similar product of selected product. Registered related product display the bottom of the product detail page.

    product_no
    Product number

    interrelated
    Required
    whether a related product as one-way or two-way
    T: one-way
    F: two-way

    product_material

    Material of product

    The material of the item. You should enter each material and percentage of composing material if the product is has a multiple material.

    english_product_material

    English product material

    English version of a material of product. When you using an overseas delivery company, you may be required information of a material of the clothes.

    cloth_fabric

    Fabric of product

    In case cloth products using a Japanese courier service, material information may required for some shipping companies.

    woven: Woven
    knit: Knit

    classification_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Classification code

    additional_price

    Max : [2147483647]

    Additional amount of the selling price

    Additional price is added amount to price in addition to supply price and margin rate. In API, additional price is used only for reperence purpose only.

    margin_rate

    Min : [-999.99]~Max : [999.99]

    Margin rate

    Rate of margin. You may calculate price using "supply_price" and "margin_rate". In API, margin rate is used only for reperence purpose only.

    tax_type

    Taxation category

    Tax type information of product.

    Tax product : VAT, Sales tax, or other tax is included

    Tax free product : Tax free product such as un-processed agriculture products, fishery products, animal products, books, or etc.

    Products for tax free may differ from country to country.

    Zero tax product : Applicable as 0% rate of VAT.

    A: Taxable goods
    B: Duty-free goods
    C: Small goods

    tax_rate

    Min : [0]~Max : [100]

    Tax rate

    additional_image

    Additional image

    Additional image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page. Displayed at similar location with 'Reduced image' and can see 'Additional image' when mouse over at PC version or swipe at mobile version.

    Up to 20 'Additional image' can be uploaded.

    adult_certification

    Age verification

    Whether the product requires adult certification. In order to purchase a product that requires adult certification, you must go through personal certification.

    In [Shopping Mall Settings > Customer Settings > Member Policy Settings > Member Related Settings > Member Registration and Self-Authentication Settings], when using adult authentication, adult authentication is applied only when the purchase blocking setting is used.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    exposure_limit_type

    types of customers allowed to view the relevant product

    A: display to all
    M: display to customers only

    exposure_group_list

    customer tiers allowed to view the relevant product

    use_kakaopay

    Whether to use Kakao Pay

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    Delete a product

    DELETE

    You can delete the product created in the shopping mall.
    When you delete a product, options (items) are also deleted at the bottom of the product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Delete a product
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products additionalimages

    Products additionalimages, a child resource of Products, lets you retrieve additional images of a product.

    Products additionalimages properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    additional_image

    Additional image

    product_no

    Product number

    Create an additional product image

    POST

    You can register additional images of the product.
    When uploading an additional image, you can encode it into Base64 and upload it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    additional_image
    Required

    Additional image

    ● Maximum number of requests: 20
    ● Maximum file size: 5MB
    ● Maximum file size per request : 30MB

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an additional product image

    PUT

    You can modify additional images for that product.
    When uploading an additional image, you can encode it into Base64 and upload it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    additional_image
    Required

    Additional image

    ● Maximum number of requests: 20
    ● Maximum file size: 5MB
    ● Maximum file size per request : 30MB

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete an additional product image

    DELETE

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Delete an additional product image
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products approve

    API which can only be used when mall using products approval function.

    Products approve properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    status
    Required

    Approval status

    Approval status of the product requested.

    N: Approval request (New product) status
    E: Approval request (Product modification) status
    C: Approved status
    R: Rejected status
    I: Checking status
    Empty Value: Not requested

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Retrieve a product approval status

    GET

    You can check the approval status of the product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Retrieve a product approval status
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a product approval request

    POST

    You can apply for approval for the product.
    The product that has applied for approval is requested for approval in the status of approval request (new product).

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    user_id
    Required

    Supplier operator ID

    ID of supplier operator who requested

    Create a product approval request
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product approval status

    PUT

    You can change the approval status of the product.
    If the representative manager approves the product, it can be updated with approval completion.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    user_id
    Required

    Supplier operator ID

    ID of supplier operator who requested

    status
    Required

    Approval status

    Approval status of the product requested.

    C: Approved status
    R: Rejected status
    I: Checking status

    Update a product approval status
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products decorationimages

    This resource lets you add special images to products displayed on a store. This resource lets you retrieve decorative images from a store and add them to a certain product, or retrieve the images already added to a product.

    This resource can only be used as a child resource of the Products resource.

    Products decorationimages properties

    Attribute Description
    code

    code of decoration image

    path

    Decoration Image URL

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    use_show_date

    whether use show date

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    show_start_date

    start date of show_date

    show_end_date

    end date of show_date

    image_list

    list of decoration image

    Horizontal position (image_horizontal_position)
    L: Left
    C: Center
    R: To the right

    Vertical position (image_vertical_position)
    T: Top
    C: Abort
    B: Bottom

    Retrieve a list of decoration images

    GET

    Check the list of decorative images registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of product decoration images

    GET

    Check the list of decorative images registered with a specific product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Set decoration images for a product

    POST

    You can add a decorative image to your product.
    When adding a decorative image, you can set the display period and the location of the decorative image.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    use_show_date

    whether use show date

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    show_start_date

    Date

    start date of show_date

    show_end_date

    Date

    end date of show_date

    image_list
    Required

    list of decoration image

    Horizontal position (image_horizontal_position)
    L: Left
    C: Center
    R: To the right

    Vertical position (image_vertical_position)
    T: Top
    C: Abort
    B: Bottom

    code
    decoration image code

    path
    decoration image path

    image_horizontal_position
    decoration image horizontal value

    image_vertical_position
    decoration image vertical value

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update product decoration images

    PUT

    You can modify the decorative image of the product using the product number.
    You can change whether the display period is used, the start date of the display period, and the end date.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    use_show_date

    whether use show date

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    show_start_date

    Date

    start date of show_date

    show_end_date

    Date

    end date of show_date

    image_list
    Required

    list of decoration image

    Horizontal position (image_horizontal_position)
    L: Left
    C: Center
    R: To the right

    Vertical position (image_vertical_position)
    T: Top
    C: Abort
    B: Bottom

    code
    decoration image code

    path
    decoration image path

    image_horizontal_position
    decoration image horizontal value

    image_vertical_position
    decoration image vertical value

    Remove a product decoration image

    DELETE

    Delete the decorative image registered with the product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    code
    Required

    code of decoration image

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Remove a product decoration image
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products discountprice

    A resource about product's discount price. You can retrieve the discount price of products under the Benefits resource.

    This resource can only be used as a child resource of the Products resource. You can use the embed parameter in sending a request to retrieve product's discount price in one call.

    Products discountprice properties

    Attribute Description
    pc_discount_price

    PC discount price

    mobile_discount_price

    Mobile discount price

    app_discount_price

    Discounted price (App)

    Retrieve a product discounted price

    GET

    Check the discount price of the product using the product number.
    You can check the discount price of your PC and mobile discount.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Retrieve a product discounted price
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products hits

    Product Views (Hits) is a measure of how much your products are viewed by your shopping mall customers. You can see how many products your customers are viewing most by checking product views.
    Product views can only be used in the Products subset as a embedded Resource.

    Retrieve a count of product views

    GET

    Check the number of views of the product using the product number.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Retrieve a count of product views
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products icons

    A product icon is a small image that you can add next to an item to emphasize it. You can emphasize items by adding messages such as discount information, "close to sold out" on the displayed products.
    The item icon can only be used in the Products subset as a embedded Resource.

    Products icons properties

    Attribute Description
    code

    code of product icon

    Code of Icon.

    path

    Path

    URL of Icon.

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    use_show_date

    whether use show date

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    show_start_date

    start date of show_date

    show_end_date

    end date of show_date

    image_list

    list of product icon

    Retrieve a list of icons

    GET

    You can view all the icons registered in the product.
    You can see what icons are currently registered for a particular product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of product icons

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Set icons for a product

    POST

    You can register the product icon on the product.
    Before registering an icon in the product, please check the code of the icon through List all icons.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    image_list
    Required

    Array Max : [5]

    list of product icon

    code
    Required
    code of product icon

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update product icons

    PUT

    You can modify the product icon registered in the product.
    You can change the display status and duration of the icon.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    use_show_date

    whether use show date

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    show_start_date

    Date

    start date of show_date

    show_end_date

    Date

    end date of show_date

    image_list

    Array Max : [5]

    list of product icon

    code
    Required
    code of product icon

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Remove a product icon

    DELETE

    You can delete (unregister) the product icon registered with the product.
    The icon itself is not deleted and only the status registered with the product is released.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    code
    Required

    code of product icon

    Remove a product icon
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products images

    Products Images means the pictures or pictures of the products uploaded for sale. Use the Product Image API to upload an image for use in a product description, or upload an image of a product.
    Images of the products can be uploaded by encoding to Base64 code.

    Products images properties

    Attribute Description
    path

    Product image

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image' showing on the product detail page.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image' showing on the product category page, main page, product search result page.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    Small list image' showing on the recently viewed page.

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    Reduced image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page.

    Upload images

    POST

    Allows you to upload an image.
    To register an image on the product, you must upload the image first.
    The image of the product can be encoded in Base64 code and uploaded

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 20

    Request

    Parameter Description
    image
    Required

    Product image

    ● Maximum file size: 10MB
    ● Maximum file size per request : 30MB

    Upload images
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Upload product images

    POST

    You can register an image with the product.
    You can register product details, lists, small lists, and thumbnail images.
    Please check if the image is uploaded before registering it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    detail_image

    Product image

    Detail image' showing on the product detail page.

    list_image

    Catalog image

    List image' showing on the product category page, main page, product search result page.

    tiny_image

    Catalog thumbnail image

    Reduced image' showing on the bottom side of the product detail page.

    small_image

    Gallery thumbnail image

    Small list image' showing on the recently viewed page.

    image_upload_type
    Required

    Image type

    You can specify the upload type, whether the image type is representative image or individual image. If you select the representative image (A), uploading the image to the detail image (detail_image) will be reflected in all other images.

    A: Register a representative image.
    B: Register an individual image.

    Upload product images
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete product images

    DELETE

    You can delete an image registered with the product.
    All images registered in the product will be deleted regardless of the detailed image or list image.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Delete product images
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products memos

    Products Memos is a brief note that can be used as a tool for memorizing special items or communicating with operators.
    Products Memos can only be used in the Products subset as a embedded Resource.

    Products memos properties

    Attribute Description
    memo_no

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    author_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Author ID

    ID of memo writer.

    created_date

    Created date

    Written date of memo.

    memo

    Memo

    Contents of memo. You may input this with HTML..

    Retrieve a list of product memos

    GET

    You can look up notes registered with a specific product as a list.
    You can inquire about the author's ID, creation date, and memo content.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a product memo

    GET

    You can inquire about one memo registered on a specific product.
    You can inquire the author's ID, creation date, and memo content.
    You need a memo number to check the memo. You can check the memo number through List all products memos.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a product memo

    POST

    You can register notes for a particular product.
    When you register a note, you must enter the ID of the memo author.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    author_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Author ID

    ID of memo writer.

    memo
    Required

    Memo

    Contents of memo. You may input this with HTML..

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product memo

    PUT

    You can modify the notes that are registered with a particular product.
    When modifying a memo, you must enter the memo author's ID and memo number.
    You can check the memo number through List all products memos.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    author_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Author ID

    ID of memo writer.

    memo
    Required

    Memo

    Contents of memo. You may input this with HTML..

    Update a product memo
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a product memo

    DELETE

    You can delete a memo that is registered with a particular product.
    You need a memo number to delete a memo. You can check the memo number through List all products memos.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Delete a product memo
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products options

    This resource allows customers to select a variant for a product that comes in different colors or sizes. This resource has the option_name property, which can for example be color or size, and the option_value property, which can for example be red or yellow. Product variants are generated based on their options when they are added to a product.

    This resource can only be used as a child resource of the Products resource.

    Products options properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    has_option

    Whether the option is used

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    option_type

    Type of option

    Shows type of option when "has_option" is TRUE.

    ● combination : make 'a combination of option' based on 'the name of option'.
    ● linked with product : The way how to show type of option is similar to 'combination types' but this type can choose both 'necessary option' and 'selectable option'. This type can make 'unlimited combinations of options'.
    ● independently selectable : Customer can select 'each indepentent options'. 'Each option' will be generated as 'each variant'.

    T: Combination
    E: linked with product
    F: independently selectable

    option_list_type

    Option list type

    If you use the combined option, show the type of the combined option

    * combination all-selected : Shows combination of 'all options' in 'a single selecbox'(button or radio button).
    * combination separate-selected : Customer can choose 'options' at 'each selectbox'(button or radio button) and make 'a combination of option' based on 'the name of option'.

    If you use "linked with product" option or "independently selectable" option, S(separate selected) is used by default.

    C: Integrated type
    S: Separated type

    option_preset_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Option set code

    If you use the linked with product option, show the option preset code.

    options

    Option

    select_one_by_option

    Whether select only one by option

    When using 'independently selectable' option type and this set as TRUE, customer can select only 1 item per option.
    If this set as FALSE, customer can select multiple items per option.

    ※ This Flag Is Only Available When Using 'Independently Selectable' Option Type.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    option_preset_name

    Option preset name

    If you use "linked with product" option, show the name of the option set

    use_additional_option

    Whether use additional option

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    additional_options

    Additional option

    use_attached_file_option

    Whether use attached file option

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    attached_file_option

    Attached file option

    Retrieve a list of product options

    GET

    You can look up the product's options as a list.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create product options

    POST

    You can create and register options for the product.
    When you register an option, the item is automatically created.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    has_option

    Whether the option is used

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    option_type

    Type of option

    Enter type of option when "has_option" is TRUE.

    ● combination : make 'a combination of option' based on 'the name of option'.
    ● linked with product : The way how to show type of option is similar to 'combination types' but this type can choose both 'necessary option' and 'selectable option'. This type can make 'unlimited combinations of options'.
    ● independently selectable : Customer can select 'each indepentent options'. 'Each option' will be generated as 'each variant'.

    T: Combination
    E: linked with product
    F: independently selectable

    option_list_type

    Option list type

    If you use the combined option, enter the type of the combined option

    * combination all-selected : Shows combination of 'all options' in 'a single selecbox'(button or radio button).
    * combination separate-selected : Customer can choose 'options' at 'each selectbox'(button or radio button) and make 'a combination of option' based on 'the name of option'.

    If you use "linked with product" option or "independently selectable" option, S(separate selected) is used by default.

    S: Combination separation option
    C: Combination integration option

    options

    Option

    option_name
    Required
    Option name

    option_value Array

    option_text
    Option value

    option_image_file
    swatch

    option_color
    colorchip

    option_display_type
    Option list type
    S: select box
    P: preview
    B: text swatch
    R: radio button
    DEFAULT S

    select_one_by_option

    Whether select only one by option

    When using 'independently selectable' option type and this set as TRUE, customer can select only 1 item per option.
    If this set as FALSE, customer can select multiple items per option.

    ※ This Flag Is Only Available When Using 'Independently Selectable' Option Type.

    T: Used
    F: Not used; Existed only in the independent type; Process the selected value by option if being checked.

    option_preset_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Option set code

    option_preset_name

    Option preset name

    If you use "linked with product" option, enter the name of the option set

    use_additional_option

    Whether use additional option

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    additional_options

    Additional option

    additional_option_name
    Required
    custom text field name

    additional_option_text_length
    Required
    character limit for custom text field
    1~30
    50
    100
    200

    required_additional_option
    Required
    whether a custom text field is required or optional
    T: required
    F: optional
    DEFAULT T

    use_attached_file_option

    Whether use attached file option

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    attached_file_option

    Attached file option

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update product options

    PUT

    You can modify the product's options.
    You can only modify option names and option values, additional input options and file attachment options, and you cannot add or delete option items.
    It also does not initialize the items that are created.
    If you want to add or delete an option, you can delete it with the Delete a products option and register it again.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    option_list_type

    Option list type

    If you use the combined option, enter the type of the combined option

    * combination all-selected : Shows combination of 'all options' in 'a single selecbox'(button or radio button).
    * combination separate-selected : Customer can choose 'options' at 'each selectbox'(button or radio button) and make 'a combination of option' based on 'the name of option'.

    If you use "linked with product" option or "independently selectable" option, S(separate selected) is used by default.

    S: Combination separation option
    C: Combination integration option

    option_preset_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Option set code

    If you use the linked with product option, enter the option preset code.

    options

    Option

    option_name
    Required
    Option name

    option_value Array

    option_text
    Option value

    option_image_file
    swatch

    option_link_image
    Option-linked image

    option_color
    colorchip

    option_display_type
    Option list type
    S: select box
    P: preview
    B: text swatch
    R: radio button
    DEFAULT S

    original_options

    Option value before modification

    option_name
    Required
    Option name

    option_value Array

    option_text
    Option value

    select_one_by_option

    Whether select only one by option

    When using 'independently selectable' option type and this set as TRUE, customer can select only 1 item per option.
    If this set as FALSE, customer can select multiple items per option.

    ※ This Flag Is Only Available When Using 'Independently Selectable' Option Type.

    T: Used
    F: Not used; Existed only in the independent type; Process the selected value by option if being checked.

    option_preset_name

    Option preset name

    If you use "linked with product" option, enter the name of the option set

    use_additional_option

    Whether use additional option

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    additional_options

    Additional option

    additional_option_name
    Required
    custom text field name

    additional_option_text_length
    Required
    character limit for custom text field
    1~30
    50
    100
    200

    required_additional_option
    Required
    whether a custom text field is required or optional
    T: required
    F: optional
    DEFAULT T

    use_attached_file_option

    Whether use attached file option

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    attached_file_option

    Attached file option

    Delete a product option

    DELETE

    You can delete the product's options.
    If you delete an option, the option function will be 'Disabled' and the items that were previously created will be deleted as well, so you need to be careful.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Delete a product option
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products seo

    Products SEO stands for Search Engine Optimization, which allows SEO APIs to better search for products or shopping malls in search engines.
    As a e,beded Resource of the product, the Products SEO API can set search engine optimization of the target product.

    Products seo properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    meta_title

    Browser title

    Information displayed at product's detail page. Title tag is the most basic information for search which displays at browser.

    meta_author

    Meta tag 1: Author

    Information displayed at tag in product's detail page. You may input the person who manufactured or registered the product.

    meta_description

    Meta tag 2: Description

    Information displayed at tag in product detail page. You may input the information which displays at the search result.

    meta_keywords

    Meta tag 3: Keywords

    Information displayed at tag in product detail page. You may input keywords that want to be searched.

    meta_alt

    Alt text of product image

    Alt text of product image. Image has a better change to be searched if the image has alt text. Browser can shows alt text instead of image which is advantageous for web accessibility.

    search_engine_exposure

    exposure setting for search engine

    Either expose a product at search engine or not. If this set as FALSE, the product will not exposed at search engine.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Retrieve a product's SEO settings

    GET

    You can inquire the SEO settings of a specific product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Retrieve a product's SEO settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update product SEO settings

    PUT

    You can modify the SEO settings for a particular product.
    You can modify browser titles, meta tags, search engine exposure settings, and more.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    meta_title

    Browser title

    Information displayed at product's detail page. Title tag is the most basic information for search which displays at browser.

    meta_author

    Meta tag 1: Author

    Information displayed at tag in product's detail page. You may input the person who manufactured or registered the product.

    meta_description

    Meta tag 2: Description

    Information displayed at tag in product detail page. You may input the information which displays at the search result.

    meta_keywords

    Meta tag 3: Keywords

    Information displayed at tag in product detail page. You may input keywords that want to be searched.

    meta_alt

    Alt text of product image

    Alt text of product image. Image has a better change to be searched if the image has alt text. Browser can shows alt text instead of image which is advantageous for web accessibility.

    search_engine_exposure

    exposure setting for search engine

    Either expose a product at search engine or not. If this set as FALSE, the product will not exposed at search engine.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products tags

    This resource is about search keywords that can be added to a product so that search by these keyword can return that product. You can add new tags to a product so that it can be searched not only by the product name or product details but also by the keywords.

    This resource can only be used as a child resource of the Products resource.

    Products tags properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    tags
    Required

    Product tag

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    tag

    Product tag

    Tag or keyword for product searching.

    Retrieve a count of a product's product tags

    GET

    You can check the number of product tags registered on a particular product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Retrieve a count of a product's product tags
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of a product's product tags

    GET

    You can look up tags registered in the product as a list.
    You can check the product tag, product number, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create product tags

    POST

    You can register a product tag for searching or classifying specific products.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    tags
    Required

    Array Max : [50]

    Product tag

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a product tag

    DELETE

    You can delete a specific tag that is registered with a specific product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    tag

    Product tag

    Tag or keyword for product searching.

    Delete a product tag
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products variants

    Products Variants is the basic unit of goods sold in the shopping mall. Shopping malls usually sell the same items but different sizes or different colors to provide customers with different options.
    Products Variants has the following Resource as a embedded Resource:

    Inventories

    Products variants properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    variant_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Product item code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    options

    Option

    custom_variant_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom variants code

    You may assign this code manually in case of stock management or other reasons.

    display

    Whether display

    Whether display the variants or not. If this set as TRUE, customer may choose the variants at product detail page or product list page. If this set as FALSE, variants will not be displayed thus cannot buy the variants.

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    selling

    whether selling

    Whether display the variants or not. If this set as TRUE, customer may choose the variants at product detail page or product list page. If this set as FALSE, variants will not be displayed thus cannot buy the variants.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    additional_amount

    Additional price

    Additional price for purchase the variants.

    use_inventory

    whether use inventory

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    important_inventory

    Whether it is an important inventory

    A: General inventory
    B: Important inventory

    inventory_control_type

    Inventory check criteria

    A: Upon order
    B: Upon payment

    display_soldout

    Whether to display "Out of stock" icon

    T: Out-of-stock displayed
    F: Out-of-stock not displayed

    quantity

    Available inventory

    safety_inventory

    minimum stock level

    image

    Variant image

    inventories

    Inventories Resource

    Inventory Resource of variants.

    duplicated_custom_variant_code

    Whether duplicate custom variant code

    T: Duplicated
    F: Not duplicated

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Retrieve a list of product variants

    GET

    You can look up the items of the product as a list.
    You can check the product item code, display status, sales status, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    inventories
    embed

    Inventories Resource

    Inventory Resource of variants.
    Can search with using embed parameter.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a product variant

    GET

    You can look up specific items of the product.
    You can inquire option information, your own item code, display and sales status.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Variant code

    inventories
    embed

    Inventories Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product variant

    PUT

    You can modify certain items of the product.
    You can modify your own item code, display status, sales status, and additional amount.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Product item code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    custom_variant_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom variants code

    You may assign this code manually in case of stock management or other reasons.

    display

    Whether display

    Whether display the variants or not. If this set as TRUE, customer may choose the variants at product detail page or product list page. If this set as FALSE, variants will not be displayed thus cannot buy the variants.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    selling

    whether selling

    Whether display the variants or not. If this set as TRUE, customer may choose the variants at product detail page or product list page. If this set as FALSE, variants will not be displayed thus cannot buy the variants.

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    additional_amount

    Additional price

    Additional price for purchase the variants.

    quantity

    Available inventory

    use_inventory

    whether use inventory

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    important_inventory

    Whether it is an important inventory

    A: General inventory
    B: Important inventory

    inventory_control_type

    Inventory check criteria

    A: Upon order
    B: Upon payment

    display_soldout

    Whether to display "Out of stock" icon

    T: Out-of-stock displayed
    F: Out-of-stock not displayed

    safety_inventory

    minimum stock level

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update multiple product variants

    PUT

    It is an variants update API which can modify several items of one product at a time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Product item code

    custom_variant_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom variants code

    display

    Whether display

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    selling

    whether selling

    T: Sell
    F: Do not sell

    additional_amount

    Additional price

    quantity

    Available inventory

    use_inventory

    whether use inventory

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    important_inventory

    Whether it is an important inventory

    A: General inventory
    B: Important inventory

    inventory_control_type

    Inventory check criteria

    A: Upon order
    B: Upon payment

    display_soldout

    Whether to display "Out of stock" icon

    T: Out-of-stock displayed
    F: Out-of-stock not displayed

    safety_inventory

    minimum stock level

    Delete a product variant

    DELETE

    You can delete certain items of the product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Product item code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Delete a product variant
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products variants inventories

    Products Variants Inventories refers to the quantity of eligible items available for sale. Products Variants Inventories is available for each variant. If the variants sold out over than Products Variants Inventories, the product becomes out of stock status.

    Products variants inventories properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    variant_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Variant code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    use_inventory

    whether use inventory

    Whether use inventory management or not at the variants. You may input inventory when using inventory management option. If the set as FALSE, you may sell product regardless of inventory and cannot use 'Available inventory', 'Inventory check criteria', 'Soldout display' attributes.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    important_inventory

    Whether it is an important inventory

    Whether the inventory is important or not. Mall can use this information as a data for search.

    A: General inventory
    B: Important inventory

    inventory_control_type

    Inventory check criteria

    Decide when the inventory will be deducted. You may set inventory deduction criteria differently.

    Order criteria : Inventory deducted when order made. When customer choose to pay with account transfer, the inventory deducted before money transferred.
    Payment criteria : Inventory deducted when payment made. When customer choose to pay with account transfer, the inventory deducted after money transferred.

    A: Upon order
    B: Upon payment

    display_soldout

    Whether to display "Out of stock" icon

    Whether display 'Sold out' when if the product use the inventory option. If this set as TRUE(display sold-out), customer cannot purchase the product after displayed as 'Sold out'. 'Sold out' icon will be displayed on the product after every variants being sold out.
    If this set as FALSE(do not display sold-out), customer can purchase the product and inventory will be shown as negative(-).

    T: Out-of-stock displayed
    F: Out-of-stock not displayed

    quantity

    Available inventory

    Available inventory to sale. The number will deduct when order or payment made. Available inventory counted to shows 'Sold out' or not.

    safety_inventory

    minimum stock level

    origin_code

    Shipping origin code

    Retrieve inventory details of a product variant

    GET

    You can check the inventory of items in the product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_product
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Variant code

    Variants code for search sales volume.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product variant inventory

    PUT

    You can modify the information about the inventory of items in the product.
    Inventory management can be used, important inventory, safety inventory can be set, and inventory quantity can be modified.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_product
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Variant code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    use_inventory

    whether use inventory

    Whether use inventory management or not at the variants. You may input inventory when using inventory management option. If the set as FALSE, you may sell product regardless of inventory and cannot use 'Available inventory', 'Inventory check criteria', 'Soldout display' attributes.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    important_inventory

    Whether it is an important inventory

    Whether the inventory is important or not. Mall can use this information as a data for search.

    A: General inventory
    B: Important inventory

    inventory_control_type

    Inventory check criteria

    Decide when the inventory will be deducted. You may set inventory deduction criteria differently.

    Order criteria : Inventory deducted when order made. When customer choose to pay with account transfer, the inventory deducted before money transferred.
    Payment criteria : Inventory deducted when payment made. When customer choose to pay with account transfer, the inventory deducted after money transferred.

    A: Upon order
    B: Upon payment

    display_soldout

    Whether to display "Out of stock" icon

    Whether display 'Sold out' when if the product use the inventory option. If this set as TRUE(display sold-out), customer cannot purchase the product after displayed as 'Sold out'. 'Sold out' icon will be displayed on the product after every variants being sold out.
    If this set as FALSE(do not display sold-out), customer can purchase the product and inventory will be shown as negative(-).

    T: Out-of-stock displayed
    F: Out-of-stock not displayed

    quantity

    Available inventory

    Available inventory to sale. The number will deduct when order or payment made. Available inventory counted to shows 'Sold out' or not.

    safety_inventory

    minimum stock level

    origin_code

    Shipping origin code

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Order

    Cancellation

    Cancellation is the ability to cancel certain orders before they are shipped.
    It will be created after the seller receives it, and it will be processed through the cancellation processing process until the cancellation is completed.
    Cancellation resources allow you to cancel multiple orders at once, modify or retrieve the cancellation status.
    Unlike cancelling a specific order, it is not possible to cancel the PG.

    Cancellation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    claim_code

    Cancellation number

    claim_reason_type

    division

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    claim_reason

    Reason

    refund_methods

    Refund method

    refund_reason

    Remarks

    order_price_amount

    Purchase amount

    refund_amounts

    refund amount

    shipping_fee

    shipping fee

    return_ship_type

    Return shipping cost classification

    defer_commission

    Postpayment Fee

    partner_discount_amount

    Cancellation amount (Affiliate discount)

    add_discount_amount

    Extra discount discount by product

    member_grade_discount_amount

    Membership Discount Discount Amount

    shipping_discount_amount

    Shipping discount cancellation amount

    coupon_discount_amount

    Coupon discount cancellation amount

    point_used

    Reimbursement Return Used

    credit_used

    Deposit Refund Used

    undone

    Undo

    T: Yes
    F: No

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    items

    Order item code

    include_tax

    Include tax in prices

    T: Yes
    F: No

    tax

    Tax information

    Return to null if tax manager app is disabled

    status

    Order status

    canceled: cancellation complete
    canceling: cancellation in progress

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    Retrieve an order cancellation

    GET

    You can inquire about the details of the cancellation completed or in progress.
    You can check the refund method, refund amount, and reason for withdrawal.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    claim_code
    Required

    Cancellation number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create multiple order cancellations

    POST

    You can cancel multiple orders before shipping.
    If you cancel using the API, the refund is completed, but the PG is not canceled, and you have to cancel the PG separately.
    In case of partial cancellation, each refund amount will be automatically calculated and refunded.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    status
    Required

    Order status

    canceled: cancellation complete
    canceling: cancellation in progress

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon_no

    Coupon number to be recovered

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for cancellation

    claim_reason_type

    type of reason for cancellation

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    naverpay_cancel_reason_type

    reason for NAVER Pay order cancellation

    Unavailable for Cafe24 store or marketplace or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    51 : change of mind
    52 : change color or size
    53 : bought by mistake
    54 : dissatisfied with service or product
    55 : delay in shipping
    56 : out of stock
    60 : different from product details

    kakaopay_cancel_reason_type

    Reason for Kakaopay order cancellation

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay order cancellations

    K1: Change of mind
    K2: Ordered the wrong product or option
    K3: Delayed shipping
    K4: Defective or damaged product
    K5: Delivered wrong item or item is missing
    K6: Different from product description
    K7: Product is out of stock and cannot be delivered

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    (Unavailable for use in case of cancellation of orders on Open Market/Naver Pay/Kakao Pay.)

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_code

    Required for Korean stores
    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    Required for international stores

    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Change cancellation details in bulk

    PUT

    You can modify the cancellation status of your order.
    You can withdraw the status of an order for which a cancellation has been received to the status before the cancellation was received.
    You can modify the cancellation status of the order to withdraw the cancellation, restore the inventory, or enter the reason for the withdrawal.
    The courier already picked it upIf the request has been delivered, but no collection is required, contact the courier directly to collect itYou need to cancel the request.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    claim_code
    Required

    Cancellation number

    recover_inventory
    Required

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    undone
    Required

    Undo

    T : 철회함

    add_memo_too
    Required

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type
    Required

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail
    Required

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Cancellationrequests

    Cancellation requests are functions related to cancellation requests for orders.
    You can request cancellation or refuse to accept the order you are requesting cancellation.

    Cancellationrequests properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    items

    list of items

    undone

    Rejected to accept

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    Create a cancellation request for multiple items

    POST

    You can request cancellation.
    You can enter the account number to be refunded if it is the reason for cancellation and account refund.
    You can request cancellation of several cases at the same time with ,(comma).

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    reason_type
    Required

    type of reason for cancellation

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    G: dissatisfied with service
    I: others

    reason
    Required

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for cancellation

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_code

    Required for Korean stores
    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay order cancellations

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    list of items

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    Create a cancellation request for multiple items
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Reject a cancellation request for multiple items

    PUT

    You can change the status of the cancellation request for a particular stock of the order requested to be canceled.
    You can reject the application and enter the reason.
    You can request cancellation of several cases at the same time with ,(comma).

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    undone
    Required

    Rejected to accept

    T: Yes

    reason_type

    type of reason

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason

    display_reject_reason

    Display reason in [Storefront>My Orders]

    T: yes
    F: no

    DEFAULT F

    reject_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for rejection

    Reject a cancellation request for multiple items
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Cashreceipt

    A cash receipt is a proof of payment that the buyer can receive after purchasing in cash.
    Cash receipts resources allow you to issue or modify cash receipts and view cash receipts issued to date.
    Cash receipts are only available in Korea and can only be used in Korean shopping malls.

    Cashreceipt properties

    Attribute Description
    cashreceipt_no

    Cash receipt number

    approval_no

    Approval Number

    request_date

    Date requested

    order_id

    Order ID

    member_id

    Member id

    name

    Requester

    order_price_amount

    Purchase amount

    vat

    VAT

    subtotal

    Subtotal

    order_status

    Order status

    Awaiting payment: unpaid
    Non delivered: unshipped
    In transit: shipping
    Awaiting shipment: standby
    Delivered: shipped
    Partially canceled: partially_canceled
    Canceled: canceled

    status

    status

    Requested: request
    Awaiting issuance: await_issuance
    Issued: issued
    Issuance rejected: issuance_rejected
    Request canceled: canceled_request
    Issuance canceled: canceled_issuance
    Issuance failed: failed_issuance

    pg_name

    Requested payment gateway

    cash_bill_no

    Cash receipt serial number

    type

    Issuance type

    Individual: personal
    Business: business

    company_registration_no

    Company registration number

    cellphone

    Mobile

    tax_amount

    Tax amount

    tax_free_amount

    Deductions

    supply_price

    Total cost

    Retrieve a list of cash receipts

    GET

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    approval_no

    Max Length : [9]

    Approval Number

    name

    Max Length : [20]

    Requester

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    status

    status

    All: all
    Requested: request
    Issued: issued
    Request canceled: canceled_request
    Issuance canceled: canceled_issuance
    Issuance failed: failed_issuance

    DEFAULT all

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve a list of cash receipts
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a cash receipt

    POST

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    type
    Required

    Issuance type

    Individual: personal
    Business: business

    company_registration_no

    Business Number
    Max Length : [10]

    Company registration number

    cellphone

    Mobile
    Max Length : [11]

    Mobile

    Create a cash receipt
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a cash receipt

    PUT

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    cashreceipt_no
    Required

    Min : [1]

    Cash receipt number

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    type

    Issuance type

    Individual: personal
    Business: business

    company_registration_no

    Business Number
    Max Length : [10]

    Company registration number

    cellphone

    Mobile
    Max Length : [11]

    Mobile

    Update a cash receipt
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Cashreceipt cancellation

    Cash receipt cancellation is a function that allows you to cancel applications or cancel issuance for issued cash receipts.

    Cashreceipt cancellation properties

    Attribute Description
    cashreceipt_no

    Cash receipt number

    order_id

    Order ID

    status

    status

    Request canceled: canceled_request
    Issuance canceled: canceled_issuance

    Update a cash receipt cancellation

    PUT

    You can cancel the application or cancel the issuance of the issued cash receipt.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    cashreceipt_no
    Required

    Min : [1]

    Cash receipt number

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    type
    Required

    Cancellation type

    Cancel request: request
    Cancel issuance: issue

    Update a cash receipt cancellation
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Collectrequests

    Collection requests are resources that can modify collection request information when requesting collection through return or exchange processing.

    Collectrequests properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    request_no

    Request number

    order_id

    Order ID

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    shipping_company_name

    Collection shipping company name

    collect_tracking_no

    Collection tracking number

    Update a collection request

    PUT

    Modify the collection application information using the collected invoice number.
    Enter the request number and collection invoice number as required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 30
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    request_no
    Required

    Request number

    collect_tracking_no
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Collection tracking number

    Update a collection request
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Draftorders

    Draftorders is a feature that allows you to process order reservations.
    You can check order information such as order number and payment amount in advance through the temporary order.

    Draftorders properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    주문 번호

    payment_amount

    가주문 가격 정보

    order_from_mobile

    Mobile type

    T: Made on mobile
    F: Was not made on mobile

    DEFAULT F

    payment_method

    Max Length : [10]

    payment method code

    cash : deposit without a bankbook
    card : credit card
    cell : mobile
    tcash : bank transfer
    icash : virtual account
    prepaid : digital wallet balance
    credit : credits
    point : points
    pointfy : transferable points
    cvs : convenience store
    cod : COD
    coupon : coupon
    market_discount : market discount
    etc : others

    items

    Order item list

    Create a draft order

    POST

    Process order reservations.
    Order reservation processing allows you to check order information such as order number and payment amount in advance before payment.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    order_from_mobile

    Mobile type

    T: Mobile order
    F: PC order

    DEFAULT F

    payment_method

    Max Length : [10]

    payment method code

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    icash: virtual transfer
    tcash : bank transfer
    cell: mobile
    deferpay: collect on delivery (COD)
    point: points

    order_place_id

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9_-]
    Max Length : [40]

    order channel

    self: PC store (for Cafe24 orders only)
    mobile: mobile web (for Cafe24 orders only)
    mobile_d: mobile app (for Cafe24 orders only)

    country_code

    Country code

    payment_gateway_name

    Max Length : [20]

    PG name

    receiver_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Receiver name

    receiver_name_en

    Max Length : [100]

    Receiver name (English)

    receiver_name_furigana

    Max Length : [100]

    Receiver name (Pronunciation)

    receiver_phone
    Required

    Receiver phone number

    receiver_cellphone
    Required

    Receiver mobile phone number

    receiver_zipcode

    Length Min : [2]~Max : [14]

    Receiver zip code

    receiver_address1

    Recipient address 1

    receiver_address2

    Recipient address 2

    receiver_city

    city

    receiver_state

    state/region

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    buyer_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Orderer name

    buyer_email

    Email

    Buyer Email

    buyer_phone

    Buyer phone number

    buyer_cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    buyer_zipcode
    Required

    Length Min : [2]~Max : [14]

    Orderer zip code

    buyer_address1
    Required

    Max Length : [250]

    Customer address 1

    buyer_address2
    Required

    Customer address 2

    no_shipping_required

    Shipping address doesn't exist

    T: No
    F: Yes

    DEFAULT F

    buyer_ip

    IP

    Orderer IP

    transaction_id

    Max Length : [100]

    Card transaction ID

    bank_code

    Type : [a-z0-9_-]

    Bank code

    bank_account_no

    Max Length : [30]

    Bank account no

    bank_account_owner_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Bank account holder number

    shipping_type

    Delivery type

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    send_order_message

    Whether to send a new order guide message

    T: send SMS
    F: do not send SMS

    DEFAULT F

    send_payment_guide_message

    Whether to send a deposit guide message

    T: send SMS
    F: do not send SMS

    DEFAULT F

    send_order_email

    Whether to send a new order guide mail

    T: send SMS
    F: do not send SMS

    DEFAULT F

    clearance_information_type

    customs clearance information

    I: ID
    P: Passport number
    C: Personal Customs Clearance Code

    clearance_information

    customs clearance information

    self_payment_cancel

    allowed to cancel with API

    T: yes
    F: no

    DEFAULT F

    self_payment_cancel_url

    cancel with API URL

    items

    Order item list

    product_no
    Required
    Product number

    product_code
    Required
    Product code

    option_id
    Required
    Option ID

    quantity
    Required
    Order quantity

    product_bundle
    Product bundle
    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    prepaid_shipping_fee
    Whether prepaid shipping fee
    P: Prepayment
    C: Pay after delivery

    product_bundle_no
    Set product number

    Create a draft order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Exchange

    Accept exchange request & update exchange status of an order

    Exchange properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    claim_code

    Return number

    claim_reason_type

    division

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    claim_reason

    Reason

    claim_due_date

    Estimated exchange date

    receiver

    Receiver

    reshipping_detail

    reshipping details

    pickup

    Pickup - Address

    additional_payment

    Additional payment

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    return shipping carrier

    refund_methods

    Refund method

    refund_reason

    Remarks

    order_price_amount

    Purchase amount

    refund_amounts

    refund amount

    shipping_fee

    shipping fee

    return_ship_type

    Return shipping cost classification

    defer_commission

    Postpayment Fee

    partner_discount_amount

    Cancellation amount (Affiliate discount)

    add_discount_amount

    Extra discount discount by product

    member_grade_discount_amount

    Membership Discount Discount Amount

    shipping_discount_amount

    Shipping discount cancellation amount

    coupon_discount_amount

    Coupon discount cancellation amount

    point_used

    Reimbursement Return Used

    credit_used

    Deposit Refund Used

    undone

    Undo

    T: Yes
    F: No

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    items

    Order item code

    exchanged_items

    Exchanged items

    include_tax

    Include tax in prices

    T: Yes
    F: No

    tax

    Tax information

    Return to null if tax manager app is disabled

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    Max Length : [100]

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    status

    Order status

    accept: accept exchange request
    collected: picked up
    exchanged: complete

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    exchanged_after_collected

    exchange status after pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Retrieve an exchange

    GET

    Enter the exchange number to inquire about the order in which the exchange has been received.
    You can check the order number, return number, reason, and scheduled exchange date.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    claim_code
    Required

    Exchange number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create multiple exchanges

    POST

    Register a status as either accepted or complete for an exchange request.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    status
    Required

    Order status

    accepted: Exchange request accepted
    exchanged: Exchanged

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    exchange_variant_code
    Exchange product variant code (when exchanging for a different option of the same product)

    same_product
    Required

    exchange status

    T: exchange for the same product
    F: exchange for another product

    Create multiple exchanges
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update multiple order exchanges

    PUT

    Edit a specific order for which an exchange has been requested.
    Withdraw multiple exchange requests, enter reasons for withdrawal and restore inventories.
    Should a collection request submitted be no longer valid, you must contact the courier directly to cancel the request.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    claim_code
    Required

    Exchange number

    status

    Order status

    exchanged: Exchanged

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    exchanged_after_collected

    exchange status after pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Order item code

    undone

    Undo

    T : 철회함

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    Max Length : [100]

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Exchangerequests

    Exchange requests are a function that allows you to request an exchange for an order.

    Exchangerequests properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    items

    list of items

    exchange_request_no

    exchange request number

    undone

    Rejected to accept

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    additional_payment_gateway_cancel

    추가 PG 취소

    Bulk exchange request API

    POST

    You can process exchange requests for specific orders.
    You can request multiple exchanges at the same time with ,(comma).
    You can register the reason for the exchange and whether or not to apply for collection.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    reason_type
    Required

    type of reason

    A: Change of mind
    E: Unsatisfactory product
    K: Defective product
    J: Shipping error
    I: Others

    reason
    Required

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for exchange

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    T: Request pickup
    F: Send directly

    pickup

    pickup location details

    name
    Required
    Name

    phone
    Office phone number

    cellphone
    Required
    Mobile

    zipcode
    Required
    Zipcode

    address1
    Required
    Address 1

    address2
    Required
    Address 2

    tracking_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    list of items

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    exchange_items

    Products for exchange

    product_no
    Required
    Product number

    variant_code
    Required
    Product item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    Bulk exchange request API
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Reject an exchange request for multiple items

    PUT

    You can change the status of a requesting exchange for a specific stock of the order for which an exchange has been requested.
    You can reject the application and enter the reason.
    , (comma) allows you to change the status of several exchange requests at the same time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    undone
    Required

    Rejected to accept

    T: Yes

    reason_type

    type of reason

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason

    display_reject_reason

    Display reason in [Storefront>My Orders]

    T: yes
    F: no

    DEFAULT F

    reject_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for rejection

    Reject an exchange request for multiple items
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Fulfillments

    A feature in the delivery app that allows integration with N number of delivery companies to register shipping information.

    Fulfillments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    tracking_no

    Tracking number

    shipping_company_code

    shipping carrier code

    status

    Order status

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery

    order_id

    Order ID

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    post_express_flag

    Korea Post

    Create shipping information for multiple orders via Fulfillment

    POST

    The delivery app enables you to register shipping information for multiple orders.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    tracking_no
    Required

    Max Length : [30]

    Tracking number

    shipping_company_code
    Required

    shipping carrier code

    status
    Required

    Order status

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery

    order_id

    Order ID

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    post_express_flag

    Korea Post

    S: Tracking number transferred

    Create shipping information for multiple orders via Fulfillment
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Labels

    Labels are a feature that helps easily identify and differentiate each order.

    Labels properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    names

    Order label name

    name

    Order label name

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    Retrieve order labels

    GET

    You can look up the lable for a specific order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [1000]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 100

    offset

    Max : [15000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve order labels
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create multiple order labels

    POST

    You can register a label for a specific order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    name
    Required

    Order label name

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    Create multiple order labels
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders

    Orders Resource

    Order is a request from a shopping mall customer to a shopping mall to purchase a product. The shop operator will deliver the goods to the shopping mall customer based on the order information that has been paid. The order information includes information about the orderer who made the order and payment, and the recipient information for shipping the item.

    The order has the following Resource as embedded Resource.
    Items
    Recipient Information

    Orders properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    currency

    Currency

    Currecy unit of a mall.

    order_id

    Order ID

    market_id

    Market id

    Unique ID of a market for distinguish each website in case customer purchase through price comparison site.

    market_order_no

    Market order number

    member_id

    Member id

    member_email

    customer email

    member_authentication

    Member authentication

    Member authentication type. Customer divided as 4 types based on member authentication.

    T: authorized
    B: special treatment member J: under 14

    billing_name

    Billing name

    Name of billing. May differ from orderer name or recipient name.

    bank_code

    Bank code

    bank_code

    bank_code_name

    Bank name

    payment_method

    payment method code

    Code of payment method that orderer used for payment.

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    cell: carrier billing
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account transfer
    prepaid: prepaid balance
    credit: credits
    point: points
    pointify: transferable points
    cvs: convenience store payment
    cod: collect on delivery (COD)
    coupon: coupons
    market_discount: marketplace discounts
    giftcard: affiliate gift certificates
    pointcard
    affiliate points
    etc: others

    payment_method_name

    Payment method name

    Name of payment method that orderer used for payment.

    payment_gateway_names

    Payment gateway name

    sub_payment_method_name

    International payment method name

    sub_payment_method_code

    International payment method code

    sub_payment_method_code

    transaction_ids

    Card transaction ID

    paid

    Paid

    Whether or not the order was paid for

    T: Paid
    F: Unpaid
    M: Partially paid

    canceled

    Whether the order is canceled

    T: Canceled
    F: Not Canceled
    M: Partially canceled

    order_date

    Ordered date

    first_order

    First order

    Whether the order is the first order from the customer or not.

    T: First order
    F: Not first order

    payment_date

    Payment date

    order_from_mobile

    Mobile type

    whether order made on mobile

    T: Made on mobile
    F: Was not made on mobile

    use_escrow

    Whether to use Escrow

    whether customer used escrow or not

    T: Used escrow
    F: Do not used escrow

    group_no_when_ordering

    Customer group number when ordering

    initial_order_amount

    initial payment details

    actual_order_amount

    final payment details

    Coupon_shipping_feee_amount of the actual payment amount is only exposed when using the automatic calculation of the discount amount because it can be distributed by item only when using the automatic calculation function of the discount amount is used

    bank_account_no

    Bank account no

    Bank account number of shooping mall of the specific order.

    bank_account_owner_name

    Bank account holder number

    market_seller_id

    marketplace vendor ID

    payment_amount

    Order total

    cancel_date

    Order cancellation date

    order_place_name

    Order path text

    order_place_id

    Available order path

    payment_confirmation

    Whether payment is confirmed

    T: confirmed payment
    F: payment does not confirmed

    commission

    Transaction fee

    postpay

    Whether postpaid

    T: Payment after delivery
    F: No payment after delivery

    admin_additional_amount

    manually input amount

    additional_shipping_fee

    Additional shipping fee

    international_shipping_insurance

    International shipping insurance

    additional_handling_fee

    Additional handling fee

    shipping_type

    Delivery type

    Shipping delivery type. Whether domestic shipping or abroad shipping.

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    shipping_type_text

    Delivery type

    Description of shipping type. Whether domestic shipping or abroad shipping.

    shipping_status

    Delivery status

    F: Awaiting shipment
    M: In transit
    T: Delivered
    W: Shipment on hold
    X: Awaiting confirmation

    wished_delivery_date

    Desired delivery date

    wished_delivery_time

    Desired delivery time

    wished_carrier_id

    Desired courier code

    wished_carrier_name

    name of preferred shipping carrier

    return_confirmed_date

    Return approval time

    total_supply_price

    Total supply price

    naver_point

    NAVER points

    additional_order_info_list

    Additional order info

    store_pickup

    Store pickup

    T: Store pickup
    F: No store pickup

    easypay_name

    Easypay payment gateway name

    loan_status

    Loan status

    OK : GOOD
    NG : NOT GOOD
    ER : ERROR

    subscription

    subscription payment

    T: subscription payment
    F: not a subscription payment

    items

    Item Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    receivers

    Receiver Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    buyer

    Orderer Resource

    shipping_fee_detail

    Shipping fee information

    regional_surcharge_detail

    Regional surcharge details

    return

    Return Details Resource

    cancellation

    Cancellation details Resource

    exchange

    Exchange details Resource

    multiple_addresses

    Multi-address order

    T: Yes (Multi-address order)
    F: No (Single-address order)

    exchange_rate

    Exchange rate

    first_payment_methods

    initial payment method code

    cash: deposit without a bankbook
    card: credit card
    cell: mobile
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account
    prepaid: digital wallet balance
    credit: credits
    point: points
    pointfy: transferable points
    cvs: convenience store
    cod: COD
    giftcard: affiliate gift certificates
    point card: affiliate points etc: others

    naverpay_payment_information

    NaverPay PG payment information

    P: PG payment
    N: NaverPay

    include_tax

    Include tax in prices

    T: Yes
    F: No

    tax_detail

    Tax details

    service_type

    Order service type

    rental : rental order

    service_data

    order service data

    show_shipping_address

    Whether Shipping address is displayed

    T: Displayed
    F: Hidden

    social_member_code

    SNS code which system integrated

    social_name

    SNS name which system integrated

    customer_group_no_when_ordering

    Customer group number when ordering

    Customer group number when order occurred.

    benefits

    Benefits Resource

    coupons

    Coupon Resource

    refunds

    refund details resource

    process_status

    Order status

    prepare: preparing for shipment
    prepareproduct: order in progress
    hold: shipment on hold
    unhold: removed from held off shipments

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    purchase_confirmation

    Whether the order was confirmed as received

    collect_points

    Whether points are recaptured

    Retrieve a list of orders

    GET

    You can look up your order as a list.
    You can check the order number, currency unit, member ID, etc.
    Sub-resources can be used as embedded to retrieve more information needed for a single call.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    items
    embed

    Item Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    receivers
    embed

    Receiver Resource


    Can search with using embed parameter.

    buyer
    embed

    Orderer Resource

    return
    embed

    Return Details Resource

    cancellation
    embed

    Cancellation details Resource

    exchange
    embed

    Exchange details Resource

    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    start date for search

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    Search end date for specific search criteria.
    Must use with 'start_date' simultaneously.
    Search only on specific date if search start and end dates are the same.
    example) 2018-12-31 23:59:59
    The search period cannot exceed 3 months per call.

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    order_status

    Order status

    Order status. Each status has its own code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    N00: awaiting payment
    N10: order in progress
    N20: preparing for shipment
    N21: awaiting shipment
    N22: shipment on hold
    N30: in transit
    N40: delivered
    N50: Purchase confirmed
    C00: cancellation requested
    C10: cancellation accepted - admin
    C11: cancellation request rejected - admin C34: cancellation in progress – awaiting refund
    C35: cancellation in progress – refund complete C36: cancellation in progress – refund on hold
    C40: canceled
    C41: canceled - awaiting refund
    C42: canceled - refund request in progress
    C43: canceled - refund on hold
    C47: canceled before payment - customer
    C48: canceled before payment – auto-canceled
    C49: canceled before payment - admin
    R00: return requested
    R10: return accepted
    R11: return request rejected
    R12: return on hold
    R13: return accepted - picked up (automatic)
    R20: return collected
    R30: return in progress – awaiting pickup
    R31: return in progress – picked up
    R34: return in progress – awaiting refund
    R36: return in progress - refund on hold
    R40: returned - refunded
    R41: returned - awaiting refund
    R42: returned - refund request in progress
    R43: returned - refund on hold
    E00: exchange requested
    E10: exchange accepted
    N01: exchange accepted – exchanged items
    E11: exchange request rejected
    E12: exchange on hold
    E13: exchange accepted - picked up (automatic)
    E20: exchange postponed
    E30: exchange in progress - awaiting pickup
    E31: exchange in progress - picked up
    E32: exchange in progress - awaiting payment
    E33: exchange in progress - payment confirmed
    E34: exchange in progress – awaiting refund
    E35: exchange in progress – refund complete
    E36: exchange in progress – refund on hold
    E40: exchanged
    E41: exchanged - exchange undone
    E50: exchange undone - admin
    E51: exchange undone - customer

    payment_status

    Payment status

    F: Awaiting payment
    M: Awaiting additional payment
    T: Payment confirmed (manually)
    A: Payment confirmed (automatically)
    P: Payment complete

    member_type

    Member type

    Whether member or not. Each has its own code.

    2: Member
    3: Nonmember

    group_no

    Group number

    buyer_name

    Buyer name

    Name of orderer. May differ from billing name or recipient name.

    receiver_name

    Receiver name

    Name of recipient. May differ from orderer name or billing name.

    name_furigana

    Receiver name (Pronunciation)

    receiver_address

    Receiver address

    Address of recipient. May differ from orderer address or billing address.

    member_id

    Member id

    member id

    member_email

    customer email

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_code

    Product code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    date_type

    Date type

    Date type for search. Default is date of order.

    order_date : Ordered date
    pay_date : Paid date
    shipbegin_date : Shipped date
    shipend_date : Delivered date
    cancel_date : Order cancelled date
    place_date : Order placed date
    cancel_request_date : Cancellation requested date
    cancel_accept_date : Cancellation accepted date
    cancel_complete_date : Cancelled date
    exchange_request_date : Exchange requested date
    exchange_accept_date : Exchange accepted date
    exchange_complete_date : Exchanged date
    return_request_date : Return requested date
    return_accept_date : Return accepted approved date
    return_complete_date : Returned date
    purchaseconfirmation_date : Purchase confirmation date

    DEFAULT order_date

    supplier_id

    Supplier id

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    order_place_id

    Available order path

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    cafe24:Cafe24
    mobile:mobile web
    mobile_d:mobile app
    NCHECKOUT:NAVER Pay
    inpark:Interpark
    auction:Auction
    sk11st:11th Street
    gmarket:Gmarket
    coupang:Coupang
    shopn:Smart store

    buyer_cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    buyer_phone

    Buyer phone number

    buyer_email

    Buyer Email

    inflow_path

    sales funnel

    subscription

    subscription payment

    T: subscription payment
    F: not a subscription payment

    market_order_no

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9_-]
    Max Length : [40]

    Market order number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    market_cancel_request

    marketplace order cancellation

    T: cancellation requested marketplace order

    payment_method

    payment method code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account transfer
    cell: carrier billing
    deferpay: collect on delivery (COD)
    cvs: convenience store payment
    point: prepaid balance
    millage: points
    deposit: credits
    giftcard: affiliate gift certificates
    pointcard: affiliate points
    etc: others

    payment_gateway_name

    Payment gateway name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    market_seller_id

    marketplace vendor ID

    discount_method

    Discount method

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    point: points
    credit: credits
    coupon: coupon
    market_discount: marketplace discount
    discount_code: promo code

    discount_code

    Promo code

    carrier_id

    Min : [1]

    shipping carrier ID

    labels

    Order labels

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    refund_status

    CS (Refund) status

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    F: Awaiting refund
    T: Refunded
    M: Refund on hold

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [1000]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [15000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve an order

    GET

    You can inquire about 1 order.
    You can check the order number, member ID, payment method, etc.
    Sub-resources can be used as embedded to retrieve more information needed for a single call.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    items
    embed

    Item Resource

    receivers
    embed

    Receiver Resource

    buyer
    embed

    Orderer Resource

    benefits
    embed

    Benefits Resource

    coupons
    embed

    Coupon Resource

    return
    embed

    Return Details Resource

    cancellation
    embed

    Cancellation details Resource

    exchange
    embed

    Exchange details Resource

    refunds
    embed

    refund details resource

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a count of orders

    GET

    You can retrieve the number of orders.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Search start date for specific search criteria.
    Must use with 'end_date' simultaneously.
    Search only on specific date if search start and end dates are the same.
    example) 2018-12-31 00:00:00

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    Search end date for specific search criteria.
    Must use with 'start_date' simultaneously.
    Search only on specific date if search start and end dates are the same.
    example) 2018-12-31 23:59:59
    The search period cannot exceed 3 months per call.

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    order_status

    Order status

    Order status. Each status has its own code.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    N00: awaiting payment
    N10: order in progress
    N20: preparing for shipment
    N21: awaiting shipment
    N22: shipment on hold
    N30: in transit
    N40: delivered
    N50: Purchase confirmed
    C00: cancellation requested
    C10: cancellation accepted - admin
    C11: cancellation request rejected - admin C34: cancellation in progress – awaiting refund
    C35: cancellation in progress – refund complete C36: cancellation in progress – refund on hold
    C40: canceled
    C41: canceled - awaiting refund
    C42: canceled - refund request in progress
    C43: canceled - refund on hold
    C47: canceled before payment - customer
    C48: canceled before payment – auto-canceled
    C49: canceled before payment - admin
    R00: return requested
    R10: return accepted
    R11: return request rejected
    R12: return on hold
    R13: return accepted - picked up (automatic)
    R20: return collected
    R30: return in progress – awaiting pickup
    R31: return in progress – picked up
    R34: return in progress – awaiting refund
    R36: return in progress - refund on hold
    R40: returned - refunded
    R41: returned - awaiting refund
    R42: returned - refund request in progress
    R43: returned - refund on hold
    E00: exchange requested
    E10: exchange accepted
    N01: exchange accepted – exchanged items
    E11: exchange request rejected
    E12: exchange on hold
    E13: exchange accepted - picked up (automatic)
    E20: exchange postponed
    E30: exchange in progress - awaiting pickup
    E31: exchange in progress - picked up
    E32: exchange in progress - awaiting payment
    E33: exchange in progress - payment confirmed
    E34: exchange in progress – awaiting refund
    E35: exchange in progress – refund complete
    E36: exchange in progress – refund on hold
    E40: exchanged
    E41: exchanged - exchange undone
    E50: exchange undone - admin
    E51: exchange undone - customer

    payment_status

    Payment status

    F: Awaiting payment
    M: Awaiting additional payment
    T: Payment confirmed (manually)
    A: Payment confirmed (automatically)
    P: Payment complete

    member_type

    Member type

    Customer settings. Different codes are assigned to customers and guests.

    2: Member
    3: Nonmember

    group_no

    Group number

    buyer_name

    Buyer name

    Name of customer who orders the product. It may be different from the name of the depositor or the recipient.

    receiver_name

    Receiver name

    Name of the recipient. May differ from the address of the customer or the depositor

    name_furigana

    Receiver name (Pronunciation)

    receiver_address

    Receiver address

    Address of the recipient. May differ from the address of the customer or the depositor

    member_id

    Member id

    Customer ID

    member_email

    customer email

    product_no

    Product number

    Product number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_code

    Product code

    Search for products of which product codes include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    date_type

    Date type

    Date filter type for search. The default value is date of order.

    order_date : Ordered date
    pay_date : Paid date
    shipbegin_date : Shipped date
    shipend_date : Delivered date
    cancel_date : Order cancelled date
    place_date : Order placed date
    cancel_request_date : Cancellation requested date
    cancel_accept_date : Cancellation accepted date
    cancel_complete_date : Cancelled date
    exchange_request_date : Exchange requested date
    exchange_accept_date : Exchange accepted date
    exchange_complete_date : Exchanged date
    return_request_date : Return requested date
    return_accept_date : Return accepted approved date
    return_complete_date : Returned date
    purchaseconfirmation_date : Purchase confirmation date

    DEFAULT order_date

    supplier_id

    Supplier id

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    order_place_id

    Available order path

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    cafe24:Cafe24
    mobile:mobile web
    mobile_d:mobile app
    NCHECKOUT:NAVER Pay
    inpark:Interpark
    auction:Auction
    sk11st:11th Street
    gmarket:Gmarket
    coupang:Coupang
    shopn:Smart store

    buyer_cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    buyer_phone

    Buyer phone number

    buyer_email

    Buyer Email

    inflow_path

    sales funnel

    subscription

    subscription payment

    T: subscription payment
    F: not a subscription payment

    market_order_no

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9_-]
    Max Length : [40]

    Market order number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    market_cancel_request

    marketplace order cancellation

    T: cancellation requested marketplace order

    payment_method

    payment method code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account transfer
    cell: carrier billing
    deferpay: collect on delivery (COD)
    cvs: convenience store payment
    point: prepaid balance
    millage: points
    deposit: credits
    giftcard: affiliate gift certificates
    pointcard: affiliate points
    etc: others

    payment_gateway_name

    Payment gateway name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    market_seller_id

    marketplace vendor ID

    discount_method

    Discount method

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    point: points
    credit: credits
    coupon: coupon
    market_discount: marketplace discount
    discount_code: promo code

    discount_code

    Promo code

    carrier_id

    Min : [1]

    shipping carrier ID

    labels

    Order labels

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    refund_status

    CS (Refund) status

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    F: Awaiting refund
    T: Refunded
    M: Refund on hold

    Retrieve a count of orders
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update status for multiple orders

    PUT

    You can modify the order status of multiple orders.
    Please check the Order buyer and Order recipients to modify the buyer or recipient's information.
    Please check the Orders shipments for the delivery of your order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    process_status

    Order status

    prepare: preparing for shipment
    prepareproduct: order in progress
    hold: shipment on hold
    unhold: removed from held off shipments

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    purchase_confirmation

    Whether the order was confirmed as received

    T: Yes
    F: Confirmation retracted

    collect_points

    Whether points are recaptured

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    show_shipping_address

    Whether Shipping address is displayed

    T: Displayed
    F: Hidden

    Update an order status

    PUT

    You can modify the status of one order.
    Please check the Order buyer and Order recipients to modify the buyer or recipient's information.
    Please check the Orders shipments for the delivery of your order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    process_status

    Order status

    prepare: preparing for shipment
    prepareproduct: order in progress
    hold: shipment on hold
    unhold: removed from held off shipments

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    purchase_confirmation

    Whether the order was confirmed as received

    T: Yes
    F: Confirmation retracted

    collect_points

    Whether points are recaptured

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    show_shipping_address

    Whether Shipping address is displayed

    T: Displayed
    F: Hidden

    Orders autocalculation



    Automatic calculation is a function that automatically distributes the amount of the order unit, such as the discount amount when canceling, exchanging, or returning.
    This resource lets you turn off automatic amount calculation for a specific order.

    Orders autocalculation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id

    Order ID

    Remove auto calculation setting of an order

    DELETE

    You can cancel/exchange/return the automatic amount for a specific order by turning off the automatic amount calculation.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    Remove auto calculation setting of an order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders benefits



    Order benefits are a function of the benefits applied to a particular order.

    Orders benefits properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    benefit_no

    number of benefit

    benefit_title

    type of benefit

    benefit_name

    name of benefit

    benefit_code

    Benefit code

    benefit_percent

    Benefit ratio

    benefit_value

    Benefit amount

    benefit_app_key

    app client ID

    Retrieve a list of order benefits applied to an order

    GET

    You can view a list of benefits applied to a specific order.
    You can inquire the benefit code, benefit ratio, benefit amount, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve a list of order benefits applied to an order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders buyer

    A resource about a customer’s name, contact information, and address. You can only use this resource as a child resource of the Order resource.

    Orders buyer properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    member_id

    Member id

    member_group_no

    customer group number when ordered

    Customer group number.

    name

    Buyer name

    Name of recipient. May differ from orderer name or billing name.

    names_furigana

    orderer name in Japanese Furigana

    email

    Buyer Email

    email of the customer

    phone

    Buyer phone number

    Phone number of a buyer.

    cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    Cellphone number of a buyer.

    customer_notification

    customer notification

    Note for customer to know.

    updated_date

    Updated date

    user_id

    ID of the persons modified the orderer

    Id of a person who updated buyer information.

    user_name

    name of the persons modified the order

    Nmae of a person who updated buyer information.

    company_name

    Company name

    company_registration_no

    Company registration number

    buyer_zipcode

    Customer postal code

    buyer_address1

    Customer address 1

    buyer_address2

    Customer address 2

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order number

    Retrieve customer details of an order

    GET

    You can retrieve the order information for a specific order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update customer information of an order

    PUT

    You can modify the order information for a specific order.
    You can modify the order name, the order holder's mobile phone, and so on.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order number

    name

    Buyer name

    Name of recipient. May differ from orderer name or billing name.

    email

    Email

    Buyer Email

    email of the customer

    phone

    Buyer phone number

    Phone number of a buyer.

    cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    Cellphone number of a buyer.

    customer_notification

    customer notification

    Note for customer to know.

    Update customer information of an order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders buyer history



    The Buyer History shows the history of the modification of the orderer information for a particular order.
    A history is added each time the order information is modified.
    The Order Modification History resource lets you view the history of modifications to the order information for a particular order.

    Orders buyer history properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    name

    Buyer name

    email

    Email

    Buyer Email

    phone

    Buyer phone number

    cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    customer_notification

    customer notification

    updated_date

    Updated date

    user_id

    ID of the persons modified the orderer

    user_name

    name of the persons modified the order

    Retrieve a list of customer history of an order

    GET

    You can view the history of order modification for a specific order.
    You can check the name of the order, the email of the order, and the mobile phone information.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders calculation

    Order calculation is a function of calculating the estimated payment amount by checking the delivery country of the order.

    Orders calculation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    mobile

    Whether it is mobile or PC

    member_id

    Member id

    shipping_type

    Delivery type

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    payment_method

    payment method code

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    icash: virtual transfer
    tcash : bank transfer
    cell: mobile
    deferpay: collect on delivery (COD)
    point: points

    country_code

    Country code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    address_full

    Full address

    address_state

    state

    items

    Order item list

    membership_discount_amount

    customer tier-based discount

    shipping_fee_discount_amount

    shipping discount

    product_discount_amount

    per-product discount

    order_price_amount

    product subtotal

    total_discount_amount

    Total discount

    shipping_fee

    shipping fee

    total_amount_due

    total due

    shipping_fee_information

    배송비 상세정보

    Calculate total due

    POST

    You can calculate the estimated payment amount of the order.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    mobile

    Whether it is mobile or PC

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    shipping_type

    Delivery type

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    DEFAULT A

    payment_method

    payment method code

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    icash: virtual transfer
    tcash : bank transfer
    cell: mobile
    deferpay: collect on delivery (COD)
    point: points

    country_code

    Country code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    address_full

    Max Length : [1000]

    Full address

    address_state

    Max Length : [255]

    state

    items

    Order item list

    product_no
    Required
    Product number

    variant_code
    Required
    Product item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    product_price
    Required
    Product price

    option_price
    Option price

    product_bundle
    Product bundle
    T: Set product
    F: No set product
    DEFAULT F

    product_bundle_no
    Set product number

    prepaid_shipping_fee
    Whether prepaid shipping fee
    P: Prepayment
    C: Pay after delivery
    DEFAULT P

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders cancellation



    Order cancellation is a feature that allows you to cancel one specific order before delivery.
    If cancellation is completed using the API, PG cancellation can be performed along with refund completion processing. (payment_gateway_cancel: If requested by "T")

    Orders cancellation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    status

    Order status

    canceled: cancellation complete
    canceling: cancellation in progress

    claim_code

    Cancellation number

    items

    Order item code

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    undone

    Undo

    T: Yes
    F: No

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    Create an order cancellation

    POST

    You can cancel certain pre-delivery orders.
    If you cancel using the API, you can proceed with PG cancellation along with the refund completion process.
    In case of partial cancellation, each refund amount will be automatically calculated and refunded.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    payment_gateway_cancel

    PG cancellation request settings

    Cancellations cannot be processed via payment gateways when multiple payment methods have been used. Cancellations must be processed through Cafe24 admin system.
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    T : cancel
    F : do not cancel

    DEFAULT F

    status
    Required

    Order status

    canceled: cancellation complete
    canceling: cancellation in progress

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon_no

    Coupon number to be recovered

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for cancellation

    claim_reason_type

    type of reason for cancellation

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    naverpay_cancel_reason_type

    reason for NAVER Pay order cancellation

    Unavailable for Cafe24 store or marketplace or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    51 : change of mind
    52 : change color or size
    53 : bought by mistake
    54 : dissatisfied with service or product
    55 : delay in shipping
    56 : out of stock
    60 : different from product details

    kakaopay_cancel_reason_type

    Reason for Kakaopay order cancellation

    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay order cancellations

    K1: Change of mind
    K2: Ordered the wrong product or option
    K3: Delayed shipping
    K4: Defective or damaged product
    K5: Delivered wrong item or item is missing
    K6: Different from product description
    K7: Product is out of stock and cannot be delivered

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    (Unavailable for use in case of cancellation of orders on Open Market/Naver Pay/Kakao Pay.)

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_code

    Required for Korean stores
    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    Required for international stores

    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay or KAKAOPAY order cancellations

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Change cancellation details

    PUT

    You can cancel your order.
    You can modify the order status of an order that has been canceled to the status before the cancellation.
    Cancellation of the order can be withdrawn by withdrawing the cancellation of the order, and the reason for the withdrawal can be restored or entered.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    claim_code
    Required

    Cancellation number

    recover_inventory
    Required

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    undone
    Required

    Undo

    T : 철회함

    add_memo_too
    Required

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type
    Required

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail
    Required

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders coupons



    Order coupons are about coupons applied to orders.
    You can view information about the coupon applied for a specific order.

    Orders coupons properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    coupon_name

    Coupon name

    coupon_code

    Coupon number

    coupon_percent

    coupon ratio

    coupon_value

    Coupon amount

    coupon_value_final

    Final coupon amount

    Retrieve a list of coupons applied to an order

    GET

    You can view a list of information about coupons applied for a particular order.
    You can check the coupon number, coupon ratio, coupon amount, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve a list of coupons applied to an order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders exchange

    Order exchange is a function related to the status of the order's exchange receipt.
    You can accept exchanges for specific orders and modify the status of orders that have been accepted for exchanges.

    Orders exchange properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    status

    Order status

    accept: accept exchange request
    collected: picked up
    exchanged: complete

    claim_code

    Exchange number

    items

    Order item code

    exchanged_items

    Exchanged items

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    exchanged_after_collected

    exchange status after pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    pickup

    pickup location details

    undone

    Undo

    T: Yes
    F: No

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    Max Length : [100]

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    Create an order exchange

    POST

    Accept exchange request of an order.
    Specify whether a same product is exchanged & the status for stock restoration.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    status
    Required

    Order status

    accepted: Exchange request accepted
    exchanged: Exchanged

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    exchange_variant_code
    Exchange product variant code (when exchanging for a different option of the same product)

    same_product
    Required

    exchange status

    T: exchange for the same product
    F: exchange for another product

    Create an order exchange
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an order exchange

    PUT

    You can edit a specific order for which an exchange has been requested.
    You can withdraw an exchange request, enter a reason for withdrawal and restore inventory.
    Should a collection request submitted be no longer valid, you must contact the courier directly to cancel the request.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    claim_code
    Required

    Exchange number

    status

    Order status

    exchanged: Exchanged

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    exchanged_after_collected

    exchange status after pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Order item code

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    pickup

    pickup location details

    name
    Name

    phone
    Office phone number

    cellphone
    Mobile

    zipcode
    Zipcode

    address1
    Address 1

    address2
    Address 2

    undone

    Undo

    T : 철회함

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    Max Length : [100]

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders exchangerequests

    You can refuse to accept an exchange for an order that you requested to process an exchange.

    Orders exchangerequests properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    undone

    Rejected to accept

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    additional_payment_gateway_cancel

    추가 PG 취소

    Reject an exchange request

    PUT

    Deny to accept an exchange request.
    Reason & exchange request number are required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    undone
    Required

    Rejected to accept

    T: Yes

    reason_type

    type of reason

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason

    display_reject_reason

    Display reason in [Storefront>My Orders]

    T: yes
    F: no

    DEFAULT F

    reject_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for rejection

    Reasons for refusal of acceptance exposed to customers

    Reject an exchange request
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders inflowgroups



    Inflowgroups refers to a group of routes through which an order has been introduced.
    An inflow path group is a child resource and is only available under Orders.
    Inquiry, creation, modification, and deletion of inflow route groups are possible.

    Orders inflowgroups properties

    Attribute Description
    inflow_group_id

    Traffic source group ID

    inflow_group_name

    Traffic source name

    Retrieve a list of traffic source groups

    GET

    You can retrieve the list of inflow path groups.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a traffic source group

    POST

    Lets you create an inflow path group.
    The inflow path name and inflow path ID are required values.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    inflow_group_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]
    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]

    Traffic source group ID

    inflow_group_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Traffic source name

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a traffic source group

    PUT

    You can modify the inflow path group.
    Enter the inflow path group ID, group member name, etc. as required.
    By registering an inflow route group, you can easily identify the same inflow route by grouping it.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    inflow_group_id
    Required

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]
    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source group ID

    inflow_group_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Traffic source name

    Update a traffic source group
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a traffic source group

    DELETE

    You can delete an inflow path group.
    When deleting, you must enter all of the member IDs of the inflow path group.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    inflow_group_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]
    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]

    Traffic source group ID

    Delete a traffic source group
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders inflowgroups inflows



    Inflowgroups refers to a group of routes through which an order has been introduced.
    An inflow path group is a child resource and is only available under Orders.
    Inquiry, creation, modification, and deletion of inflow route groups are possible.

    Orders inflowgroups inflows properties

    Attribute Description
    inflow_id

    Traffic source medium ID

    inflow_name

    Traffic source medium name

    inflow_icon

    funnel icon

    group_id

    Traffic source group ID

    Retrieve a list of group traffic sources

    GET

    You can view a list of inflow routes that belong to a specific inflow route group.
    You can view the inflow path group member name, inflow path icon, and inflow path group ID.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    group_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source group ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a group traffic source

    POST

    You can create an inflow path that belongs to a specific inflow path group.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    group_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source group ID

    inflow_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source medium ID

    inflow_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Traffic source medium name

    inflow_icon
    Required

    URL
    Max Length : [500]

    funnel icon

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a group traffic source

    PUT

    You can modify the inflow paths that belong to a specific inflow path group.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    group_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source group ID

    inflow_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source medium ID

    inflow_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Traffic source medium name

    inflow_icon
    Required

    URL
    Max Length : [500]

    funnel icon

    Update a group traffic source
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a group traffic source

    DELETE

    You can delete an inflow path that belongs to a specific inflow path group.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    group_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source group ID

    inflow_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Traffic source medium ID

    Delete a group traffic source
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders items

    Items is the item information purchased by the shopping mall customer when ordering. Items in the shopping mall are the basic units of items sold in the shopping mall. In addition to the item information of the purchased items, you can also check the information on the options, order quantity, and so on.
    Items can only be used in the Order subset as a embedded Resource.

    Orders items properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    item_no

    Item no

    Identification number of order item.

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    Identification code of order item.

    variant_code

    Variant code

    System assigned code to variant. This code cannot be duplicated.

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    product_code

    Product code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    internal_product_name

    Product name (Admin)

    custom_product_code

    Max Length : [40]

    Custom product code

    custom_variant_code

    Custom variants code

    eng_product_name

    English name of product

    English name of product. Necessary when shipping to abroad.

    option_id

    Option ID

    Identification number of product option.

    option_value

    Option value

    Option value of product option.

    option_value_default

    Default option

    additional_option_value

    Additional option value

    additional_option_values

    custom text list

    product_name

    Product name

    Name of product. Basic information to search the product and seperate each product. You may input this with HTML.

    product_name_default

    Default product name

    product_price

    Product price

    Product price. If mall using multi mall, the price will be transfer to multi mall currency.

    option_price

    Option price

    Additional price when option has additional price.

    additional_discount_price

    Additional discount price

    Additional discount price for product.

    coupon_discount_price

    discount price for product-specific coupon

    app_item_discount_amount

    product discount price for app

    payment_amount

    Price per item

    quantity

    Available inventory

    Quantity of ordered product.

    product_tax_type

    Tax classify by products

    A: Taxable
    B: Tax-free C: Nontaxable

    tax_rate

    Tax rate

    supplier_product_name

    Supplier product name

    Product name of supplier.

    supplier_transaction_type

    Supplier transaction type

    Transaction type of supplier.

    D: Direct registration type
    P: Fee type

    supplier_id

    Supplier id

    ID of supplier.

    supplier_name

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier.

    tracking_no

    Tracking number

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    Shipping code of order. System assigns the code when order status changes to 'Ready for shipping : N21' status.

    claim_code

    Cancellation/Exchange/Return code

    claim_reason_type

    type of cancellation/exchange/return request reason

    Type of reason for cancellation/exchange/refund request submitted by a customer
    Reason for accepting cancellation/exchange/refund request by admin can be retrieved by using "claim_reason_type" under "cancellations/exchanges/refunds" resource.

    Types of customer cancellation requests
    A: Change of mind
    G: Unsatisfactory service
    B: Delayed shipping
    I: Others

    Types of customer exchange
    refund requests: O: Change of mind
    P: Unsatisfactory product
    V: Defective product
    W: Shipping error

    Types of merchant cancellation
    exchange
    refund requests: A: Customer’s change of mind
    B: Delayed shipping
    J: Shipping error
    C: No-shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: Packaging defect
    E: Unsatisfactory product
    F: Different from product description
    K: Defective product
    G: Unsatisfactory service
    H: Out of stock
    I: Others

    claim_reason

    reason for cancellation/exchange/return request

    Detailed reason for cancellation/exchange/refund request submitted by a customer
    Reason for accepting cancellation/exchange/refund request by admin can be retrieved by using "claim_reason_type" under "cancellations/exchanges/refunds" resource.

    refund_bank_name

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    post_express_flag

    Korea Post

    Whether post express linked or not.

    order_status

    Order status

    Order status. Each status has its own code.

    request_undone

    undone request type

    Cancellation: cancellation undone
    Exchange: exchange undone
    Return: return undone

    order_status_additional_info

    Order status additional info

    order status additional info

    claim_quantity

    number of cancellation/exchange/return requests

    status_code

    Status code

    Current status code.

    N1: Normal
    N2: Exchanged product
    C1: Cancelled before deposit
    C2: Cancelled before delivery
    C3: Return
    E1: Exchange

    status_text

    Status text

    Description of current status.

    open_market_status

    Open market status

    bundled_shipping_type

    combined shipment type

    Bundel shipping type of the order.

    N: General delivery for a single order (Normal)
    C: Combined delivery for a combination order (Combination)

    shipping_company_id

    Shipping company id

    ID of shipping company.

    shipping_company_name

    Shipping company name

    Name of shipping company.

    shipping_company_code

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    product_bundle

    Product bundle

    T: Set product
    F: No set product

    product_bundle_no

    Set product number

    Number of Separable bundle product.
    The number of inseparable product is displayed in product_no

    product_bundle_name

    Set product name

    Name of separable bundle product.
    The name of inseparable product is displayed in "product_name"

    product_bundle_name_default

    Set product name (default)

    Name of separable bundle product. (default)
    The name of inseparable product is displayed in "product_name"

    product_bundle_type

    Product bundle type

    Type of bundle product.

    C: Integrated type
    S: Separated type

    was_product_bundle

    Was product bundled

    Whether bundle product has been separated or not.

    T: Has been separated

    original_bundle_item_no

    Original bundle item no

    Original item number of separated buldle product.

    naver_pay_order_id

    Naver pay order ID

    Order ID of order from 'Naver pay'.

    naver_pay_claim_status

    Naver pay claim status

    Claim type of order from 'Naver pay'.

    PAYMENT_WAITING: Deposit on standby
    PAID: Payment completed
    DELIVERING: During delivery
    DELIVERED: Delivery completed
    PURCHASE_DECIDED: Purchase confirmed
    EXCHANGED: Exchanged
    CANCELLED: Cancelled
    RETURNED: Returned
    CANCELLED_BY_NOPAYMENT: Cancelled because of no payment
    NOT_YET: Order not checked
    OK: Order checked
    CANCEL: Order check cancelled
    CANCEL_REQUEST: Request for a cancellation
    CANCELLING: Cancelling
    CANCEL_DONE: Cancelled completely
    CANCEL_REJECT: Cancellation requested
    RETURN_REQUEST: Request for return
    COLLECTING: Collecting
    COLLECT_DONE: Collected completely
    RETURN_DONE: Return completed
    RETURN_REJECT: Return cancelled
    EXCHANGE_REQUEST: Request for exchange
    COLLECTING: Collecting
    COLLECT_DONE: Collected completely
    EXCHANGE_REDELIVERING: During redelivery after exchange
    EXCHANGE_DONE: Exchange completed
    EXCHANGE_REJECT: Exchange rejected
    PURCHASE_DECISION_HOLDBACK: Purchase confirmation hold
    PURCHASE_DECISION_HOLDBACK_REDELIVERING: During delivery after purchase confirmation hold
    PURCHASE_DECISION_REQUEST: Request for purchase confirmation
    PURCHASE_DECISION_HOLDBACK_RELEASE: Cancellation of purchase confirmation hold
    ADMIN_CANCELLING: Authority being cancelled
    ADMIN_CANCEL_DONE: Authority completely cancelled

    individual_shipping_fee

    Individual shipping fee

    Individual shipping fee of order.

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping charge

    (When using 'Shipping charge individually') Type of shipping charge.

    T: Free
    F: Pay after delivery
    D: Differential (Amount)
    M: Conditional (Amount)
    I: Fixed
    N: Proportional (Quantity)
    W: Differential (Weight)
    C: Differential (Quantity)
    X: Standard delivery

    shipping_fee_type_text

    Shipping fee type

    Description of shipping fee type.

    shipping_payment_option

    digital wallet balance/Pay after delivery

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: digital wallet balance
    F: free

    payment_info_id

    Payment information ID

    original_item_no

    Original item no

    store_pickup

    Store pickup

    Whether the order can pickup at an offline store or not.

    T: Store pickup
    F: No store pickup

    ordered_date

    Ordered date

    shipped_date

    Shipped date

    Date of shipping started.

    delivered_date

    Delivered date

    Delivered date of order.

    purchaseconfirmation_date

    Date when the order was confirmed as received

    cancel_date

    Order cancellation date

    Date of order canceled.

    return_confirmed_date

    Return approval time

    return_request_date

    Return request date

    Date of return requested.

    return_collected_date

    return pickup date

    cancel_request_date

    Cancellation request date

    Date of request order cancel.

    refund_date

    Refund date

    Date of refund completed.

    exchange_request_date

    Exchange request date

    Date of request exchange.

    exchange_date

    Exchange date

    Date of exchange completed.

    product_material

    Material of product

    The material of the item. You should enter each material and percentage of composing material if the product is has a multiple material.

    product_material_eng

    English product material

    Description of product material in English.

    cloth_fabric

    Fabric of product

    In case cloth products using a Japanese courier service, material information may required for some shipping companies.

    product_weight

    Weight of product

    Weight of whole product. Total weight including product, box, and packing weight is necessary for shipping.

    volume_size

    Product volume

    Volume size of a product.

    volume_size_weight

    Volume size weight

    volumetric weight of a product.

    clearance_category

    Clearance category code

    Category code for the purpose of customs clearance.

    clearance_category_info

    Clearance category information

    clearance_category_code

    Clearance category code

    Category code for the purpose of customs clearance.
    clearance_category_code

    hs_code

    HS code

    HS code for customs clerance.

    one_plus_n_event

    One plus n event

    Whether 1 plus N event or not.

    origin_place

    Origin

    Search for products that include keyword in the origin place. (Case Insensitive)

    origin_place_no

    Code of origin

    made_in_code

    Origin country code

    origin_place_value

    Extra information for code of origin

    gift

    Gift

    Whether product is for gift or not.

    T: gift
    F: not a gift

    item_granting_gift

    Items that need to be purchased to offer gifts

    subscription

    subscription payment

    T: subscription payment
    F: not a subscription payment

    product_bundle_list

    List of set items

    market_cancel_request

    marketplace order cancellation

    T: marketplace order with cancellation request submitted
    F: marketplace order with no cancellation request submitted

    market_cancel_request_quantity

    number of cancellation requested marketplace order

    market_fail_reason

    reason for marketplace order failure

    market_fail_reason_guide

    detailed reason for marketplace order failure

    market_item_no

    Number by external item

    market_custom_variant_code

    online marketplace custom variant code

    option_type

    Type of option

    T: Combination
    E: linked with product
    F: independently selectable

    options

    Option

    market_discount_amount

    Marketplace product discount

    labels

    주문 라벨

    order_status_before_cs

    Order status (Before CS)

    supply_price

    Product supply price

    order_id

    Order ID

    claim_type

    cancellation/exchange/return type

    claim_status

    cancellation/exchange/return request status

    Retrieve a list of order items

    GET

    You can look up all of the items in the order.
    You can check the item owner code, product number, and your own item code.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    supplier_id

    Supplier id

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create an order item

    POST

    You can split the set items of a specific order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    was_product_bundle

    Was product bundled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    original_bundle_item_no

    Original bundle item no

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Variant code

    Create an order item
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an order item

    PUT

    You can modify the order status for one item of the order.
    You can change the status to Cancel/Exchange/Return and enter a reason.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    claim_type
    Required

    cancellation/exchange/return type

    C: cancel
    R: return

    claim_status
    Required

    cancellation/exchange/return request status

    T : submit request
    F : do not submit request

    claim_reason_type
    Required

    type of cancellation/exchange/return request reason

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    claim_reason

    reason for cancellation/exchange/return request

    claim_quantity

    number of cancellation/exchange/return requests

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders items labels

    You can register, view, edit or delete labels for the desired order item.

    Orders items labels properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    names

    Order label name

    order_id

    Order ID

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    name

    Order label name

    Retrieve an order label

    GET

    You can view the list of labels for a specific order item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    Retrieve an order label
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create an order label

    POST

    You can register a label for a specific order item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    names
    Required

    Order label name

    Create an order label
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an order label

    PUT

    You can edit a label registered for a specific order item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    names
    Required

    Order label name

    Update an order label
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete an order label

    DELETE

    You can delete a label registered for a specific order item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    name
    Required

    Order label name

    Delete an order label
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders items options

    You can register, edit, or delete additional input options for order items.

    Orders items options properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    product_bundle

    Product bundle

    additional_options

    Additional option

    bundle_additional_options

    Bundle custom text field

    Create order item options

    POST

    You can register additional input options for a specific order item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    product_bundle
    Required

    Product bundle

    additional_options

    Additional option

    additional_option_name
    Required
    custom text field name

    additional_option_value
    Required
    Additional option value

    bundle_additional_options

    Bundle custom text field

    variant_code
    Required
    Variant code

    additional_options Array

    additional_option_name
    custom text field name

    additional_option_value
    Additional option value

    Create order item options
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Edit order item options

    PUT

    You can edit additional input options for a specific order item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    additional_options

    Additional option

    additional_option_name
    Required
    custom text field name

    additional_option_value
    Required
    Additional option value

    Edit order item options
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete order item options

    DELETE

    You can delete additional input options for a specific order item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    Delete order item options
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders memos



    Order memos are sub-resources of an order for notes for a particular order.
    You can view, register, modify, and delete administrator notes for orders.

    Orders memos properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    memo_no

    Memo number

    order_id

    Order ID

    created_date

    memo added date

    author_id

    Author ID

    ip

    author IP address

    use_customer_inquiry

    added to customer inquiries

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    attach_type

    attached to

    O : order number
    P : item code

    content

    Memo description

    starred_memo

    Important memo

    T: Important memo
    F: General memo

    fixed

    pinned to top

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    product_list

    Product list

    topic_type

    inquiry type

    cs_01 : shipping
    cs_02 : product
    cs_03 : payment
    cs_04 : order cancellation
    cs_05 : change in product to order

    status

    response status

    F : in progress
    T : resolved

    Retrieve a list of admin memos for an order

    GET

    You can look up notes for multiple orders as a list.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of order memos

    GET

    You can look up a list of notes for a specific order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create an order memo

    POST

    You can register notes for specific orders.
    You can register your notes as important notes or pin them to the top of your order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    content
    Required

    Max Length : [1000]

    Memo description

    use_customer_inquiry

    added to customer inquiries

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    DEFAULT F

    topic_type

    inquiry type

    cs_01 : shipping
    cs_02 : product
    cs_03 : payment
    cs_04 : order cancellation
    cs_05 : change in product to order

    status

    response status

    F : in progress
    T : resolved

    attach_type

    attached to

    O : order number
    P : item code

    DEFAULT O

    starred_memo

    Important memo

    T: Important memo
    F: General memo

    DEFAULT F

    fixed

    pinned to top

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    DEFAULT F

    product_list

    Product list

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an order memo

    PUT

    You can modify notes for a specific order.
    You can change the contents of the memo, counseling classification, important notes, and whether the top is fixed.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    content

    Max Length : [1000]

    Memo description

    use_customer_inquiry

    added to customer inquiries

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    DEFAULT F

    topic_type

    inquiry type

    cs_01 : shipping
    cs_02 : product
    cs_03 : payment
    cs_04 : order cancellation
    cs_05 : change in product to order

    status

    response status

    F : in progress
    T : resolved

    attach_type

    attached to

    O : order number
    P : item code

    DEFAULT O

    starred_memo

    Important memo

    T: Important memo
    F: General memo

    DEFAULT F

    fixed

    pinned to top

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    DEFAULT F

    product_list

    Product list

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete an order memo

    DELETE

    You can delete notes for a specific order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    Delete an order memo
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders paymentamount



    Order payment amount is a function of the actual payment amount for a particular order.
    You can inquire about information related to the actual payment amount for one or more items.

    Orders paymentamount properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    items

    Item information

    order_price_amount

    Purchase amount

    order_discount_amount

    Order discount amount

    item_discount_amount

    Product discount amount

    additional_payment_amount

    alternative payment amount

    payment_amount

    Price per item

    Retrieve a payment amount

    GET

    You can view a list of information related to the actual payment amount for one or more items in a particular order.
    You can inquire the value of the product purchase amount, product discount amount, etc.
    ** Stocks that do not use automatic calculation of the discount amount cannot be inquired.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Retrieve a payment amount
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders payments



    Orders payments are a function of the payment status of a particular order.

    Orders payments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    change_payment_amount

    change in payment amount

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    change_payment_method

    change in payment method

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    payment_method

    Payment Method

    payment_gateway_failure_message

    error message displayed for PG transaction cancellations

    admin_additional_amount

    manually input amount

    commission

    Transaction fee

    initial_estimated_payment_amount

    initial estimated payment amount

    change_payment_amount_reason

    reason for change in payment amount

    Update an order payment status

    PUT

    You can modify the payment status of a specific order.
    If you want to change the status of payment cancellation, you can only use it if you cancel the payment from PG company registered through the app.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    change_payment_amount
    Required

    change in payment amount

    Payment amount can be changed only in the state before deposit

    However, if there is a CS order status or CS processing history, the payment amount cannot be changed

    ※ Order status before deposit by payment method
    - Deposit without bankbook: Before deposit
    - DIVIKI: Preparing products ~ Delivery completed [before deposit]

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    change_payment_method
    Required

    change in payment method

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    payment_method

    Payment Method

    cash: Bank transfer
    daibiki : Daibiki (COD)

    billing_name

    Max Length : [40]

    Depositor name

    Available when "change_payment_method" is set as "T", and the payment method is changed to bank deposit.

    bank_account_id

    bank ID (for bank transfer without a bankbook)

    Available when "change_payment_method" is set as "T", and the payment method is changed to bank deposit.

    admin_additional_amount

    Min : [0]
    Max : [10000000]

    manually input amount

    Available when "change_payment_amount" is set as "T".

    commission

    Min : [0]
    Max : [10000000]

    Transaction fee

    Available when "change_payment_amount" is set as "T", and the payment method is changed to Daibiki.

    change_payment_amount_reason

    Max Length : [255]

    reason for change in payment amount

    Available when "change_payment_amount" is set as "T".

    Update an order payment status
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders paymenttimeline



    The Order Payment Timeline is a function of a time timeline for the payment of a particular order.

    Orders paymenttimeline properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    payment_no

    Payment number

    payment_settle_type

    payment type

    O: initial payment
    R: additional payment
    P: refund

    order_amount

    Order Amount

    additional_payment_amount

    alternative payment amount

    paid_amount

    amount paid

    payment_methods

    Payment Method

    payment_datetime

    Payment date

    created_datetime

    input date

    claim_code

    Cancellation/Exchange/Return code

    payment_method_detail

    payment amounts by payment method

    payment_method_detail code

    order_amount_detail

    price and fee details

    order_amount_detail code

    Retrieve payment history of an order

    GET

    You can view the entire payment timeline for a specific order.
    You can inquire about payment type, order amount, payment date, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    date_type

    Date type

    When searching for a period based on the start date and the end date, if the date_type is not entered, the search proceeds based on the created_datetime

    created_datetime: Order creation date
    payment_datetime: Payment date

    Retrieve payment details of an order

    GET

    You can check the payment timeline for one payment number for a specific order.
    You can check the payment type, order amount, payment amount, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    payment_no
    Required

    Min : [1]

    Payment number

    Retrieve payment details of an order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders receivers

    Receivers are the names, contacts, and address information of the recipients to whom the ordered goods will be shipped.
    Recipient can only be used in the Order subset as a embedded Resource.

    Orders receivers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    name

    Receiver name

    Name of recipient. May differ from orderer name or billing name.

    name_furigana

    Receiver name (Pronunciation)

    Name of recipient in Japanese Furigana.

    phone

    Office phone number

    cellphone

    Receiver mobile phone number

    virtual_phone_no

    Receiver virtual number

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    address1

    Address 1

    address2

    Address 2

    address_state

    state

    address_city

    City / Town

    address_street

    street

    address_full

    Full address

    name_en

    Receiver name (English)

    city_en

    Receiver city (English)

    state_en

    Receiver state (English)

    street_en

    Receiver address (English)

    country_code

    Country code

    country_name

    Country

    country_name_en

    Country (English)

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    clearance_information_type

    customs clearance information

    I: ID
    P: Passport number
    C: Personal Customs Clearance Code

    clearance_information

    customs clearance information

    wished_delivery_date

    Desired delivery date

    wished_delivery_time

    Desired delivery time

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    change_default_shipping_address

    Change default shipping address

    T: Yes
    F: No

    use_fast_delivery_date

    Select ASAP delivery date

    T: yes
    F: no

    use_fast_delivery_time

    Select ASAP delivery time

    T: yes
    F: no

    Retrieve a list of recipients of an order

    GET

    You can view recipient information for a specific order as a list.
    You can check the recipient's name, mobile phone number, address, etc.
    In the case of partial delivery or split delivery, there may be multiple recipients for an order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Retrieve a list of recipients of an order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update order recipients

    PUT

    You can modify the recipient information for a specific order.
    For multiple delivery orders, the recipient's safety number cannot be modified.
    You can modify the recipient's name, recipient's mobile phone, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    name

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver name

    phone

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver phone number

    For Korean stores, phone numbers should be formatted as "010-0000-0000".
    For international stores, mobile numbers should be formatted as "Country code-000-0000".

    cellphone

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver mobile phone number

    For Korean stores, mobile numbers should be formatted as "010-0000-0000".
    For international stores, mobile numbers should be formatted as "Country code-000-0000".

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    name_furigana

    Receiver name (Pronunciation)

    Required for Japanese stores only

    zipcode

    Min Length : [2]
    Max Length : [14]

    Zipcode

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    address_state

    state

    Required for international stores

    address_city

    City / Town

    Required for international stores

    name_en

    Receiver name (English)

    city_en

    Receiver city (English)

    state_en

    Receiver state (English)

    street_en

    Receiver address (English)

    country_code

    Country code

    Required field for international stores.
    South Korea : KR / China: CN / Japan: JP / Philippines: PH / United States: US / Taiwan: TW / Vietnam : VN

    clearance_information_type

    customs clearance information

    I: ID
    P: Passport number
    C: Personal Customs Clearance Code

    clearance_information

    customs clearance information

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    change_default_shipping_address

    Change default shipping address

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    virtual_phone_no

    Receiver virtual number

    Receiver's safety number cannot be modified if it is ordered from multiple delivery destinations

    wished_delivery_date

    Date

    Desired delivery date

    use_fast_delivery_date

    Select ASAP delivery date

    Null response when 'if possible fast delivery time setting' is 'T'

    T: yes
    F: no

    wished_delivery_time

    Desired delivery time

    Desired delivery start time (start_hour)
    Enter from 00 to 23

    Desired delivery end time (end_hour)
    Enter from 00 to 23

    start_hour
    Preferred delivery start time

    end_hour
    Preferred delivery end time

    use_fast_delivery_time

    Select ASAP delivery time

    Null response when 'set earliest possible delivery date' is 'T'

    T: yes
    F: no

    Update order recipients
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Change shipping information

    PUT

    You can modify recipient information for a specific delivery number for a specific order.
    Please use Update orders receivers to modify recipient information regardless of the shipping number.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    shipping_code
    Required

    Shipping code

    name

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver name

    phone

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver phone number

    cellphone

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver mobile phone number

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    name_furigana

    Receiver name (Pronunciation)

    zipcode

    Min Length : [2]
    Max Length : [14]

    Zipcode

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    address_state

    state

    address_city

    City / Town

    name_en

    Receiver name (English)

    city_en

    Receiver city (English)

    state_en

    Receiver state (English)

    street_en

    Receiver address (English)

    country_code

    Country code

    clearance_information_type

    customs clearance information

    I: ID
    P: Passport number
    C: Personal Customs Clearance Code

    clearance_information

    customs clearance information

    change_default_shipping_address

    Change default shipping address

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    virtual_phone_no

    Receiver virtual number

    Receiver's safety number cannot be modified if it is ordered from multiple delivery destinations

    wished_delivery_date

    Date

    Desired delivery date

    use_fast_delivery_date

    Select ASAP delivery date

    Null response when 'if possible fast delivery time setting' is 'T'

    T: yes
    F: no

    wished_delivery_time

    Desired delivery time

    Desired delivery start time (start_hour)
    Enter from 00 to 23

    Desired delivery end time (end_hour)
    Enter from 00 to 23

    start_hour
    Preferred delivery start time

    end_hour
    Preferred delivery end time

    use_fast_delivery_time

    Select ASAP delivery time

    Null response when 'set earliest possible delivery date' is 'T'

    T: yes
    F: no

    receiver_direct_input_check

    주소 직접입력

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders receivers history



    Orders receive history is a function of the recipient information change history for a particular order.
    The updated_date parameter lets you determine when the information has changed.

    Orders receivers history properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    name

    Receiver name

    phone

    Office phone number

    cellphone

    Receiver mobile phone number

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    address1

    Address 1

    address2

    Address 2

    address_state

    state

    address_city

    City / Town

    address_street

    street

    address_full

    Full address

    name_en

    Receiver name (English)

    city_en

    Receiver city (English)

    state_en

    Receiver state (English)

    street_en

    Receiver address (English)

    country_code

    Country code

    country_name

    Country

    country_name_en

    Country (English)

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    updated_date

    Updated date

    user_id

    ID of the persons modified the orderer

    user_name

    name of the persons modified the order

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    Retrieve a list of recipient history of an order

    GET

    The recipient of the order can inquire about the changed history and its contents.
    You can inquire the recipient's name, phone number, address, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders refunds

    Order refunds are a function related to the refund status of a particular order.
    You can modify the refund status of a specific order.

    Orders refunds properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    refund_code

    refund number

    status

    status of refund

    reason

    Reason of processing

    Update an order refund

    PUT

    You can modify the refund status of a specific order.
    You can enter reason and toggle whether to send SMS or email upon refund.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    refund_code
    Required

    refund number

    status
    Required

    status of refund

    complete : refund complete

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason of processing

    send_sms

    whether send SMS after processing refund

    T : send
    F : do not send

    DEFAULT T

    send_mail

    whether send mail after processing refund

    T : send
    F : do not send

    DEFAULT T

    payment_gateway_cancel

    PG cancellation request settings

    T : cancel
    F : do not cancel

    DEFAULT F

    Orders return



    Order return is a function related to the return of a particular order.
    You can return specific orders or modify the status of orders that are being returned.

    Orders return properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    status

    Order status

    accepted: Return request accepted
    processing: Return in progress
    returned: Returned

    claim_code

    Return number

    items

    Order item code

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    Max Length : [100]

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    pickup

    pickup location details

    undone

    Undo

    T: Yes
    F: No

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    Create an order return

    POST

    The ability to return one order after a particular shipment.
    If the return is completed using the API, PG cancellation can be carried out along with the refund completion process. (payment_gateway_cancel: If requested by "T")
    For partial returns, each refund amount will be automatically calculated and refunded.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    payment_gateway_cancel

    PG cancellation request settings

    Cancellations cannot be processed via payment gateways when multiple payment methods have been used. Cancellations must be processed through Cafe24 admin system.
    Unavailable for marketplace or NAVER Pay order cancellations

    T : cancel
    F : do not cancel

    DEFAULT F

    status
    Required

    Order status

    accepted: Return request accepted
    processing: Return in progress
    returned: Returned

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon_no

    Coupon number to be recovered

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    refund reason

    claim_reason_type

    type of refund reason

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    naverpay_return_reason_type

    reason for NAVER Pay order cancellation

    Unavailable for KAKAOPAY order return

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines, Japan.

    51: Change of mind
    52: Change color or size
    53: Bought by mistake
    54: Unsatisfactory service or product
    55: Delayed shipping
    56: Out of stock
    57: Item is missing
    58: Not delivered
    59: Damaged product
    60: Different from product description
    61: Shipping error
    62: Delivered wrong item (different product options - e.g.
    wrong color)

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_code

    Required for Korean stores
    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    Required for international stores

    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    pickup

    pickup location details

    name
    Name

    phone
    Office phone number

    cellphone
    Mobile

    zipcode
    Zipcode

    address1
    Address 1

    address2
    Address 2

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an order return

    PUT

    This is a feature to modify a receipt status for an order's specific return number.
    You can edit an order for which a return has been requested.
    You can withdraw a return request, enter a reason for withdrawal and restore inventory.
    Should a collection request submitted be no longer valid, you must contact the courier directly to cancel the request.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    claim_code
    Required

    Return number

    status

    Order status

    processing: Return in progress
    returned: Returned

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    Carrier_id is required when updating the return invoice number from the shipping company

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    Max Length : [100]

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Order item code

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    recover_coupon_no

    Coupon number to be recovered

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    When saving the return destination, the default is "Application for collection (T)"

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    pickup

    pickup location details

    name
    Name

    phone
    Office phone number

    cellphone
    Mobile

    zipcode
    Zipcode

    address1
    Address 1

    address2
    Address 2

    undone

    Undo

    T : 철회함

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders saleschannels



    Orders sales channels allow you to view, register, modify, and delete the seller of your order.
    The Order Sales channel is a child resource and is only available under Orders.

    Orders saleschannels properties

    Attribute Description
    sales_channel_id

    vendor ID

    sales_channel_name

    vendor name

    sales_channel_icon

    vendor icon

    Retrieve a list of sales channels

    GET

    You can look up the sales channels registered in the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the seller's ID, name, icon, etc.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a sales channel

    POST

    You can register a sales channel at the shopping mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    sales_channel_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]
    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]

    vendor ID

    sales_channel_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    vendor name

    sales_channel_icon
    Required

    URL
    Max Length : [500]

    vendor icon

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a sales channel

    PUT

    You can modify the sales channel registered in the shopping mall.
    You can modify the seller's name, icon, etc.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    sales_channel_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]
    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]

    vendor ID

    sales_channel_name

    Max Length : [100]

    vendor name

    sales_channel_icon

    URL
    Max Length : [500]

    vendor icon

    Update a sales channel
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a sales channel

    DELETE

    You can delete the sales channel in the shopping mall.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    sales_channel_id
    Required

    Max Length : [40]
    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]

    vendor ID

    Delete a sales channel
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders shipments

    This resource is about shipping information required for fulfillment. This resource contains information such as invoice number, carrier, shipping status, etc.

    Orders shipments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    order_id

    Order ID

    tracking_no

    Tracking number

    tracking_no_updated_date

    Input date (Tracking number)

    shipping_company_code

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    items

    list of items

    status

    Order status

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery
    shipped : delivered

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    status_additional_info

    Order status additional info

    Retrieve a list of shipping information of an order

    GET

    You can look up the shipping numbers registered in your order as a list.
    You can check the delivery number, order number, invoice number, etc.
    In case of partial delivery, there may be several delivery numbers per order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Order ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create an order shipping information

    POST

    You can flag orders to indicate the shipping status such as Awaiting shipment or In-transit.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    tracking_no
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Tracking number

    shipping_company_code
    Required

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    status
    Required

    Order status

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an order shipping

    PUT

    You can update shipping information (shipping status, etc.).

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    shipping_code
    Required

    Shipping code

    status

    Order status

    tracking_no and "shipping_company_code" cannot be used when "status" is used to change the shipping status.

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery
    shipped : delivered

    status_additional_info

    Max Length : [30]

    Order status additional info

    tracking_no

    Max Length : [40]

    Tracking number

    shipping_company_code must be used with "tracking_no", and "status" cannot be used to change the shipping status.

    shipping_company_code

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    To use "tracking_no", "shipping_company_code" must be used as well. "status" cannot be used to edit a tracking number.

    Delete an order shipping

    DELETE

    You can delete the tracking number registered with your order.
    In case of partial delivery, there may be several delivery numbers per order.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    shipping_code
    Required

    Shipping code

    Delete an order shipping
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders shippingfeecancellation



    You can inquire about the cancellation status of your order or request cancellation through Orders shipping fee cancellation.

    Orders shippingfeecancellation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    default_shipping_fee

    default shipping fee

    supplier_shipping_fee

    Supplier shipping fee

    individual_shipping_fee

    Individual shipping fee

    international_shipping_fee

    International shipping fee

    international_shipping_insurance_fee

    International shipping insurance

    additional_shipping_fee

    Additional shipping fee

    additional_handling_fee

    Additional handling fee

    regional_surcharge_amount

    regional shipping rates

    claim_code

    cancellation number

    claim_reason_type

    division

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    claim_reason

    Reason

    refund_method

    Refund method

    shipping_discount_amount

    Shipping discount cancellation amount

    coupon_discount_amount

    Coupon discount cancellation amount

    refund_amount

    refund amount

    point_used

    Reimbursement Return Used

    credit_used

    Deposit Refund Used

    mixed_refund_amount

    Refund amount (from split payment)

    mixed_refund_methods

    Mixed refund methods

    status

    Order status

    Canceled: Cancellation complete / Canceling: Cancellation in progress

    include_tax

    Include tax in prices

    T: Yes
    F: No

    tax

    Tax information

    Return to null if tax manager app is disabled

    Retrieve shipping fee cancellation details of an order

    GET

    You can view the cancellation status of your order as a list.
    You can check the basic shipping cost, supplier shipping cost, and regional shipping cost.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    Retrieve shipping fee cancellation details of an order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create an order shipping fee cancellation

    POST

    You can request cancellation of your order.
    Please note that this API requests cancellation and does not process cancellation.
    PG cancellation is not automatic, but PG is also requested to cancel at the same time only when the payment_gateway_cancel parameter is requested with T.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for cancellation

    claim_reason_type

    type of reason for cancellation

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [30]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    payment_gateway_cancel

    PG cancellation request settings

    T : cancel
    F : do not cancel

    DEFAULT F

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Orders shortagecancellation



    When orders shortagencalment is sold in excess of the inventory held due to an event or an error in inventory setting, etc
    It is a function that can process cancellation completion and refund.

    Orders shortagecancellation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    status

    Order status

    canceled: cancellation complete
    canceling: cancellation in progress

    claim_code

    cancellation number

    items

    Order item code

    Create an order cancellation on stock shortage

    POST

    You can process cancellations and refunds for specific orders can also be processed.
    You can also choose whether to restore inventory or coupons.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    payment_gateway_cancel

    PG cancellation request settings

    T : cancel
    F : do not cancel

    DEFAULT F

    keep_auto_calculation

    keep the automatic discount calculation flag

    yes: T
    no: F

    DEFAULT F

    collect_gift

    automatically recapture gift

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    status
    Required

    Order status

    canceled: cancellation complete
    canceling: cancellation in progress

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon_no

    Coupon number to be recovered

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for cancellation

    claim_reason_type

    type of reason for cancellation

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    naverpay_cancel_reason_type

    reason for NAVER Pay order cancellation

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    51 : change of mind
    52 : change color or size
    53 : bought by mistake
    54 : dissatisfied with service or product
    55 : delay in shipping
    56 : out of stock
    60 : different from product details

    kakaopay_cancel_reason_type

    Reason for Kakaopay order cancellation

    K1: Change of mind
    K2: Ordered the wrong product or option
    K3: Delayed shipping
    K4: Defective or damaged product
    K5: Delivered wrong item or item is missing
    K6: Different from product description
    K7: Product is out of stock and cannot be delivered

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Payments

    Payment Status is a function of the payment status of a particular order.

    Payments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    status

    Order status

    paid: payment confirmed
    unpaid: awaiting payment
    canceled: payment canceled

    auto_paid

    Whether payment was auto-transferred

    T: Automatic Transfer
    F: Manual Transfer

    cancel_request

    payment cancellation request details

    Update payment status for multiple orders

    PUT

    You can modify the payment status of a specific order.
    If you want to change the status of payment cancellation, you can only use it if you cancel the payment from PG company registered through the app.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    status
    Required

    payment status

    In the case of cancel, it is only available if PG company added through the app cancels the payment

    paid: payment confirmed
    unpaid: awaiting payment
    canceled: payment canceled

    auto_paid

    Whether payment was auto-transferred

    T: Automatic Transfer
    F: Manual Transfer

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    cancel_request

    payment cancellation request details

    refund_status
    refund status
    P: refunded
    F: failed to refund
    DEFAULT F

    partial_cancel
    partially cancel
    T: partially cancel
    F: fully cancel
    DEFAULT F

    payment_gateway_name
    Payment Gateway Number

    payment_method
    payment method code
    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual transfer
    cell: mobile
    deferpay: collect on delivery (COD)
    cvs: convenience store
    easy pay: simple payment
    fpayment: international payment

    response_code
    response code from pg

    response_message
    response message from pg

    Refunds

    Refunds is a function that allows you to inquire about the status of your order related to the refund.
    Please check the status of the order before the refund, the refund hold, and the order that is not in the refund completion stage, so please use it after checking the status of the order.

    Refunds properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    member_id

    Member id

    member_email

    customer email

    buyer_email

    Buyer Email

    order_date

    Ordered date

    accepted_refund_date

    refund requested date

    refund_date

    refund completed date

    order_id

    Order ID

    refund_code

    refund number

    order_item_code

    list of item codes

    quantity

    Available inventory

    actual_refund_amount

    actual amount refunded

    used_points

    Reimbursement Return Used

    used_credits

    Deposit Refund Used

    currency

    Currency

    payment_methods

    Payment Method

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    cell: carrier billing
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account transfer
    prepaid: prepaid balance
    credit: credits
    point: points
    pointify: transferable points
    cvs: convenience store payment
    cod: collect on delivery (COD)
    coupon: coupons
    market_discount: marketplace discounts
    giftcard: affiliate gift certificates
    pointcard
    affiliate points
    etc: others

    refund_payment_methods

    refunded in

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    cell: carrier billing
    tcash: bank transfer
    prepaid: prepaid balance
    credit: credits
    point: points
    pointify: transferable points
    cvs: convenience store payment
    cod: collect on delivery (COD)
    giftcard: affiliate gift certificates
    pointcard: affilate points
    etc: others

    payment_gateway_cancel_statuses

    PG cancellation status

    F : before cancellation
    M : partially canceled
    T : fully canceled

    payment_gateway_cancel_dates

    PG canceled date

    status

    status of refund

    T: Refunded. F: Awaiting refund

    refund_methods

    refund method

    refund_bank_name

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    include_tax

    Include tax in prices

    T: Yes
    F: No

    tax

    Tax information

    Return to null if tax manager app is disabled

    refund_point

    refunded points

    refund_credit

    refunded credits

    refund_naver_point

    refunded NAVER points

    refund_naver_cash

    refunded NAVER cash

    refund_amount

    refund amount

    product_price

    Product price

    shipping_fee

    shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    refund_shipping_fee

    Refund shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    refund_regional_surcharge

    Return shipping fee by region

    DEFAULT 0.00

    return_shipping_fee

    return shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    return_regional_surcharge

    return shipping fee by region

    DEFAULT 0.00

    additional_shipping_fee

    Additional shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    international_shipping_insurance

    International shipping insurance

    DEFAULT 0.00

    international_shipping_additional_fee

    additional handling fee for international shipping

    DEFAULT 0.00

    shipping_fee_discount_amount

    Shipping discount

    cod_fees

    Postpayment Fee

    product_discount_amount

    per-product discount

    member_group_discount_amount

    customer tier-based discount

    app_item_discount_amount

    product discount price for app

    app_discount_amount

    discount price of order for app

    coupon_discount_amount

    coupon discount

    product_bundle_discount_amount

    bundle discount

    points_spent_amount

    amount of points used

    credits_spent_amount

    amount of credits used

    naver_point

    NAVER points

    naver_cash

    NAVER cash

    additional_product_amount

    price for additional product

    manually_input_amount

    manually input amount

    changed_refund_amount

    change in refund amount

    refund_manager

    refunded by

    refund_reason

    refund reason

    send_sms

    whether send SMS after processing refund

    T : send
    F : do not send

    send_mail

    whether send mail after processing refund

    T : send
    F : do not send

    items

    Item Resource

    Retrieve a list of refunds

    GET

    You can look up orders that are in a refund-related state in a list.
    You can inquire about the member's email, order date, and refund receipt date.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    date_type

    Date type

    accepted_refund_date : refund requested date
    refund_date : refund completed date

    DEFAULT refund_date

    member_email

    customer email

    buyer_email

    Buyer Email

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    refund_status

    CS (Refund) status

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    F: Awaiting refund
    T: Refunded
    M: Refund on hold

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [15000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve a refund

    GET

    You can inquire about information about a specific refund number.
    You can inquire about the reason for the refund, refund payment allowance, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    refund_code
    Required

    refund number

    items
    embed

    Item Resource

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Reservations

    Reservations properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id

    Order ID

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    order_date

    Ordered date

    payment_date

    Payment date

    member_id

    Member id

    order_status

    Order status

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    payment_method

    payment method code

    cash: bank deposit
    card: credit card
    cell: carrier billing
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account transfer
    prepaid: prepaid balance
    credit: credits
    point: points
    pointify: transferable points
    cvs: convenience store payment
    cod: collect on delivery (COD)
    coupon: coupons
    market_discount: marketplace discounts
    giftcard: affiliate gift certificates
    pointcard
    affiliate points
    etc: others

    payment_method_name

    Payment method name

    product_no

    Product number

    product_name

    Product name

    product_name_default

    Default product name

    product_price

    Product price

    option_price

    Option price

    quantity

    Available inventory

    option_value

    Option value

    option_value_default

    Default option

    additional_option_values

    custom text list

    payment_amount

    Price per item

    paid

    Paid

    T: Paid
    F: Unpaid
    M: Partially paid

    service_use_date

    Date of service used

    service_available_start_date

    Start date of service period

    service_available_end_date

    End date of service period

    service_completion_date

    Date of service used to completion

    Retrieve pre-order item

    GET

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    date_type

    Date type

    order_date: date of order
    pay_date: date of payment
    service_use_date: date of service used

    DEFAULT order_date

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    buyer_name

    Buyer name

    member_id

    Member id

    member_email

    customer email

    buyer_email

    Buyer Email

    buyer_cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    product_no

    Product number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    order_status

    Order status

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    N00: awaiting payment
    N10: order in progress
    N20: preparing for shipment
    N21: awaiting shipment
    N22: shipment on hold
    N30: in transit
    N40: delivered
    N50: Purchase confirmed
    C00: cancellation requested
    C10: cancellation accepted - admin
    C11: cancellation request rejected - admin C34: cancellation in progress – awaiting refund
    C35: cancellation in progress – refund complete C36: cancellation in progress – refund on hold
    C40: canceled
    C41: canceled - awaiting refund
    C42: canceled - refund request in progress
    C43: canceled - refund on hold
    C47: canceled before payment - customer
    C48: canceled before payment – auto-canceled
    C49: canceled before payment - admin
    R00: return requested
    R10: return accepted
    R11: return request rejected
    R12: return on hold
    R13: return accepted - picked up (automatic)
    R20: return collected
    R30: return in progress – awaiting pickup
    R31: return in progress – picked up
    R34: return in progress – awaiting refund
    R36: return in progress - refund on hold
    R40: returned - refunded
    R41: returned - awaiting refund
    R42: returned - refund request in progress
    R43: returned - refund on hold
    E00: exchange requested
    E10: exchange accepted
    N01: exchange accepted – exchanged items
    E11: exchange request rejected
    E12: exchange on hold
    E13: exchange accepted - picked up (automatic)
    E20: exchange postponed
    E30: exchange in progress - awaiting pickup
    E31: exchange in progress - picked up
    E32: exchange in progress - awaiting payment
    E33: exchange in progress - payment confirmed
    E34: exchange in progress – awaiting refund
    E35: exchange in progress – refund complete
    E36: exchange in progress – refund on hold
    E40: exchanged
    E41: exchanged - exchange undone
    E50: exchange undone - admin
    E51: exchange undone - customer

    payment_status

    Payment status

    F : awaiting payment
    M : awaiting additional payment
    P : payment confirmed

    sort

    Sort order

    order_date: date or order
    service_use_date: date of service used

    DEFAULT order_date

    order

    Order by

    asc: Ascending
    desc: Descending

    DEFAULT desc

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve pre-order item
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Return

    Return refers to a process of returning the order after the product has been delivered to the customer. "Return" resource allows you to retrieve details on returns or process returns. With "Return" resource, you can retrieve order status from after a return request has been submitted to after an order has been returned.

    Return properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    claim_code

    Return number

    claim_reason_type

    division

    Type of reason for accepting the customer's return request
    Reason for return request submitted by the customer can be retrieved by using "claim_reason_type" parameter under "items" resource.

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    claim_reason

    Reason

    Detailed reason for accepting the customer's return request.
    Reason for return request submitted by the customer can be retrieved by using "claim_reason_type" parameter under "items" resource.

    claim_due_date

    Due date for return

    return_address

    Return address

    pickup

    pickup location details

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    pickup_request_state

    pickup request status

    E: pickup not requested
    W: pickup requested
    S: accepted (awaiting labeling)
    F: pickup request failed
    T: accepted (labeled)
    N: pickup failed

    refund_methods

    Refund method

    refund_reason

    Remarks

    order_price_amount

    Purchase amount

    refund_amounts

    refund amount

    shipping_fee

    shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    refund_shipping_fee

    Refund shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    refund_regional_surcharge

    Return shipping fee by region

    DEFAULT 0.00

    return_ship_type

    Return shipping cost classification

    return_shipping_fee

    return shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    return_shipping_fee_detail

    return shipping fee details

    return_regional_surcharge

    return shipping fee by region

    DEFAULT 0.00

    return_regional_surcharge_detail

    return shipping fee by region details

    additional_shipping_fee

    Additional shipping fee

    DEFAULT 0.00

    international_shipping_insurance

    International shipping insurance

    DEFAULT 0.00

    international_shipping_additional_fee

    additional handling fee for international shipping

    DEFAULT 0.00

    defer_commission

    Postpayment Fee

    partner_discount_amount

    Cancellation amount (Affiliate discount)

    add_discount_amount

    Extra discount discount by product

    member_grade_discount_amount

    Membership Discount Discount Amount

    shipping_discount_amount

    Shipping discount cancellation amount

    coupon_discount_amount

    Coupon discount cancellation amount

    point_used

    Reimbursement Return Used

    credit_used

    Deposit Refund Used

    undone

    Undo

    T: Yes
    F: No

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    items

    Order item code

    include_tax

    Include tax in prices

    T: Yes
    F: No

    tax

    Tax information

    Return to null if tax manager app is disabled

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    status

    Order status

    accepted: Return request accepted
    processing: Return in progress
    returned: Returned

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    Retrieve a return

    GET

    You can view the return information for your order.
    Return number is required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    claim_code
    Required

    Return number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create multiple order returns

    POST

    The ability to return orders after multiple shipments.
    If you process the return using the API, the refund will be processed until the refund is completed, but the PG cancellation will not proceed until the PG cancellation, so the solution must cancel the PG separately.
    For partial returns, each refund amount will be automatically calculated and refunded.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    status
    Required

    Order status

    accepted: Return request accepted
    processing: Return in progress
    returned: Returned

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    DEFAULT F

    recover_coupon_no

    Coupon number to be recovered

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    refund reason

    claim_reason_type

    type of refund reason

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    naverpay_return_reason_type

    reason for NAVER Pay order cancellation

    Unavailable for KAKAOPAY order return

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines, Japan.

    51: Change of mind
    52: Change color or size
    53: Bought by mistake
    54: Unsatisfactory service or product
    55: Delayed shipping
    56: Out of stock
    57: Item is missing
    58: Not delivered
    59: Damaged product
    60: Different from product description
    61: Shipping error
    62: Delivered wrong item (different product options - e.g.
    wrong color)

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_code

    Required for Korean stores
    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    Required when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    Required for international stores

    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    Available only when refund method (refund_method) is set as cash (T)

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    pickup

    pickup location details

    name
    Name

    phone
    Office phone number

    cellphone
    Mobile

    zipcode
    Zipcode

    address1
    Address 1

    address2
    Address 2

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a return

    PUT

    You can edit a specific order for which a return has been requested.
    You can withdraw a return request, enter a reason for withdrawal and restore inventory.
    Should a collection request submitted be no longer valid, you must contact the courier directly to cancel the request.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    claim_code
    Required

    Return number

    status

    Order status

    processing: Return in progress
    returned: Returned

    pickup_completed

    Whether pickup is complete

    T: Yes
    F: No

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    Carrier_id is required when updating the return invoice number from the shipping company

    refund_method_code

    Refund method

    T: cash
    F: credit card
    M: points
    G: bank transfer
    C: carrier billing
    D: credits
    Z: collect on delivery (COD)
    O: digital wallet balance
    V: convenience store payment
    J: affiliate gift certificates
    K: affiliate points I: others

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    return_invoice_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    return_shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    return_invoice_success

    return invoice successfully processed

    T: yes
    F: no
    N: pickup failed

    return_invoice_fail_reason

    Max Length : [100]

    reason for return invoice processing failure

    items

    Order item code

    order_item_code
    Order item code

    recover_coupon

    restore a coupon

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    recover_coupon_no

    Coupon number to be recovered

    recover_inventory

    Inventory Recovery

    T : Recover
    F : Do not recover

    request_pickup

    request pickup

    When saving the return destination, the default is "Application for collection (T)"

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    pickup

    pickup location details

    name
    Name

    phone
    Office phone number

    cellphone
    Mobile

    zipcode
    Zipcode

    address1
    Address 1

    address2
    Address 2

    undone

    Undo

    T : 철회함

    add_memo_too

    add to admin memo

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    undone_reason_type

    Reason for undoing

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Details)

    expose_order_detail

    display reason in order details

    T: yes
    F: no

    exposed_undone_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason for undoing (Storefront)

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    Returnrequests

    Return Requests allow you to accept or reject requests for returns for a particular order.

    Returnrequests properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    order_id

    Order ID

    items

    list of items

    undone

    Rejected to accept

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    additional_payment_gateway_cancel

    추가 PG 취소

    Create a return request for multiple items

    POST

    You can request a return.
    If it's the reason for the return and the account refund, you can enter the account number to be refunded.
    You can request multiple returns at the same time with ,(comma).

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    reason_type
    Required

    type of reason

    A: Change of mind
    E: Unsatisfactory product
    K: Defective product
    J: Shipping error
    I: Others

    reason
    Required

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason

    request_pickup
    Required

    request pickup

    T: Request pickup
    F: Send directly

    pickup

    pickup location details

    name
    Required
    Name

    phone
    Office phone number

    cellphone
    Required
    Mobile

    zipcode
    Required
    Zipcode

    address1
    Required
    Address 1

    address2
    Required
    Address 2

    tracking_no

    Max Length : [40]

    return tracking number

    shipping_company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    return shipping carrier

    refund_bank_code

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Bank name

    refund_bank_account_no

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Max Length : [15]

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    items

    list of items

    order_item_code
    Required
    Order item code

    quantity
    Required
    Available inventory

    Create a return request for multiple items
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Reject a return request for multiple items

    PUT

    You can change the status of a return request for a specific stock of the order for which the return has been requested.
    You can reject the application and enter the reason.
    , (comma) allows multiple return requests to be rejected at the same time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    order_id
    Required

    Order ID

    order_item_code
    Required

    Order item code

    undone
    Required

    Rejected to accept

    T: Yes

    reason_type

    type of reason

    A: change of mind
    B: shipping delay
    J: shipping error
    C: unavailable shipping zone
    L: Export/Customs clearance issue
    D: bad packaging
    E: dissatisfied with product
    F:product does not match the description
    K: defective product
    G: dissatisfied with service
    H: out of stock
    I: others

    reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    Reason

    display_reject_reason

    Display reason in [Storefront>My Orders]

    T: yes
    F: no

    DEFAULT F

    reject_reason

    Max Length : [2000]

    reason for rejection

    Reject a return request for multiple items
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Shipments

    This resource, unlike the Order resource's child Shipments resource, lets you create or update multiple orders’ shipping information in one call. This resource contains information about invoice number, courier, shipping status, etc.

    Shipments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    tracking_no

    Tracking number

    shipping_company_code

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    status

    Order status

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery
    shipped : delivered

    order_id

    Order ID

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    status_additional_info

    Order status additional info

    Create shipping information for multiple orders

    POST

    You can register the invoice number for multiple orders and change it to the waiting or in-flight status.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    tracking_no
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Tracking number

    shipping_company_code
    Required

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    status
    Required

    Order status

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery

    order_id

    Order ID

    shipping_code

    Shipping code

    order_item_code

    Order item code

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update multiple order shippings

    PUT

    You can change the order status or modify the invoice number for multiple delivery numbers.
    The shipping number can only be issued by registering the invoice number through Create ships.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shipping_code
    Required

    Shipping code

    order_id

    Order ID

    status

    Order status

    tracking_no and "shipping_company_code" cannot be used when "status" is used to change the shipping status.

    standby : waiting for shipping
    shipping : on delivery
    shipped : delivered

    status_additional_info

    Max Length : [30]

    Order status additional info

    tracking_no

    Max Length : [40]

    Tracking number

    shipping_company_code must be used with "tracking_no", and "status" cannot be used to change the shipping status.

    shipping_company_code

    shipping carrier code

    Both shipping carrier and tracking number of the order can be changed.

    shipping_company_code

    "shipping_company_code" should be used when "tracking_no" is used, and "status" cannot be used to edit a tracking number.

    Subscription shipments

    Regular delivery is a function that allows you to inquire, register, modify, and delete regular delivery.

    Subscription shipments properties

    Attribute Description
    subscription_id

    Subscription code

    member_id

    Member id

    buyer_name

    Orderer name

    buyer_zipcode

    Orderer zip code

    buyer_address1

    Customer address 1

    buyer_address2

    Customer address 2

    buyer_phone

    Buyer phone number

    buyer_cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    buyer_email

    Buyer Email

    receiver_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Receiver name

    receiver_zipcode

    Receiver zip code

    receiver_address1

    Recipient address 1

    receiver_address2

    Recipient address 2

    receiver_phone

    Receiver phone number

    receiver_cellphone

    Receiver mobile phone number

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    delivery_type

    Delivery type

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    wished_delivery

    Whether to use the desired delivery date

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    wished_delivery_start_hour

    Desired delivery start time

    wished_delivery_end_hour

    Desired delivery completion time

    wished_delivery_hour_asap

    the earliest possible delivery time

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    store_pickup

    Store pickup

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    use_virtual_phone_no

    Virtual phone number

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    created_date

    Date requested

    subscription_state

    Subscription Payments service status

    U: Subscribed
    P:Paused
    C: Unsubscribed

    items

    Order item list

    Retrieve a subscription

    GET

    Regular delivery can be inquired.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_order
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    date_type

    Date type

    created_date: Subscription signup date
    expected_pay_date: Next billing date
    terminated_date: Subscription cancellation date

    DEFAULT created_date

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    subscription_id

    Subscription code

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    buyer_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Orderer name

    buyer_phone

    Buyer phone number

    buyer_cellphone

    Buyer mobile number

    product_no

    Product number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    product_code

    Product code

    variant_code

    Variant code

    subscription_shipments_cycle

    delivery frequency

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    1W: 1 week
    2W: 2 weeks
    3W: 3 weeks
    4W: 4 weeks
    1M: 1 month
    2M: 2 months
    3M: 3 months
    4M: 4 months
    5M: 5 months
    6M: 6 months
    1Y: 1 year

    subscription_state

    Subscription Payments service status

    U: Subscribed
    P:Paused
    C: Unsubscribed

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 20

    offset

    Max : [5000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve a subscription
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a subscription

    POST

    Regular delivery can be registered.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    buyer_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Orderer name

    buyer_zipcode
    Required

    Length Min : [2]~Max : [14]

    Orderer zip code

    buyer_address1
    Required

    Max Length : [250]

    Customer address 1

    buyer_address2
    Required

    Customer address 2

    buyer_phone

    Max Length : [20]

    Buyer phone number

    buyer_cellphone
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Buyer mobile number

    buyer_email
    Required

    Email

    Buyer Email

    receiver_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Receiver name

    receiver_zipcode
    Required

    Length Min : [2]~Max : [13]

    Receiver zip code

    receiver_address1
    Required

    Recipient address 1

    receiver_address2
    Required

    Recipient address 2

    receiver_phone
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver phone number

    receiver_cellphone
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver mobile phone number

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    delivery_type

    Delivery type

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    DEFAULT A

    expected_delivery_date
    Required

    Date

    Shipped date

    subscription_shipments_cycle
    Required

    delivery frequency

    1W: 1 week
    2W: 2 weeks
    3W: 3 weeks
    4W: 4 weeks
    1M: 1 month
    2M: 2 months
    3M: 3 months
    4M: 4 months
    5M: 5 months
    6M: 6 months
    1Y: 1 year

    wished_delivery

    Whether to use the desired delivery date

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    wished_delivery_start_hour

    Min : [0]~Max : [23]

    Desired delivery start time

    wished_delivery_end_hour

    Min : [0]~Max : [23]

    Desired delivery completion time

    wished_delivery_hour_asap

    the earliest possible delivery time

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    store_pickup

    Store pickup

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    use_virtual_phone_no

    Virtual phone number

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    items

    Order item list

    product_code
    Required
    Product code

    product_no
    Required
    Product number

    product_name
    Required
    Product name

    options Array

    name
    Option name

    value
    Option value

    option_code
    Product-specific option code

    value_no
    Product-specific option

    option_id
    Required
    Option ID
    DEFAULT 000A

    quantity
    Required
    Order quantity

    product_price
    Required
    Product price

    option_price
    Option price

    shipping_payment_option
    digital wallet balance/Pay after delivery
    C: Pay after delivery
    P: digital wallet balance
    F: free

    category_no
    Category number

    product_bundle
    Product bundle
    T: Set product
    F: No set product
    DEFAULT F

    bundle_product_components Array

    product_code
    Product code

    product_no
    Product number

    option_id
    Option ID

    quantity
    Order quantity

    Create a subscription
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a subscription

    PUT

    You can modify the regular delivery information.
    Regular delivery application number is required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    subscription_id
    Required

    Subscription code

    receiver_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Receiver name

    receiver_zipcode

    Length Min : [2]~Max : [14]

    Receiver zip code

    receiver_address1

    Recipient address 1

    receiver_address2

    Recipient address 2

    receiver_phone

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver phone number

    receiver_cellphone

    Max Length : [20]

    Receiver mobile phone number

    shipping_message

    Shipping message

    subscription_state

    Subscription Payments service status

    U:Use
    P:Paused
    C: Unsubscribed

    Update a subscription
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Subscription shipments items

    You can modify each regular delivery item through Subscription shipments items.

    Subscription shipments items properties

    Attribute Description
    variant_code

    Variant code

    option_id

    Option ID

    subscription_state

    Subscription Payments service status

    U: Active
    B: Paused by customer
    Q: Paused by admin
    M: Canceled by customer
    A: Automatically canceled
    O: Canceled by admin

    quantity

    Order quantity

    expected_delivery_date

    Estimated shipping date

    subscription_shipments_cycle

    delivery frequency

    1W: 1 week
    2W: 2 weeks
    3W: 3 weeks
    4W: 4 weeks
    1M: 1 month
    2M: 2 months
    3M: 3 months
    4M: 4 months
    5M: 5 months
    6M: 6 months
    1Y: 1 year

    Update product variants in subscription

    PUT

    You can modify it by regular delivery item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_order
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    subscription_id
    Required

    Subscription code

    variant_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Variant code

    option_id
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [11]

    Option ID

    subscription_state

    Subscription Payments service status

    U:Use
    P:Paused
    C: Unsubscribed

    quantity

    Min : [1]

    Order quantity

    expected_delivery_date

    Date

    Estimated shipping date

    subscription_shipments_cycle

    delivery frequency

    1W: 1 week
    2W: 2 weeks
    3W: 3 weeks
    4W: 4 weeks
    1M: 1 month
    2M: 2 months
    3M: 3 months
    4M: 4 months
    5M: 5 months
    6M: 6 months
    1Y: 1 year

    Update product variants in subscription
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customer

    Customergroups



    Customer Groups can search and manage shopping mall members by tier.
    You can send mail, distribute points, deactivate and change tiers for selected / all members.

    Customergroups properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    group_no

    Group number

    group_name

    Group Name

    group_description

    Group Description

    group_icon

    Customer tier icon

    benefits_paymethod

    Benefit payment condition

    A: All payments
    B: Cash payment (Bank transfer)
    C: All payments except cash payment

    buy_benefits

    Buy benefits

    F: No benefits
    D: Purchase amount discount
    M: Reserve provision
    P: Both discount/credit applied

    ship_benefits

    Shipping benefits

    T: Set free shipping fee
    F: Set charged shipping fee

    product_availability

    Product Availability

    P: Apply only discount by product
    M: Apply only discount by member level
    A: Apply discount by product and member level

    discount_information

    Discount information

    points_information

    points issuance settings

    mobile_discount_information

    Mobile discount information

    mobile_points_information

    settings for additional points issued for mobile purchases

    discount_limit_information

    Discount limit settings

    Information on the discount limit and maximum discount limit applied by tier when using the tier-based discount limit feature in the multi-shopping mall.

    Returns 'null' if tier-based discount benefit limit feature is not used or when buy_benefits (discount/point benefit upon purchase) is F (no benefit) or M (distribute point).

    discount_limit_type (discount benefit limit setting)
    - A (no limit)
    - B (limit discount amount)
    - C (limit number of discounts)
    discount_amount_limit (maximum discount limit) : returned 'null' if the discount_limit_type is not B
    number_of_discount_limit (maximum number of discounts) : returned as 'null' if discount_limit_type is not C

    Retrieve a list of customer tiers

    GET

    Look up the member tier attributes added to the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the membership tier number, membership rating name, and weekly discount/accommodation benefits.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    group_no

    Group number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    group_name

    Max Length : [20]

    Group Name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Retrieve a count of customer tiers

    GET

    Check the number of membership tiers added to the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    group_no

    Group number

    A number assigned to the customer level by the system

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    group_name

    Max Length : [20]

    Group Name

    Name of the customer level entered in [Customers>Customer levels>Add level]

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Retrieve a count of customer tiers
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a customer tier

    GET

    Check the properties of the member grade using the member grade number.
    You can inquire the member grade name, grade description, benefits, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    group_no
    Required

    Group number

    System assigned member group number. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customergroups customers



    Members of a membership level are functions related to members of a particular membership level.
    You can change a specific member to a specific grade.

    Customergroups customers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    group_no

    Group number

    member_id

    Member id

    fixed_group

    customer tier fixing settings

    Whether the rating is fixed so that a specific member does not apply to automatic member rating change.
    It can only be used in malls that use the automatic rating change function of members.

    T: fix
    F: do not fix

    Update a customer's customer tier

    POST

    You can add members to a specific tier.
    The fixed membership tier is only available at malls that use the automatic membership tier change function.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_customer
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 200

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    group_no
    Required

    Group number

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    fixed_group

    customer tier fixing settings

    Whether the rating is fixed so that a specific member does not apply to the automatic rating change of the member
    It can only be used in malls that use the automatic rating change function of members.

    T: fix
    F: do not fix

    DEFAULT F

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customergroups setting

    Customergroups setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    auto_update

    Customer tier auto-update settings

    T: Enabled
    F: Disabled

    use_auto_update

    Whether customer tier auto-update is applied

    T: Yes (In use)
    F: No (Paused)

    customer_tier_criteria

    Tier upgrade basis

    purchase_amount: purchase amount
    purchase_count: purchase count
    purchase_amount_and_count: purchase amount and purchase count
    purchase_amount_or_count: purchase amount or purchase count
    shopping_index: shopping score

    standard_purchase_amount

    Purchase amount definition

    total_order_amount: order total
    total_paid_amount: total amount paid
    credit_price: total amount paid + credits

    offline_purchase_amount

    Whether offline purchase amount is included

    T: Yes
    F: No

    standard_purchase_count

    Purchase count definition

    order_count: order count
    product_count: product count (items)

    offline_purchase_count

    Whether offline purchase counts are included

    T: Yes
    F: No

    auto_update_criteria

    Order assessment settings when customer tier auto-update is enabled

    delivery_complete: When order is delivered
    payment_complete: When order is paid

    deduct_cancellation_refund

    Whether canceled/refunded orders/amount are deducted

    T: Yes
    F: No

    interval_auto_update

    Auto-update frequency

    1d: every day
    3d: every 3 days
    1w: every week
    1m: every month
    3m: every 3 months
    6m: every 6 months
    12m: every 12 months

    total_period

    Tier assessment accumulation period

    now: from account created date to date right before auto-update
    1m: last 1 month
    3m: last 3 months
    6m: last 6 months
    12
    last 12 months

    interval_week

    Auto-update day (Every week)

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    interval_month

    Auto-update date (Every month)

    1: 1st
    5: 5th
    10: 10th
    15: 15th
    20: 20th
    25: 25th

    auto_update_set_date

    Customer tier update date

    use_discount_limit

    Whether "tier-based discount limit" is enabled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    discount_limit_reset_period

    Discount limit reset cycle

    1D: every day
    3d: every 3 days
    1w: every week
    1m: every month

    discount_limit_reset_week

    Discount limit reset date (Every week)

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    discount_limit_reset_date

    Discount limit reset date (Every month)

    1: 1st
    5: 5th
    10: 10th
    15: 15th
    20: 20th
    25: 25th

    discount_limit_begin_date

    Discount limit start date

    discount_limit_end_date

    Discount limit end date

    Retrieve customer tier settings

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve customer tier settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers

    Customers Resource

    Customers is customers who purchase products from shopping malls to receive coupons, reservations, discounts and other benefits from shopping malls. For membership management, a shopping mall operator may classify a member as a specific member class or designate a special member.

    Customers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    group_no

    Group number

    number of member group of the customer

    member_authentication

    Member authentication

    Member authentication type. Customer divided as 4 types based on member authentication.

    T: Authorized
    F: Unauthorized
    B: Special management member
    J: Members below 14 years old

    use_blacklist

    Whether the member is blocklisted

    Whether customer is a blacklist or not. You may limit the customer action for log-in, purchase, and both log-in and purchase.

    T: Set
    F: Not set

    blacklist_type

    Blocklisted type

    Blacklist type of the customer. You may limit the customer action for log-in, purchase, and both log-in and purchase.

    P: Block purchase
    L: Block log-in
    A: Block both log-in and purchase

    authentication_method

    Method of verification

    null: not verified
    i: i-PIN verification
    m: mobile verification
    e: email verification
    d: mobile number verification (duplicate checker)
    a: app verification (Others)

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    Whether receive SMS or not. 'Do not receive' status receives only important mail such as order status, service information.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    Whether receive email or not. 'Do not receive' status receives only important mail such as order status, service information.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive
    D: Never receive email

    solar_calendar

    Whether it is a solar calendar

    T: Solar calendar
    F: Lunar calendar

    total_points

    total points

    available_points

    available points

    used_points

    used points

    last_login_date

    Last login date

    last login date of the customer

    gender

    Gender

    Gender of the customer

    M: Male
    F: Female

    use_mobile_app

    Whether to use mobile app

    T: Using mobile app
    F: Do not using mobile app

    available_credits

    available credits

    created_date

    Created date

    fixed_group

    customer tier fixing settings

    Whether the rating is fixed so that a specific member does not apply to the automatic rating change of the member
    It can only be used in malls that use the automatic rating change function of members.

    T: fix
    F: do not fix

    Retrieve a list of customers

    GET

    Search for specific members who have joined the shopping mall.
    The member's mobile phone or member ID must be specified as the search criteria.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    cellphone

    Mobile

    Mobile number of the customer to enter when searching for customers by mobile number. For privacy issues, the entire mobile number must be entered. Either one of the two attributes,"cellphone" or "member_id", must be set as required.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    ID of the customer to enter when searching for customers by ID. For privacy issues, the entire ID must be entered. Either one of the two attributes, "cellphone" or "member_id", must be set as required.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete an account

    DELETE

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    is_point_check

    Whether to delete customer accounts with unused points

    F: No
    T: Yes

    Delete an account
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers autoupdate

    Customers autoupdate properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    member_id

    Member id

    next_grade

    Next tier

    total_purchase_amount

    Amount spent by customer during tier assessment period

    total_purchase_count

    Purchase count made by customer during tier assessment period

    required_purchase_amount

    Amount required to move up to the next tier

    required_purchase_count

    Purchase count required to move up to the next tier

    Retrieve customer tier auto-update details

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    Retrieve customer tier auto-update details
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers memos

    Child resource of the Customers resource about memos of a certain customer.

    Customers memos properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    memo_no

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    author_id

    Author ID

    ID of memo writer.

    memo

    Memo description

    Contents of memo. You may input this with HTML..

    important_flag

    Important memo

    Flag for distinguish important memo.

    T: Important memo
    F: General memo

    created_date

    Created date

    Written date of memo.

    Retrieve a count of customer memos

    GET

    You can retrieve the number of memos for a particular member.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    Retrieve a count of customer memos
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of customer memos

    GET

    You can view a list of notes for a particular member.
    You can inquire about the author's ID, memo content, and important memo status.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    important_flag

    Important memo

    T: Important memo
    F: General memo

    memo

    Memo

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a customer memo

    GET

    You can retrieve one memo from a specific member.
    You can inquire about the author's ID of the memo, the content of the memo, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a customer memo

    POST

    You can register notes with specific members.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_customer
    Request Limit 30
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    author_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Author ID

    ID of memo writer.

    memo
    Required

    Memo

    Contents of memo. You may input this with HTML..

    important_flag

    Important memo

    Flag for distinguish important memo.

    T: Important memo
    F: General memo

    DEFAULT F

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a customer memo

    PUT

    You can modify notes registered to a specific member.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_customer
    Request Limit 30
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    author_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Author ID

    ID of memo writer.

    memo

    Memo

    Contents of memo. You may input this with HTML..

    important_flag

    Important memo

    Flag for distinguish important memo.

    T: Important memo
    F: General memo

    Update a customer memo
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a customer memo

    DELETE

    You can delete a memo registered to a specific member.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_customer
    Request Limit 30

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    memo_no
    Required

    Memo number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    Delete a customer memo
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers paymentinformation



    The customer payment information of the member can check and delete the list of payment methods paid by the member.

    Customers paymentinformation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    payment_method

    Payment method name

    payment_gateway

    Payment gateway name

    created_date

    date of create

    Retrieve a customer's list of payment methods

    GET

    You can view the details of payment methods used by a specific member as a list.
    You can check the payment method name, PG name, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete customer's payment information

    DELETE

    You can delete the details of payment methods used by a specific member.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    Delete customer's payment information
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers plusapp

    Customers plusapp properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    os_type

    OS Type

    install_date

    Installation date

    auto_login_flag

    Whether the user opted-in to use the auto-login feature

    use_push_flag

    Whether the user opted-in to receive push notifications

    Retrieve app installation information

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    Retrieve app installation information
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers social

    Customers social, a child resource of Products resource, lets you retrieve the information on connected social media accounts.

    Customers social properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    member_id

    Member id

    social_name

    SNS name which system integrated

    social_member_code

    SNS code which system integrated

    linked_date

    Date which system integrated

    Retrieve a customer's social account

    GET

    You can check the information of SNS accounts linked to a specific member as a list.
    You can inquire the linked SNS name and the linked date.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_customer
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    Retrieve a customer's social account
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Community

    Boards



    Boards are spaces where customers' responses are posted in writing, such as product reviews and product inquiries.
    In the Bulletin Board resource, you can view the list of bulletins currently in the shopping mall.

    Boards properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    board_no

    board number

    board_type

    board category

    1: administration
    2: general
    3: resources
    4: others
    5: product
    6: photo gallery
    7: My inquiries
    11: memo

    board_name

    board name

    use_additional_board

    whether to add more boards

    T: additional board
    F: default board

    use_board

    whether to use board

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    use_display

    whether to display

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    display_order

    Order by

    attached_file

    whether to use file attachments

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    attached_file_size_limit

    maximum file attachment size (byte)

    article_display_type

    whether to display posts

    A: Display all posts
    T: Display only posts with file attachments
    F: Display only posts without file attachments

    image_display

    whether to display images

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    image_resize

    image width to be resized (in px)

    Retrieve a list of boards

    GET

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean or Japanese.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Boards articles

    Boards articles refers to data on posts posted on [Boards].

    Boards articles properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    article_no

    Max : [2147483647]

    posts number

    parent_article_no

    posts number of parent posts

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    product_no

    Product number

    category_no

    category number

    board_category_no

    category number of a board

    reply_sequence

    order of replied posts

    reply_depth

    answer depth

    created_date

    Date

    date of create

    writer

    writer

    writer_email

    Email

    email of writer

    member_id

    Member id

    title

    subject

    content

    content

    supplier_id

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier id

    client_ip

    IP

    IP address of a writer

    nick_name

    nickname

    rating

    Min : [1]~Max : [5]

    review score

    sales_channel

    Max Length : [20]

    sales channel

    reply_mail

    whether replied by mail for 1:1 query

    Y : used
    N : do not used

    display

    post publishing settings

    T: publish
    F: unpublish

    secret

    whether secret posts

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    notice

    whether notice

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    fixed

    whether fixed

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    deleted

    whether deleted

    T : deleted
    F : not deleted

    input_channel

    posting path

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    order_id

    Order ID

    attach_file_urls

    attached file detail

    hit

    views

    reply

    whether replied for 1:1 query

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    reply_user_id

    manager ID of which processing or completed answer

    reply_status

    status of replay

    N : before answer
    P : processing
    C : completed answer

    naverpay_review_id

    review ID of Naver Pay

    display_time

    Exposure time settings

    display_time_start_hour

    Exposure start time

    display_time_end_hour

    Exposure end time

    attached_file_detail

    attached file detail

    attached_file_urls

    attached file detail

    Retrieve a list of posts for a board

    GET

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean or Japanese.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    board_category_no

    category number of a board

    start_date

    Date

    search start date (creation date)

    Starting date or date of creation for the search

    end_date

    Date

    search end date

    End date for the search
    Must be used in conjunction with the search start date.
    Search duration cannot exceed one year per call.

    input_channel

    Types of online stores

    P: PC
    M: Mobile

    search

    Search scope

    subject: title
    content: content
    writer_name : author
    product : product name
    member_id : customer ID

    keyword

    Keyword

    reply_status

    Answered

    N: Unanswered
    P: Answer

    comment

    Comments

    T: Yes
    F: No

    attached_file

    Attachment

    T: Yes
    F: No

    article_type

    type of post

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    all: all
    normal: general
    notice: notice
    fixed: pinned

    product_no

    Product number

    has_product

    include product information

    T: Yes
    F: No

    is_notice

    whether notice

    T: Yes
    F: No

    is_display

    post publishing settings

    T: Yes
    F: No

    supplier_id

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier id

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Create a board post

    POST

    You can register a post on a specific bulletin board.
    If the bulletin board is a product bulletin board, you can also register information such as ratings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_community
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    writer
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    writer

    title
    Required

    Max Length : [256]

    subject

    content
    Required

    content

    client_ip
    Required

    IP

    IP address of a writer

    reply_article_no

    replied post number

    If you want to add an reply to a post, enter the number of the post.

    created_date

    Date

    date of create

    writer_email

    Email

    email of writer

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    If not entered, it will be written as the representative operator account.

    notice

    whether notice

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    fixed

    whether fixed

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    deleted

    whether deleted

    T : deleted
    F : not deleted

    DEFAULT F

    reply

    whether replied for 1:1 query

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    rating

    Min : [1]~Max : [5]

    review score

    sales_channel

    Max Length : [20]

    sales channel

    secret

    whether secret posts

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    password

    password of posts

    reply_mail

    whether replied by mail for 1:1 query

    Y : used
    N : do not used

    DEFAULT N

    board_category_no

    category number of a board

    nick_name

    Max Length : [50]

    nickname

    input_channel

    posting path

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    DEFAULT P

    reply_user_id

    manager ID of which processing or completed answer

    reply_status

    status of replay

    N : before answer
    P : processing
    C : completed answer

    product_no

    Max : [2147483647]

    Product number

    category_no

    category number

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    naverpay_review_id

    review ID of Naver Pay

    attach_file_urls

    attached file detail

    name
    filename

    url
    url of file

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a board post

    PUT

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean or Japanese.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_community
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    article_no
    Required

    posts number

    title

    Max Length : [256]

    subject

    content

    content

    rating

    Min : [1]~Max : [5]

    review score

    sales_channel

    Max Length : [20]

    sales channel

    board_category_no

    category number of a board

    display

    post publishing settings

    T: publish
    F: unpublish

    notice

    whether notice

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    fixed

    whether fixed

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    display_time_start_hour

    Exposure start time

    display_time_end_hour

    Exposure end time

    attach_file_url1

    URL

    url of file

    attach_file_url2

    URL

    url of file

    attach_file_url3

    URL

    url of file

    attach_file_url4

    URL

    url of file

    attach_file_url5

    URL

    url of file

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a board post

    DELETE

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean or Japanese.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    article_no
    Required

    Max : [2147483647]

    posts number

    Delete a board post
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Boards articles comments



    Comments are comments added by a shopping mall customer or manager to the post.
    These resources allow you to add, delete, or view comments on specific posts

    Boards articles comments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    board_no

    board number

    article_no

    posts number

    comment_no

    Comment number

    content

    comment content

    writer

    Max Length : [100]

    writer

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    created_date

    Date

    date of create

    client_ip

    IP

    IP address of a writer

    rating

    Min : [1]~Max : [5]

    comment rating

    secret

    whether secret posts

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    parent_comment_no

    parent comment number

    input_channel

    Types of online stores

    P: PC
    M: Mobile

    attach_file_urls

    attached file detail

    Retrieve a list of comments for a board post

    GET

    You can view comments on specific posts.
    You can check the contents of the comments, the name of the author, and the member ID.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    article_no
    Required

    posts number

    comment_no

    Comment number

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a comment for a board post

    POST

    You can add comments to specific posts, or you can add comments to them.
    Enter the post number, comments, etc. as required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_community
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    article_no
    Required

    posts number

    content
    Required

    comment content

    writer
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    writer

    password
    Required

    Length Min : [1]~Max : [20]

    comment password

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    rating

    Min : [1]~Max : [5]

    comment rating

    DEFAULT 0

    secret

    whether secret posts

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    parent_comment_no

    Min : [1]

    parent comment number

    input_channel

    Types of online stores

    P: PC
    M: Mobile

    DEFAULT P

    created_date

    Date

    date of create

    attach_file_urls

    attached file detail

    name
    filename

    url
    url of file

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a comment for a board post

    DELETE

    You can delete comments on specific posts.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    article_no
    Required

    posts number

    comment_no
    Required

    Comment number

    Delete a comment for a board post
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Boards comments

    Boards comments properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    board_no

    board number

    article_no

    posts number

    comment_no

    Comment number

    content

    comment content

    writer

    Max Length : [100]

    writer

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    created_date

    Date

    date of create

    client_ip

    IP

    IP address of a writer

    rating

    Min : [1]~Max : [5]

    comment rating

    secret

    whether secret posts

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    parent_comment_no

    parent comment number

    input_channel

    Types of online stores

    P: PC
    M: Mobile

    attach_file_urls

    attached file detail

    links

    link

    Retrieve comments in bulk

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    board_no
    Required

    board number

    since_comment_no

    Min : [1]
    Max : [2147483647]

    Retrieve comments after the corresponding comment

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve comments in bulk
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Financials monthlyreviews

    Financials monthly reviews provide monthly review information.
    You can view the total number of monthly reviews within the search period and the average monthly review rating.

    Financials monthlyreviews properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    month

    month and year

    count

    Count of total reviews

    rating_average

    Average review ratings

    Retrieve the total count for monthly reviews and ratings

    GET

    View monthly review information within the search period.
    You can check the total number of reviews per month and the average review score per month.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_month
    Required

    start month

    end_month
    Required

    end month

    Retrieve the total count for monthly reviews and ratings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Urgentinquiry



    Retrieve urgent inquiries.

    Urgentinquiry properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    article_no

    posts number

    article_type

    type of post

    title

    subject

    writer

    writer

    member_id

    Member id

    start_date

    Date

    Creation start date

    reply_status

    status of replay

    F: Unreplied
    I: Replying
    T: Replied

    hit

    views

    content

    content

    writer_email

    Email

    email of writer

    phone

    Phone Number

    Office phone number

    search_type

    Search type

    P: Products
    O: Orders

    keyword

    Search terms

    attached_file_detail

    attached file detail

    Retrieve an urgent inquiry post

    GET

    Retrieve urgent inquiries.
    Check post type, reply status & view counts.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date

    Date

    Creation start date

    end_date

    Date

    Search end date for "Post created date"

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve an urgent inquiry post
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Urgentinquiry reply



    Retrieve, create & update a reply for an urgent inquiry.

    Urgentinquiry reply properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    article_no

    posts number

    created_date

    Date

    Reply date

    status

    status of replay

    F: Unreplied
    I: Replying
    T: Replied

    content

    Reply content

    method

    Reply method

    E: Email
    S: SMS
    A: All

    count

    Reply count

    user_id

    manager ID of which processing or completed answer

    attached_file_detail

    attached file detail

    Retrieve a reply for urgent inquiry post

    GET

    Retrieve a reply for an urgent inquiry.
    Check date, status & number of replies.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_community
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    article_no
    Required

    posts number

    Retrieve a reply for urgent inquiry post
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a reply for urgent inquiry post

    POST

    Create a reply for an urgent inquiry.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_community
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    article_no
    Required

    posts number

    content
    Required

    Reply content

    status

    status of replay

    F: Unreplied
    I: Replying
    T: Replied

    DEFAULT F

    user_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    manager ID of which processing or completed answer

    attach_file_urls

    attached file detail

    name
    Required
    filename

    url
    Required
    url of file

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a reply for urgent inquiry post

    PUT

    Update a reply for an urgent inquiry.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_community
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    article_no
    Required

    posts number

    content
    Required

    Reply content

    status

    status of replay

    F: Unreplied
    I: Replying
    T: Replied

    user_id

    Max Length : [20]

    manager ID of which processing or completed answer

    attach_file_urls

    attached file detail

    name
    Required
    filename

    url
    Required
    url of file

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Design

    Icons

    Design icons are small images used for products, bulletin boards, events, cards, and payment method logos.
    Check icons for both PC & Mobile shopping malls.

    Icons properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    id

    Icon ID

    type

    Type

    pc: PC
    mobile: Mobile

    group_code

    Group codes

    A: Product icons
    B: Board icons
    C: Card icons
    E: Event icons

    path

    Icon URL

    display

    Check whether icon is displayed.

    T: Yes
    F: No.

    description

    Icon description

    Retrieve a list of desgin icons

    GET

    Retrieve icons used in both PC & Mobile shopping malls.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_design
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    type

    Type

    pc: PC
    mobile: Mobile

    DEFAULT pc

    Retrieve a list of desgin icons
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Themes

    Themes can be purchased for shopping malls or created by yourself. You can see design of both PC shopping mall and mobile shopping mall design. If you designate a representative design among the designs in the design list, the design of the shopping mall changes to the corresponding design.

    Themes properties

    Attribute Description
    skin_no

    Min : [1]

    Skin number

    skin_code

    Skin code

    skin_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Skin name

    skin_thumbnail_url

    Max Length : [255]

    Skin thumbnail URL

    usage_type

    Usage type

    S: PC basic skin
    C: PC duplicated skin
    I: PC inherited skin
    M: Mobile basic skin / inherited skin
    N: Mobile duplicated skin

    editor_type

    type of editor

    H: Smart Themes (HTML)
    D: Edibot Themes (Drag & Drop)
    W: Simple Themes (WYSIWYG)
    E: Smart Themes Easy

    parent_skin_no

    Parent skin no

    seller_id

    Seller id

    seller_skin_code

    Seller skin code

    design_purchase_no

    Min : [0]

    Design purchase no

    design_product_code

    Design product code

    language_code

    Min Length : [5]
    Max Length : [5]

    Language code

    ko_KR: Korean
    en_US: English
    zh_CN: Chinese (Simplified)
    zh_TW: Chinese (Traditional)
    ja_JP: Japanese vi_VN : Vietnamese

    published_in

    Current theme number

    created_date

    Date

    Created date

    updated_date

    Date

    Updated date

    preview_domain

    Retrieve a list of domains

    Retrieve a list of themes

    GET

    You can check the information of the entire design of a PC shopping mall or a mobile shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the design code, design name, language code, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_design
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    type
    Required

    Type

    pc: PC
    mobile: Mobile

    DEFAULT pc

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a count of themes

    GET

    You can check the number of designs in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_design
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    type

    Type

    pc: PC
    mobile: Mobile

    DEFAULT pc

    Retrieve a count of themes
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a theme

    GET

    You can inquire the information of a specific skin number (design number) of the shopping mall.
    You can check the design code, design name, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_design
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    skin_no

    Min : [1]

    Skin number

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Themes pages

    Retrieve, set, update & delete the pages of the design theme in mall.
    Theme page is a sub-resource which can only be used under Themes.

    Themes pages properties

    Attribute Description
    skin_no

    Skin number

    skin_code

    Skin code

    path

    file path

    source

    source code

    display_location

    page category

    Retrieve a theme page

    GET

    You can view the theme page that specifies the skin.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_design
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    skin_no
    Required

    Skin number

    path
    Required

    file path

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a theme page

    POST

    Set the theme page.
    You can set a design theme to a specific path.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_design
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    skin_no
    Required

    Skin number

    path
    Required

    file/directory path

    source

    source code

    display_location

    page category

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Promotion

    Benefits

    Benefits allows you to create, read, update, and delete incentives (discounts and gifts) from [Promotions>Incentives] in the Cafe24 store admin.

    Benefits properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages using the default store language or other languages

    benefit_no

    number of benefit

    A unique number assigned to an incentive

    use_benefit

    whether proceed benefit

    benefit_name

    Max Length : [255]

    name of benefit

    benefit_division

    type of benefit

    Whether the incentive is a discount or a gift

    benefit_type

    detail type of benefit

    Type of incentive

    Discount: time-based discount, discount for returning customers, bulk order discount, customer discount, new product discount, shipping fee discount
    Gift: gift, buy one, get one free

    use_benefit_period

    benefit period setting

    Whether the validity of the incentive has been set

    benefit_start_date

    Date

    Benefit start date

    The date when the incentive becomes valid

    benefit_end_date

    Date

    Benefit end date

    The date when the incentive expires

    platform_types

    coverage of benefit

    Type of device for which the incentive is applicable (PC, mobile, Plus App)

    use_group_binding

    participation target setting

    Customer group for which the incentive is applicable. (Both customers and guests, guests only, customers only)

    customer_group_list

    Customer tiers

    Customer levels eligible for receiving incentives

    product_binding_type

    Product range

    Products for which the incentive is applicable.
    All: Incentive is applied to all products added to store.
    Selected products: Incentive is applied only to the selected products.
    All except for the selected products: Incentive is applied to all products except for the selected products.
    Selected product categories: Incentive is applied only to the products added to the selected product categories.

    use_except_category

    Exclude product tax benefit

    Specific product categories can be selected so that incentives are not applied to the specific product categories. (Settings may differ depending on the incentive type.)

    Time-based discount: Available when the incentive is applied to all products or selected products
    New product discount: Available when the incentive is applied to all products

    This feature is not available in other types of incentives.

    available_coupon

    coverage of coupon

    Settings for allowing customers to use multiple coupons at once

    icon_url

    Path

    You can add an icon to a product for which the incentive is applied.

    created_date

    Benefit registration date

    Date when the incentive was added.

    period_sale

    Limited time discount settings

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as time-based discount.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    repurchase_sale

    re-order discount setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as discount for returning customers.

    bulk_purchase_sale

    bundle purchases quantity setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as bulk order discount.

    member_sale

    Customer tier-based discount settings

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as customer discount.

    new_product_sale

    new product discount setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as new product discount.
    The incentive can be edited only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    shipping_fee_sale

    Shipping rates discount settings

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as shipping fee discount.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    gift

    gift setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as gift.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    gift_product_bundle

    1+N event setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as buy one, get one free.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    Retrieve a list of customer benefits

    GET

    You can view the benefits as a list.
    You can inquire about the progress of the benefits, the name of the benefits, and the type of benefits.
    You can only view benefits that are currently in progress, or you can view benefits over a specific period of time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    use_benefit

    whether proceed benefit

    T : proceed
    F : do not proceed

    benefit_name

    name of benefit

    benefit_type

    detail type of benefit

    Type of benefit. Each type has different benefit.

    DP : period discount
    DR : re-order discount
    DQ : bundle purchase discount
    DM : member discount
    DN : new product discount
    DV : shipping discount
    PG : gift
    PB : 1+N event

    period_type

    type of benefit period

    R : registered date of benefit
    S : start date of benefit
    E : end date of benefit

    benefit_start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    benefit_end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    platform_types

    coverage of benefit

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    P : PC shopping mall
    M : Mobile shopping mall
    A : Plus app

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a count of customer benefits

    GET

    You can view the number of benefits.
    You can only view benefits that are currently in progress, or you can view benefits over a specific period of time.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    use_benefit

    whether proceed benefit

    T : proceed
    F : do not proceed

    benefit_name

    name of benefit

    benefit_type

    detail type of benefit

    Type of benefit. Each type has different benefit.

    DP : period discount
    DR : re-order discount
    DQ : bundle purchase discount
    DM : member discount
    DN : new product discount
    DV : shipping discount
    PG : gift
    PB : 1+N event

    period_type

    type of benefit period

    R : registered date of benefit
    S : start date of benefit
    E : end date of benefit

    benefit_start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    benefit_end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    platform_types

    coverage of benefit

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    P : PC shopping mall
    M : Mobile shopping mall
    A : Plus app

    Retrieve a count of customer benefits
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a customer benefit

    GET

    You can view specific benefits in detail.
    You can check detailed settings such as term discounts and member discounts that are not available in the list inquiry.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    benefit_no
    Required

    number of benefit

    A number assigned to an incentive

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a customer benefit

    POST

    You can create new benefits.
    You can choose from discounts or gifts, and you can choose from benefits, discount periods, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_promotion
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    use_benefit
    Required

    whether proceed benefit

    T : proceed
    F : do not proceed

    benefit_name
    Required

    Max Length : [255]

    name of benefit

    benefit_division
    Required

    type of benefit

    An incentive can be categorized as discount or gift.

    D : discount
    P : present

    benefit_type
    Required

    detail type of benefit

    Type of incentive

    DP : period discount
    DN : new product discount
    DV : shipping discount
    PG : gift
    PB : 1+N event

    use_benefit_period

    benefit period setting

    A period of time during which the incentive will be valid.
    When validity for the incentive is set, start date and end date must be entered.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    benefit_start_date

    Date

    Benefit start date

    The date when the incentive becomes valid

    benefit_end_date

    Date

    Benefit end date

    The date when the incentive expires

    platform_types
    Required

    coverage of benefit

    Type of device for which the incentive is applicable

    P : PC shopping mall
    M : Mobile shopping mall
    A : Plus app

    use_group_binding

    participation target setting

    Customer group for which the incentive is applicable.

    A: customer and guest
    N: guest
    M: customer

    customer_group_list

    Customer tiers

    Customer levels eligible for receiving incentives

    product_binding_type

    Product range

    Products for which the incentive is applicable.

    A: all products
    P: specified products
    E: exceptions
    C: product categories

    use_except_category

    Exclude product tax benefit

    Specific product categories can be selected so that incentives are not applied to specific product categories. (Settings may differ depending on the incentive type.)

    Time-based discount: Available when the incentive is applied to all products or selected products
    New product discount: Available when the incentive is applied to all products

    This feature is not available in other types of incentives.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    available_coupon

    coverage of coupon

    Settings for allowing customers to use multiple coupons at once

    T : can use every coupon
    F : cannot use any coupon

    period_sale

    Limited time discount settings

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as time-based discount.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    If percentage discount(P) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), rounding place(discount_truncation_unit) and rounding rule(discount_truncation_method) are required.

    If amount off discount(W) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), discount_purchasing_quantity parameter is required.

    product_list
    Product list

    add_category_list
    Product category

    except_category_list
    Exceptions category

    discount_purchasing_quantity
    Product quantity eligible for discount
    T: order quantity-based
    F: regardless of order quantity

    discount_value
    Discount amount

    discount_value_unit
    Discount standard
    P: ratio
    W: price

    discount_truncation_unit
    Discount rounding unit
    F : no round-off
    C : 0.01
    B : 0.1
    O : 1
    T : 10
    M : 100
    H : 1000

    discount_truncation_method
    Discount rounding
    L: round down
    U: round
    C: round up

    gift

    gift setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as gift.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    product_list
    Product list

    add_category_list
    Product category

    offer_only_first
    First purchase
    T: Used
    F: Not used

    first_purchase_type
    First purchase requirements
    O: Upon order
    D: Upon delivery

    use_unlimited_price
    Maximum price limit
    T: Used
    F: Not used

    purchase_start_price
    Purchase price limit (over n)

    purchase_limit_price
    Purchase price limit (below n)

    gift_product_list Array

    product_no
    Product number

    gift_point
    Required gift points

    max_count
    Maximum quantity

    new_product_sale

    new product discount setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as new product discount.
    The incentive can be edited only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    If percentage discount(P) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), rounding place(discount_truncation_unit) and rounding rule(discount_truncation_method) are required.

    If amount off discount(W) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), discount_purchasing_quantity parameter is required.

    product_list
    Product list

    add_category_list
    Product category

    except_category_list
    Exceptions category

    new_product_date_type
    Required
    To be set a new product since
    I: product added date
    U: product last edited date
    V: product last displayed date

    new_product_day
    Required
    Days/hours set as new products

    new_product_term_type
    Required
    Number of days/hours set as new products
    D: days
    H: hours

    discount_purchasing_quantity
    Product quantity eligible for discount
    T: order quantity-based
    F: regardless of order quantity

    discount_value
    Required
    Discount amount

    discount_value_unit
    Discount standard
    P: ratio
    W: price

    discount_truncation_unit
    Discount rounding unit
    F : no round-off
    C : 0.01
    B : 0.1
    O : 1
    T : 10
    M : 100
    H : 1000

    discount_truncation_method
    Discount rounding
    L: round down
    U: round
    C: round up

    shipping_fee_sale

    Shipping rates discount settings

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as shipping fee discount.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    product_list
    Product list

    use_purchase_price_condition
    Product price-based settings
    T: Used
    F: Not used

    total_purchase_price
    Price limit

    include_regional_shipping_rate
    Regional shipping rates included
    T: Included
    F: Not included

    gift_product_bundle

    1+N event setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as buy one, get one free.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    product_list
    Product list

    product_bundle_type
    Required
    Incentives settings
    P: product I: item

    product_bundle_count
    Required
    Number of additional products

    icon_url

    Path

    You can add an icon to a product for which the incentive is applied.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a customer benefit

    PUT

    You can modify certain benefits.
    Except for discount types, you can modify details such as benefit duration, progress, and benefit name.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_promotion
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    benefit_no
    Required

    number of benefit

    A number assigned to an incentive

    use_benefit

    whether proceed benefit

    T : proceed
    F : do not proceed

    benefit_name

    Max Length : [255]

    name of benefit

    use_benefit_period

    benefit period setting

    A period of time during which the incentive will be valid.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    benefit_start_date

    Date

    Benefit start date

    The date when the incentive becomes valid

    To edit the start date, "use_benefit_period" parameter must be declared.

    benefit_end_date

    Date

    Benefit end date

    The date when the incentive expires

    To edit the end date, "use_benefit_period" parameter must be declared.

    platform_types

    coverage of benefit

    Type of device for which the incentive is applicable

    P : PC shopping mall
    M : Mobile shopping mall
    A : Plus app

    use_group_binding

    participation target setting

    Customer group for which the incentive is applicable.

    A: customer and guest
    N: guest
    M: customer

    customer_group_list

    Customer tiers

    Customer levels eligible for receiving incentives

    To change the customer levels, "use_group_binding" parameter must be declared.

    product_binding_type

    Product range

    Products for which the incentive is applicable.

    A: all products
    P: specified products
    E: exceptions
    C: product categories

    use_except_category

    Exclude product tax benefit

    Specific product categories can be selected so that incentives are not applied to specific product categories. (Settings may differ depending on the incentive type.)

    Time-based discount: Available when the incentive is applied to all products or selected products
    New product discount: Available when the incentive is applied to all products

    This feature is not available in other types of incentives.

    To change the product categories, "use_except_category" parameter must be declared.

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    available_coupon

    coverage of coupon

    Settings for allowing customers to use multiple coupons at once

    T : can use every coupon
    F : cannot use any coupon

    period_sale

    Limited time discount settings

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as time-based discount.
    The incentive can be edited only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    If percentage discount(P) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), rounding place(discount_truncation_unit) and rounding rule(discount_truncation_method) are required.

    If amount off discount(W) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), discount_purchasing_quantity parameter is required.

    product_list
    Product list

    add_category_list
    Product category

    except_category_list
    Exceptions category

    discount_purchasing_quantity
    Product quantity eligible for discount
    T: order quantity-based
    F: regardless of order quantity

    discount_value
    Discount amount

    discount_value_unit
    Discount standard
    P: ratio
    W: price

    discount_truncation_unit
    Discount rounding unit
    F : no round-off
    C : 0.01
    B : 0.1
    O : 1
    T : 10
    M : 100
    H : 1000

    discount_truncation_method
    Discount rounding
    L: round down
    U: round
    C: round up

    gift

    gift setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as gift.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    product_list
    Product list

    add_category_list
    Product category

    offer_only_first
    First purchase
    T: Used
    F: Not used

    first_purchase_type
    First purchase requirements
    O: Upon order
    D: Upon delivery

    use_unlimited_price
    Maximum price limit
    T: Used
    F: Not used

    purchase_start_price
    Purchase price limit (over n)

    purchase_limit_price
    Purchase price limit (below n)

    gift_product_list Array

    product_no
    Product number

    gift_point
    Required gift points

    max_count
    Maximum quantity

    gift_product_bundle

    1+N event setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as buy one, get one free.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    product_list
    Product list

    product_bundle_count
    Number of additional products

    new_product_sale

    new product discount setting

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as new product discount.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    If percentage discount(P) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), rounding place(discount_truncation_unit) and rounding rule(discount_truncation_method) are required.

    If amount off discount(W) is selected for calculating discount(discount_value_unit), discount_purchasing_quantity parameter is required.

    product_list
    Product list

    add_category_list
    Product category

    except_category_list
    Exceptions category

    new_product_date_type
    To be set a new product since
    I: product added date
    U: product last edited date
    V: product last displayed date

    new_product_day
    Days/hours set as new products

    new_product_term_type
    Number of days/hours set as new products
    D: days
    H: hours

    discount_purchasing_quantity
    Product quantity eligible for discount
    T: order quantity-based
    F: regardless of order quantity

    discount_value
    Discount amount

    discount_value_unit
    Discount standard
    P: ratio
    W: price

    discount_truncation_unit
    Discount rounding unit
    F : no round-off
    C : 0.01
    B : 0.1
    O : 1
    T : 10
    M : 100
    H : 1000

    discount_truncation_method
    Discount rounding
    L: round down
    U: round
    C: round up

    shipping_fee_sale

    Shipping rates discount settings

    Detailed settings for an incentive categorized as shipping fee discount.
    The incentive can be added only when all the detailed settings are properly entered.

    product_list
    Product list

    use_purchase_price_condition
    Product price-based settings
    T: Used
    F: Not used

    total_purchase_price
    Price limit

    include_regional_shipping_rate
    Regional shipping rates included
    T: Included
    F: Not included

    icon_url

    Path

    You can add an icon to a product for which the incentive is applied.
    (When an empty value is sent in the request, the icon already added to the product will be removed.)

    Delete a customer benefit

    DELETE

    You can delete the generated benefits.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    benefit_no
    Required

    number of benefit

    A number assigned to an incentive

    Delete a customer benefit
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Coupons

    Coupons Resource
    Coupons is the benefits that can be issued to members of a shopping mall to discount the price of a product or to get a discount on shipping fees. Coupons can be used to promote (promote) shopping malls and can be issued to members in various forms.

    Coupons properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    coupon_no

    Coupon number

    coupon_type

    Coupon type

    Type of coupon. There are Online and Offline serial type of coupon.

    O: Online coupon
    S: Off-line serial coupon

    coupon_name

    Coupon name

    Name of coupon

    coupon_description

    Coupon description

    Description of coupon

    created_date

    Created date

    Date of coupon created

    deleted

    Whether coupon is deleted

    Whether coupon is deleted or not

    T: Deleted
    F: Not deleted

    is_stopped_issued_coupon

    Whether coupon is deleted and deactivated

    Whether coupon is deleted and deactivated completely. Issued coupon is no longer available when coupon completely deactivated and deleted.

    T: completely deleted and deactivated
    F: not completely deleted and deactivated

    pause_begin_datetime

    Coupon pause start date

    Coupon issue pause began date. Coupon cannot be issued while pause.

    pause_end_datetime

    Coupon pause end date

    Coupon issue pause end date. Coupon cannot be issued while pause.

    benefit_text

    Display the coupon benefits details

    Displays detailed information of coupon's benefits.

    benefit_type

    Benefit type

    Type of benefit. Each type has different benefit.

    benefit_price

    Benefit amount

    Amount of discount benefit

    benefit_percentage

    Benefit ratio

    Amount of percentage of discount benefit

    benefit_percentage_round_unit

    Benefit percentage cutoff unit

    Cutoff unit for the amount of discount benefit

    benefit_percentage_max_price

    Maximum benefit ratio

    Maximum price amount for discount benefit

    include_regional_shipping_rate

    Regional shipping flag

    Whether include regional shipping price when discount shipping price.

    T: Include category by region
    F: Not include category by region

    DEFAULT F

    include_foreign_delivery

    Shipping abroad flag

    Whether include overseas shipping for coupon benefit.

    T: Overseas delivery included
    F: Overseas delivery not included

    DEFAULT F

    coupon_direct_url

    Direct access url

    URL for direct access to the coupon.

    issue_type

    Issue type

    Issue type of coupon.

    issue_sub_type

    Detailed issue type

    Detailed issue type of coupon.

    M: For members
    C: For real-time users
    J: Joining the membership
    D: Upon delivery
    A: Anniversary (Birthday)
    I: Installing a module (program)
    P: Writing a product review
    O: Upon order completion
    Q: When the purchase quantity is met
    F: First-time customer
    N: For non-purchasing members for a certain period
    U: When upgrading a level

    issue_member_join

    Welcome flag

    Whether the coupon issued when signed up.

    T: issued
    F: not issued

    DEFAULT F

    issue_member_join_recommend

    Recommended id

    Whether the coupon issued to recommended ID.

    T: issued
    F: not issued

    DEFAULT F

    issue_member_join_type

    Welcome customer flag

    Whether the customer is type for receive welcome coupon.

    A: SMS acceptance and e-mail acceptance
    O: SMS acceptance or e-mail acceptance
    S: SMS acceptance
    E: E-mail acceptance

    issue_order_amount_type

    Discount standard amount

    Standard for discount of coupon.

    O: Based on the purchase amount
    S: Based on the actual payment

    issue_order_start_date

    Order start date

    issue_order_end_date

    Order end date

    issue_order_amount_limit

    Limit type for order amount

    You may set the limit for the order amount for issuing coupon.

    U: unlimited
    L: minimum amount
    S: price zone

    issue_order_amount_min

    Minimum order amount

    You may set the minimum amount for the order amount for issuing coupon.

    issue_order_amount_max

    Maximum order amount

    You may set the maximum amount for the order amount for issuing coupon.

    issue_order_path

    Available order path

    Whether coupons are available on PC store, mobile store, or Plus App

    W: Only for Web shopping mall
    M: Only for mobile shopping mall
    P: Only for Plus app

    issue_order_type

    Issue unit

    Issue unit for coupon.

    O: Coupon issued by order form
    P: Coupon issued by product

    issue_order_available_product

    Issue object product

    Object product for issuing coupon.

    U: No restrictions
    I: Apply the selected product.
    E: Exclude the selected product.

    issue_order_available_category

    Issue object category

    Object category for issuing coupon.

    U: No restrictions
    I: Apply the selected product.
    E: Exclude the selected product.

    issue_anniversary_type

    Issue Anniversary Type

    Object anniversary type for issuing coupon.

    B: Birthday
    W: Wedding anniversary

    issue_anniversary_pre_issue_day

    Preissuance dates for anniversary to issue

    Date for how long anniversary coupon can be issued in advance.

    issue_module_type

    Module type

    Module type for the type of module install condition coupon.

    S: Shortcut
    B: Favorite
    L: Live linkOn

    issue_review_count

    Number of product reviews to issue

    Necessary number of reviews for issuing coupon.

    issue_review_has_image

    Whether to include product review images to issue

    Whether the review must includes image when issuing coupon.

    T: Included
    F: Not included

    DEFAULT F

    issue_quantity_min

    Minimum purchase quantity for coupon issuance

    You may set the minimum volume for the order for issuing coupon.

    issue_quntity_type

    Discount standard volume

    Volume standard for discount of coupon.

    P: Based on product quantity
    O: Based on order quantity

    issue_max_count

    Maximum Issue Count

    Maximum count a coupon can be issued.

    issue_max_count_by_user

    Whether the same coupon can be re-issued to the same customer

    Maximum count a coupon can be re-issued to the same customer.

    issue_count_per_once

    Each coupon issuance quantity (for one time)

    Quantity for each coupon issue.

    issued_count

    Issued count

    Count the number of the specific coupon issued.

    issue_member_group_no

    Issue Member Group Number

    Number of group object for issuing coupon.

    issue_member_group_name

    Issue Member Group Name

    Name of group object for issuing coupon.

    issue_no_purchase_period

    Non-purchase condition period

    Period of non-purchase when coupon's condition is non-purchase for certain term.

    issue_reserved

    Issue reservation

    Whether use the function of coupon issue reservation. The reserved coupon will be issued automatically.

    T: use automatic issue reservation
    F: do not use automatic issue reservation

    DEFAULT F

    issue_reserved_date

    Reservation time

    Reservation time for reserved coupon issue.

    available_date

    Available date

    Available date for coupons useage.

    available_period_type

    Available date type

    Type of available date for coupons useage.

    available_begin_datetime

    Available start date

    Start date of coupon usage.

    available_end_datetime

    Available end date

    End date of coupon usage.

    available_site
    Required

    Available Site

    Whether coupons are available on PC store, mobile store, or Plus App

    available_scope

    Available scope

    Coupon available scope. 'Product coupon' applicable single product. 'Order coupon' applicable order.

    available_day_from_issued

    Available day

    Days for how long the coupon is available.

    available_price_type

    Available price type

    Criteria of coupon availble price amount. Multiply the number of product and price is the coupon criteria if the coupon is applicable to product price. Total amount including shipping and other discount will be the coupon criteria if the coupon is applicable to order price.

    U: No restrictions
    O: Based on the order amount
    P: Based on the product cost

    available_order_price_type

    minimum purchase amount is based on

    U: subtotal (before discount) of all products
    I: subtotal (before discount) of coupon-applicable product

    available_min_price

    Available price

    Coupon avilable purchase amount.

    available_amount_type

    Available Amount Type

    Amount of price to apply coupon. Whether apply coupon discount before other discount(such as membership or product discount) or after discount of other discount method.

    available_payment_method

    Available payment method

    Coupon applicable payment method.

    all: no restrictions
    R: bank deposit
    E: virtual transfer
    C: credit card
    A: bank transfer
    H: mobile
    M: points
    K: KPay
    P: Paynow
    N: PAYCO
    O: KakaoPay
    S: SmilePay
    V: NAVER Pay
    B: convenience store
    D: Toss

    available_product

    Applicable product

    You may choose coupon applicable product. Either exclude specific product from the applicable list or include every product in the list.

    available_product_list

    List of coupon-applied products

    available_category

    Applicable category

    You may choose coupon applicable category. Either exclude specific category from the applicable list or include every category in the list.

    available_category_list

    List of coupon-applied categories

    available_coupon_count_by_order

    Max number per order

    Maximum available number of coupon per single order.

    serial_generate_method

    Serial generate method

    Serial coupon generate method.

    A: automatically
    M: manually register
    E: excel upload

    coupon_image_type

    Coupon image type

    Image type of coupon.

    B: Use the default image.
    C: Directly upload an image.

    coupon_image_path

    Coupon image path

    URL of coupon image.

    show_product_detail

    Whether to expose the product details page

    Whether displays coupon at product detail page.

    T: Product details exposed
    F: Product details not exposed

    DEFAULT F

    use_notification_when_login

    Whether to use the coupon issuance alarm during the log-in

    Whether use coupon issue notification when customer login.

    T: use notification
    F: do not use notification

    DEFAULT F

    send_sms_for_issue

    Whether to send SMS of coupon issuance

    Whether send a coupon issue information by SMS.

    T: send SMS
    F: do not send SMS

    DEFAULT F

    send_email_for_issue

    Whether to send the coupon issuance information via e-mail

    Whether send a coupon issue information by E-mail.

    T: send Email
    F: do not send Email

    DEFAULT F

    discount_amount

    Discount amount

    discount_rate

    Discount rate

    Retrieve a count of coupons

    GET

    Look up the number of coupons created in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    coupon_no

    Coupon number

    coupon_type

    Coupon type

    Type of the coupon you want to retrieve

    O: Online coupon
    S: Off-line serial coupon

    coupon_name

    Coupon name

    benefit_type

    Benefit type

    Types of discounts and rewards from coupons

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    A: discount by amount
    B: discount by percentage
    C: points by amount
    D: points by percentage
    E: shipping fee discount – offer free shipping
    I: shipping fee discount – discount by percentage
    H: shipping fee discount – discount by amount
    J: discount on all shipping fees – offer free shipping
    F: reward points immediately
    G: credits

    issue_type

    Issue type

    Types of coupon issuance

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    M: Issuance to target person
    A: Conditional automatic issuance
    D: Issuance through customer download
    R: Automatic issuance on a regular basis

    issue_sub_type

    Detailed issue type

    Types of coupons that are automatically issued

    M: For members
    C: For real-time users
    J: Joining the membership
    D: Upon delivery
    A: Anniversary (Birthday)
    I: Installing a module (program)
    P: Writing a product review
    O: Upon order completion
    Q: When the purchase quantity is met
    F: First-time customer
    N: For non-purchasing members for a certain period
    U: When upgrading a level

    issued_flag

    Issued flag

    Whether or not the coupon has been issued before

    T: has been issued before
    F: has not been issued before

    created_start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Start date for searching for coupons by issuance date.
    Must be used with a search end date.

    created_end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    Search end date when searching coupons by issuance date.
    It must be used with a search start date.

    deleted

    Whether coupon is deleted

    Whether or not the coupon is deleted

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    T: deleted
    F: not deleted

    DEFAULT F

    pause_begin_date

    Date

    Coupon pause start date

    The date when coupon issuance begins to be suspended

    pause_end_date

    Date

    Coupon pause end date

    The date when coupons begin to be re-issued

    issue_order_path

    Available order path

    Whether coupons are available on PC store, mobile store, or Plus App

    W: PC
    M: Mobile
    P: Plus app

    issue_order_type

    Issue unit

    P: Product coupon
    O: Order coupon

    issue_reserved

    Issue reservation

    T: use automatic issue reservation
    F: do not use automatic issue reservation

    available_period_type

    Available date type

    Types of coupon validity

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    F: General period
    R: Based on coupon issuance date
    M: Use by the end of the month

    available_datetime

    Date

    Available datetime

    Search for coupons that can be issued on the specified date.

    Valid only if available_period_type is F

    available_site

    Available Site

    Whether coupons are available on PC store, mobile store, or Plus App

    W: Only for Web shopping mall
    M: Only for mobile shopping mall
    P: Only for Plus app

    available_scope

    Available scope

    Whether the coupon type is Product coupon or Checkout coupon

    P: Product coupon
    O: Order coupon

    available_price_type

    Available price type

    Whether no restrictions are applied to the minimum purchase amount or it is based on subtotal (before discount)/product subtotal

    U: No restrictions
    O: Based on the order amount
    P: Based on the product cost

    available_order_price_type

    minimum purchase amount is based on

    U: subtotal (before discount) of all products
    I: subtotal (before discount) of coupon-applicable product

    Retrieve a count of coupons
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of coupons

    GET

    Check the list of coupons created in the shopping mall.
    You can check the coupon number, benefit classification, and coverage.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    coupon_no

    Coupon number

    coupon_type

    Coupon type

    O: Online coupon
    S: Off-line serial coupon

    coupon_name

    Coupon name

    benefit_type

    Benefit type

    Type of benefit. Each type has different benefit.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    A: discount by amount
    B: discount by percentage
    C: points by amount
    D: points by percentage
    E: shipping fee discount – offer free shipping
    I: shipping fee discount – discount by percentage
    H: shipping fee discount – discount by amount
    J: discount on all shipping fees – offer free shipping
    F: reward points immediately
    G: credits

    issue_type

    Issue type

    Issue type of coupon.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    M: Issuance to target person
    A: Conditional automatic issuance
    D: Issuance through customer download
    R: Automatic issuance on a regular basis

    issue_sub_type

    Detailed issue type

    Types of coupon issuance

    M: For members
    C: For real-time users
    J: Joining the membership
    D: Upon delivery
    A: Anniversary (Birthday)
    I: Installing a module (program)
    P: Writing a product review
    O: Upon order completion
    Q: When the purchase quantity is met
    F: First-time customer
    N: For non-purchasing members for a certain period
    U: When upgrading a level

    issued_flag

    Issued flag

    Whether or not the coupon has been issued before

    T: has been issued before
    F: has not been issued before

    created_start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Search for coupons added after the search start date. Must be used with a search end date.

    created_end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    Search for coupons that created before certain date.

    deleted

    Whether coupon is deleted

    Whether or not the coupon has been deleted

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    T: deleted
    F: not deleted

    DEFAULT F

    pause_begin_date

    Date

    Coupon pause start date

    Search start date, for coupons that based on coupon pause date.

    pause_end_date

    Date

    Coupon pause end date

    Search end date, for coupons that based on coupon pause date.

    issue_order_path

    Available order path

    Whether coupons are available on PC store, mobile store, or Plus App

    W: PC
    M: Mobile
    P: Plus app

    issue_order_type

    Issue unit

    Whether coupon issued based on product or order.

    P: Product coupon
    O: Order coupon

    issue_reserved

    Issue reservation

    Whether use the function of coupon issue reservation. The reserved coupon will be issued automatically.

    T: use automatic issue reservation
    F: do not use automatic issue reservation

    available_period_type

    Available date type

    Type of available date for coupons useage.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    F: General period
    R: Based on coupon issuance date
    M: Use by the end of the month

    available_datetime

    Date

    Available datetime

    Search for coupon that issue available at certain date.

    Valid only if available_period_type is F

    available_site

    Available Site

    Whether coupons are available on PC store, mobile store, or Plus App

    W: Only for Web shopping mall
    M: Only for mobile shopping mall
    P: Only for Plus app

    available_scope

    Available scope

    Coupon available scope. 'Product coupon' applicable single product. 'Order coupon' applicable order.

    P: Product coupon
    O: Order coupon

    available_price_type

    Available price type

    Criteria of coupon availble price amount. Whether the coupon is applicable to product price or order pricr or no restriction.

    U: No restrictions
    O: Based on the order amount
    P: Based on the product cost

    available_order_price_type

    minimum purchase amount is based on

    U: subtotal (before discount) of all products
    I: subtotal (before discount) of coupon-applicable product

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 100

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Create a coupon

    POST

    You can issue coupons for shopping malls.
    You can issue it by specifying the coupon name, benefit classification, and coverage.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_promotion
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    coupon_name
    Required

    Length Min : [1]~Max : [50]

    Coupon name

    benefit_type
    Required

    Benefit type

    A: discount amount
    B: discount rate

    issue_type
    Required

    Issue type

    M: issue coupons to specified customers

    available_period_type
    Required

    Available date type

    F: General period
    R: Based on coupon issuance date
    M: Use by the end of the month

    available_begin_datetime

    Date

    Available start date

    available_end_datetime

    Date

    Available end date

    available_day_from_issued

    Min : [1]
    Max : [999]

    Available day

    available_site
    Required

    Available Site

    W: for online stores only
    M: for mobile stores only

    available_scope
    Required

    Available scope

    P: Product coupon
    O: Order coupon

    available_product
    Required

    Applicable product

    U: No restrictions
    I: Apply the selected product.
    E: Exclude the selected product.

    available_product_list

    List of coupon-applied products

    available_category
    Required

    Applicable category

    U: No restrictions
    I: Apply the selected category.
    E: Exclude the selected category.

    available_category_list

    List of coupon-applied categories

    available_amount_type
    Required

    Available Amount Type

    E: Payment before discount (except coupon) is applied
    I: Payment after discount (except coupon) is applied

    available_coupon_count_by_order
    Required

    Min : [1]
    Max : [999]

    Max number per order

    available_price_type

    Available price type

    U: No restrictions
    O: Based on the order amount
    P: Based on the product cost

    DEFAULT U

    available_order_price_type

    minimum purchase amount is based on

    U: subtotal (before discount) of all products
    I: subtotal (before discount) of coupon-applicable product

    available_min_price

    Min : [0.01]~Max : [999999999]

    Available price

    discount_amount

    Discount amount

    benefit_price
    Required
    Benefit amount

    discount_rate

    Discount rate

    benefit_percentage
    Required
    Benefit ratio

    benefit_percentage_round_unit
    Required
    Benefit percentage cutoff unit

    benefit_percentage_max_price
    Required
    Maximum benefit ratio

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Coupons issues



    Coupons issues are related to generated coupons.
    Coupon issuance is a subresource and is only available under Coupons.
    You can issue the generated coupon and check the issued coupon.

    Coupons issues properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    coupon_no

    Coupon number

    issue_no

    coupon issuance code

    member_id

    Member id

    group_no

    Issue Member Group Number

    issued_date

    Issued on

    expiration_date

    service expiration date

    used_coupon

    Status

    used_date

    Used on

    related_order_id

    Related order number

    count

    Coupons Issued count

    Retrieve a list of issued coupons

    GET

    You can check the issuance details of the generated coupon.
    You can check the member ID, membership grade number, and whether or not you use coupons.
    To check the details of coupons issued with more than 8,000 coupons, which is the maximum offset value, you can use the sin_issue_no parameter.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    coupon_no
    Required

    Coupon number

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    group_no

    Group number

    issued_date

    Date

    Issued on

    issued_start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    issued_end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    used_coupon

    Status

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    since_issue_no

    Search for history after this coupon issuance code

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [500]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Create coupon issuance history

    POST

    You can issue generated coupons.
    To issue a coupon, you must first create a coupon.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_promotion
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    coupon_no
    Required

    Coupon number

    issued_member_scope
    Required

    Issue member scope

    You may set specific category of coustomer to issue coupon.
    When you issue coupon to certain customer group(G), group_no is required.
    Whe you issue coupons to certain member(M), member_id is required.

    A: for every customer
    G: certain customer group
    M: certain customer

    group_no

    Group number

    member_id

    Member id

    send_sms_for_issue

    Whether to send SMS of coupon issuance

    Whether send a coupon issue information by SMS.

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: send SMS
    F: do not send SMS

    DEFAULT F

    allow_duplication

    Allow duplication

    Whether coupon can be issued duplicate.

    T: Issued
    F: Not issued
    S: Not issued (Whether to use
    no additional verification during the use period)

    DEFAULT F

    single_issue_per_once

    Single issue per once

    Whether coupon issued only one per one request.

    T: Issued one by one
    F: Issued as many as the simultaneous issuance quantity setting

    DEFAULT T

    issue_count_per_once

    Min : [2]
    Max : [10]

    Issue count per once

    The number of coupon if coupon issues with multiple quantity per one request.

    DEFAULT 2

    issued_place_type

    Issued Place Type

    Where coupon issed from.

    W: Web
    M: Mobile
    P: Plus app

    issued_by_action_type

    Issued action type

    Whether when coupon issued either installed app or accepted app push.

    INSTALLATION: Coupon issuance when installing the app
    ACCEPTING_PUSH: Coupon issuance when receiving the app push is On

    issued_by_event_type

    Reason for issuance

    Type of conditional benefit for coupon issue

    C: Attendance check event
    U: Member information modification event
    B: Banner profit share program
    R: Roulette game (CMC) team
    Z: Plus app installation (Plus app)
    Y: Push notification ON (Plus app)
    X: Plus app order (Plus app)
    M: Remind Me order
    W: Remind Me reward
    V: Integrated membership
    L: Lifetime member conversion event

    request_admin_id

    Request admin id

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers coupons



    A customer coupon is a function of a coupon held by a particular member.
    You can view or delete coupons issued to members.

    Customers coupons properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    coupon_no

    Coupon number

    issue_no

    coupon issuance code

    coupon_name

    Coupon name

    available_price_type

    Available price type

    U: No restrictions
    O: Based on the order amount
    P: Based on the product cost

    available_price_type_detail

    Types of purchase amount eligible for coupon use

    U: order amount of all products
    I: order amount of coupon applied-products

    available_min_price

    Available price

    available_payment_methods

    Available payment method

    all: no restrictions
    R: bank deposit
    E: virtual transfer
    C: credit card
    A: bank transfer
    H: mobile
    M: points
    K: KPay
    P: Paynow
    N: PAYCO
    O: KakaoPay
    S: SmilePay
    V: NAVER Pay
    B: convenience store
    D: Toss

    benefit_type

    Benefit type

    A: discount
    B: discount rate
    C: issued amount
    D: issuance rate
    E: discount on default shipping rate (full discount)
    I: discount on default shipping rate (rate-based)
    H: discount on default shipping rate (amount-based)
    F: instant reward
    G: credits

    benefit_price

    Benefit amount

    benefit_percentage

    Benefit ratio

    benefit_percentage_round_unit

    Benefit percentage cutoff unit

    benefit_percentage_max_price

    Maximum benefit ratio

    credit_amount

    Instant reward (credits)

    issued_date

    Issued on

    available_begin_datetime

    Available start date

    available_end_datetime

    Available end date

    Retrieve a list of customer coupons

    GET

    Coupons that are available for use by the customer will be retrieved.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a count of customer coupons

    GET

    Inquire the number of coupons issued to members.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    Retrieve a count of customer coupons
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a customer coupon

    DELETE

    Delete coupons issued to members.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_promotion
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    coupon_no
    Required

    Coupon number

    issue_no

    coupon issuance code

    Delete a customer coupon
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Application

    Apps

    Apps are resources that allow you to retrieve and modify information in an app.
    Since this information is information from the app, the same information is inquired even if you call from different shopping malls.
    You can view the version information of the app or modify the version of the app through the API.

    Apps properties

    Attribute Description
    version

    Version

    version_expiration_date

    Version expiration date

    initial_version

    initial version

    previous_version

    older version

    extension_type

    Extension type

    section: Section (app that requires HTML insertion on storefront)
    embedded: Embedded (app that auto-runs via embedding on storefront)

    Retrieve an app information

    GET

    You can view the version of the app.
    You can view information about the version you are currently using, the version expiration date, and the version information you were using before.
    Since this information is information from the app, the same result will be answered no matter what shopping mall you look up.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 40
    Retrieve an app information
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update an app information

    PUT

    You can change the version of the app.
    If you change the app version, you cannot change it to a version earlier than the initial_version.
    Because this information is information of the app, API version information of all shopping malls will be changed no matter what shopping mall you call.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_application
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    version

    Version

    extension_type

    Extension type

    section: Section (app that requires HTML insertion on storefront)
    embedded: Embedded (app that auto-runs via embedding on storefront)

    Update an app information
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Appstore orders

    With Cafe24 Store order creation API, you can create an Cafe24 Store order to ask store admins to pay

    Appstore orders properties

    Attribute Description
    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID of an order placed at Cafe24 Store

    order_name

    Order Name

    Name of the order. You can type it in when creating an order. It should be a name that indicates what has been purchased when the store admin makes a payment.

    order_amount

    Order Amount

    Order amount you ask the store admin to pay when creating an order

    currency

    Currency

    KRW: Korean won (₩)
    USD: US dollar ($)
    JPY: Japanese yen (¥)
    PHP: Philippine peso (₱)

    return_url

    Return Url

    Page to which the store admin is directed after making a payment

    automatic_payment

    Max Length : [1]

    Automatic payments status

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    created_date

    Order Created Date

    e.g. 2018-12-31 23:59:59

    confirmation_url

    Payment URL

    URL to which the store admin is automatically directed to make a payment

    Retreive a Cafe24 Store order

    GET

    Lets you retrieve the generated App Store order.
    You can check the order name, order amount, and whether it is charged regularly.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    order_id

    Order ID

    App store order number to get

    Retreive a Cafe24 Store order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a Cafe24 Store order

    POST

    Lets you create an App Store order.
    Creating an App Store order allows you to charge an app user (shopping mall operator).
    You can also choose whether to charge it with a fixed charge.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_application
    Request Limit 10
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    order_name
    Required

    Max Length : [100]

    Order Name

    The name of the order in the App store order. The order can be specified when creating the order, and it must be what the user can know about the contents of the payment.

    order_amount
    Required

    Order Amount

    Enter the amount of the order you want to user pay

    return_url
    Required

    Max Length : [250]

    Return URL

    The page that redirects a user automatically to after payment. Enter the Thank you page URL.

    automatic_payment

    Max Length : [1]

    Automatic payments status

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    Create a Cafe24 Store order
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Appstore payments

    Once a payment has been made for a Cafe24 Store order, you can read the payment details with Appstore payments properties.

    Appstore payments properties

    Attribute Description
    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID of an order placed at Cafe24 Store

    payment_status

    payment status

    paid : complete payment
    refund : refund

    title

    Payment name

    Name of the order. You can type it in when creating an order. It should be a name that indicates what has been purchased when the store admin makes a payment.

    approval_no

    Approval Number

    Payment approval number

    payment_gateway_name

    Payment Gateway Number

    payment_method

    Payment Method

    payment_amount

    Payment Amount

    refund_amount

    refund amount

    currency

    Currency

    KRW: Korean won (₩)
    USD: US dollar ($)
    JPY: Japanese yen (¥)
    PHP: Philippine peso (₱)

    locale_code

    Billing Country

    automatic_payment

    Automatic payments status

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    pay_date

    Payment Approval Date

    refund_date

    date of refund approval

    expiration_date

    Expiration date

    Retrieve a list of Cafe24 Store payments

    GET

    You can check the count of the payment details of the app store paid by the shopping mall operator.
    You can check the payment status, payment name, approval number, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    order_id

    Order ID

    App store order number to get

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Search for paid orders after the search start date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    Search for orders that have been paid before the date

    currency

    Currency

    KRW: Korean won (₩)
    USD: US dollar ($)
    JPY: Japanese yen (¥)
    PHP: Philippine peso (₱)

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [50]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 20

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve a count of Cafe24 Store payments

    GET

    You can check the payment details using the app store paid by the shopping mall operator.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    order_id

    Order ID

    Order number to search for in Cafe24 Store

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Search for paid orders after the start date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    You can search for orders that have been paid for before the specified date

    currency

    Currency

    KRW: Korean won (₩)
    USD: US dollar ($)
    JPY: Japanese yen (¥)
    PHP: Philippine peso (₱)

    Retrieve a count of Cafe24 Store payments
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Recipes

    Register existing recipes, retrieve recipes as a list or delete recipes from the mall

    Recipes properties

    Attribute Description
    recipe_code

    Recipe code

    recipe_name

    Max Length : [200]

    Recipe name

    active

    Activation

    T: activated
    F: deactivated

    Retrieve a list of recipes

    GET

    Retrieve a list of recipes registered for a mall.
    Retrieve information such as code, name & active status.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 40
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a recipe

    POST

    Register recipes to a mall.
    A recipe with a recipe code needs to be created before it can be registered.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_application
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 100

    Request

    Parameter Description
    recipe_code
    Required

    Recipe code

    trigger_settings

    trigger settings

    required_filters Array

    name
    condition name

    value
    condition value

    operator
    conditional operator

    optional_filters Array

    condition

    name
    condition name

    value
    condition value

    operator
    conditional operator

    Create a recipe
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a recipe

    DELETE

    Remove a registered recipe from a mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_application
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    recipe_code
    Required

    Recipe code

    Delete a recipe
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Scripttags

    The script API allows you to install remotely located scripts on a specific page of the mall. The script API makes it easy to add function to the mall without changing the design of the mall.

    Scripttags properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    script_no

    Unique number of script

    A unique number assigned to a script

    client_id

    Client ID

    Client ID that installed script.

    src

    URL

    Original script path

    Original path of script which to be installed

    display_location

    Screen path

    "Path of screen display" to display Script. "Path of screen display" represents specific role of each page.

    (Example : "Path of screen display" of /product/detail.html page is PRODUCT DETAIL)

    "Path of screen display" automatically assigned followed by module used for the page but also can be modified.

    If "all", the script will be applied to the entire page.

    display_location_code

    exclude_path

    excluded path

    skin_no

    Skin number

    Skin number that wants to be applied scripttags.

    integrity

    subresource integrity

    Hash for integrity verification to prevent forgery of scripts. (sha384, sha512 hash algorithm support)

    Integrity 해시 생성방법 참고

    created_date

    Created date

    Date of installed script

    updated_date

    Updated date

    Date of modified script

    Retrieve a list of script tags

    GET

    You can look up the scripts installed in the shopping mall as a list.
    You can retrieve the script's unique number, screen path, creation date, and so on.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    script_no

    Unique number of script

    A unique number assigned to a script

    src

    URL

    Original script path

    Search for the path of original script.

    display_location

    Screen path

    "Path of screen display" to display Script. "Path of screen display" represents specific role of each page.

    (Example : "Path of screen display" of /product/detail.html page is PRODUCT DETAIL)

    "Path of screen display" automatically assigned followed by module used for the page but also can be modified.

    If "all", the script will be applied to the entire page.

    display_location_code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    exclude_path

    excluded path

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    skin_no

    Skin number

    Skin number that wants to be applied scripttags.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    integrity

    subresource integrity

    created_start_date

    Date

    Script installation date search start date

    Search for scripts installed after the start date. Must be used with a search end date.

    created_end_date

    Date

    Script installation date search end date

    Search for script that installed date is before a certain date.
    Must use with 'created start date' simultaneously.

    updated_start_date

    Date

    Script modification date search start date

    Search for scripts edited after the start date. Must be used with a search end date.

    updated_end_date

    Date

    Script modification date search end date

    Search for scripts edited before the end date. Must be used with a search start date.

    Retrieve a count of script tags

    GET

    You can look up the number of scripts installed in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    script_no

    Unique number of script

    A unique number assigned to a script

    src

    URL

    Original script path

    Search for the path of original script.

    display_location

    Screen path

    "Path of screen display" to display Script. "Path of screen display" represents specific role of each page.

    (Example : "Path of screen display" of /product/detail.html page is PRODUCT DETAIL)

    "Path of screen display" automatically assigned followed by module used for the page but also can be modified.

    If "all", the script will be applied to the entire page.

    display_location_code

    skin_no

    Skin number

    Skin number that wants to be applied scripttags.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    created_start_date

    Date

    Script installation date search start date

    Search for scripts installed after the start date. Must be used with a search end date.

    created_end_date

    Date

    Script installation date search end date

    Search for script that installed date is before a certain date.

    Must use with 'created end date' simultaneously.

    updated_start_date

    Date

    Script modification date search start date

    Search for scripts edited after the start date. Must be used with a search end date.

    updated_end_date

    Date

    Script modification date search end date

    Search for script that modified date is before a certain date.

    Must use with 'updated start date' simultaneously.

    Retrieve a count of script tags
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a script tag

    GET

    You can view specific scripts installed in the shopping mall.
    You can check the screen path, skin number, creation date, modification date, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    script_no

    Unique number of script

    A unique number assigned to a script

    Retrieve a script tag
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a script tag

    POST

    You can install script tags on specific screens in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_application
    Request Limit 10
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    src

    URL

    Original script path

    Original path of script which to be installed

    display_location
    Required

    Screen path

    "Path of screen display" to display Script. "Path of screen display" represents specific role of each page.

    (Example : "Path of screen display" of /product/detail.html page is PRODUCT DETAIL)

    "Path of screen display" automatically assigned followed by module used for the page but also can be modified.

    If "all", the script will be applied to the entire page.

    display_location_code

    exclude_path

    excluded path

    skin_no

    Skin number

    Skin number that wants to be applied scripttags.

    integrity

    subresource integrity

    Hash for integrity verification to prevent forgery of scripts. (sha384, sha512 hash algorithm support)

    Integrity 해시 생성방법 참고

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a script tag

    PUT

    You can update the scripts installed in the shopping mall.
    You can only update scripts without having to reinstall the app.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_application
    Request Limit 10
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    script_no
    Required

    Unique number of script

    A unique number assigned to a script

    src

    URL

    Original script path

    Original path of script which to be installed

    display_location

    Screen path

    "Path of screen display" to display Script. "Path of screen display" represents specific role of each page.

    (Example : "Path of screen display" of /product/detail.html page is PRODUCT DETAIL)

    "Path of screen display" automatically assigned followed by module used for the page but also can be modified.

    If "all", the script will be applied to the entire page.

    display_location_code

    exclude_path

    excluded path

    skin_no

    Skin number

    Skin number that wants to be applied scripttags.

    integrity

    subresource integrity

    Hash for integrity verification to prevent forgery of scripts. (sha384, sha512 hash algorithm support)

    Integrity 해시 생성방법 참고

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a script tag

    DELETE

    You can delete a script that is installed in the shopping mall.
    To delete by multi-shopping mall, "?Add shop_no=N".

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_application
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    script_no
    Required

    Unique number of script

    A unique number assigned to a script

    Delete a script tag
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Webhooks logs

    Webhooks logs allow you to view the logs of webhooks that have occurred in the app.

    Webhooks logs properties

    Attribute Description
    log_id

    Log ID

    log_type

    Log type

    G: Sent
    R: Resent
    T: Test sent

    event_no

    Event number

    mall_id

    Store ID

    trace_id

    Trace ID

    requested_time

    Sent at

    request_endpoint

    Request URL

    request_body

    Request details

    success

    Webhook sent successfully

    T: Yes
    F: No

    response_http_code

    Response HTTP code

    response_body

    Response details

    Retrieve a list of webhook logs

    GET

    Look up the list of web hook logs that have occurred in the app.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    requested_start_date

    Date

    Start date

    requested_end_date

    Date

    End date

    success

    Webhook sent successfully

    T: Yes
    F: No

    log_type

    Log type

    G: Sent
    R: Resent
    T: Test sent

    since_log_id

    Search after this log ID

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [10000]

    Search result limit

    Retrieve a list of webhook logs
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Webhooks setting

    Retrieve webhook usage info (consent to accessing real-time info) for the mall.

    Webhooks setting properties

    Attribute Description
    scopes

    Allowed permissions

    Retrieve webhook settings

    GET

    Retrieve webhook usage info (consent to accessing real-time info) for the mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_application
    Request Limit 40
    Retrieve webhook settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Category

    Autodisplay

    Autodisplay is a function that automatically displays products according to specific conditions in the product classification.
    For example, you can display products in the order of highest sales You can set it to display high numbers, etc.
    These resources allow you to create, modify, delete, and view auto-display conditions.

    Autodisplay properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    display_no

    auto layout number

    use_main

    Displayed on home page

    T: yes
    F: no

    category_no

    Category number

    display_group

    detailed product category

    display_count

    Min : [1]~Max : [200]

    maximum quantity per auto layout

    use_reservation

    schedule layout

    T: yes
    F: no

    start_date

    start date

    use_hashtag

    use hashtag

    T: yes
    F: no

    hash_tags

    hashtag

    display_sort

    sorting order

    AOD: no. orders (high-low)
    AOA: no. orders (low-high)
    AVD: views (high-low)
    AVA: views (high-low)
    ARD: conversion rate (high-low)
    ARA: conversion rate (low-high)
    ACD: click value (high-low)
    AND: date added (latest first)
    APD: price (high-low)
    APA: price (low-high)
    RD : Date added (latest first)
    RA : Date added (oldest first)
    UD : Date edited (latest first)
    UA : Date edited (oldest first)
    NA : Product name (A-Z)
    ND : Product name (Z-A)
    PD : Price (high-low)
    PA :Price (low-high)
    SD : Sales (high-low)
    SA : Sales (low-high)
    CD : Views (high-low)
    CA : Views (low-high)
    LD : Likes (high-low)
    LA : Likes (low-high)

    timetable

    Array Max : [24]

    update frequency

    period

    date range for data collection

    1: 1 day
    3: 3 days
    7: 1 week (7 days)
    30: 30 days

    except_categories_scope

    Excluded categories

    A: Exclude from all categories
    C : Exclude from this category

    except_categories

    Exceptions category

    Retrieve a list of auto layouts

    GET

    All generated automatic display can be viewed through the list.
    You can check the automatic display number, reservation display, and maximum number of products.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_no

    auto layout number

    Create auto layout for selected product category

    POST

    Generate automatic display based on specific conditions.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    use_main
    Required

    Displayed on home page

    T: yes
    F: no

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    display_group
    Required

    detailed product category

    display_count
    Required

    Min : [1]~Max : [200]

    maximum quantity per auto layout

    use_reservation
    Required

    schedule layout

    T: yes
    F: no

    start_date

    start date

    use_hashtag
    Required

    use hashtag

    T: yes
    F: no

    hash_tags

    hashtag

    display_sort

    sorting order

    Alignment conditions (RD, RA, UD, UA, NA, ND, PD, PA, SD, SA, AD, AA, LD, LA) are only available when use_hashtag is "T"

    AOD: no. orders (high-low)
    AOA: no. orders (low-high)
    AVD: views (high-low)
    AVA: views (high-low)
    ARD: conversion rate (high-low)
    ARA: conversion rate (low-high)
    ACD: click value (high-low)
    AND: date added (latest first)
    APD: price (high-low)
    APA: price (low-high)
    RD : Date added (latest first)
    RA : Date added (oldest first)
    UD : Date edited (latest first)
    UA : Date edited (oldest first)
    NA : Product name (A-Z)
    ND : Product name (Z-A)
    PD : Price (high-low)
    PA :Price (low-high)
    SD : Sales (high-low)
    SA : Sales (low-high)
    CD : Views (high-low)
    CA : Views (low-high)
    LD : Likes (high-low)
    LA : Likes (low-high)

    timetable

    Array Max : [24]

    update frequency

    period

    date range for data collection

    1: 1 day
    3: 3 days
    7: 1 week (7 days)
    30: 30 days

    except_categories_scope

    Excluded categories

    A: Exclude from all categories
    C : Exclude from this category

    DEFAULT A

    except_categories

    Exceptions category

    Create auto layout for selected product category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update auto layout for selected product category

    PUT

    Modify an existing automatic display.
    You can modify the maximum number of automatic display products and whether or not to use the reservation display.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_no
    Required

    auto layout number

    display_count

    Min : [1]~Max : [200]

    maximum quantity per auto layout

    use_reservation

    schedule layout

    T: yes
    F: no

    start_date

    start date

    use_hashtag

    use hashtag

    T: yes
    F: no

    hash_tags

    hashtag

    display_sort

    sorting order

    Alignment conditions (RD, RA, UD, UA, NA, ND, PD, PA, SD, SA, AD, AA, LD, LA) are only available when use_hashtag is "T"

    AOD: no. orders (high-low)
    AOA: no. orders (low-high)
    AVD: views (high-low)
    AVA: views (high-low)
    ARD: conversion rate (high-low)
    ARA: conversion rate (low-high)
    ACD: click value (high-low)
    AND: date added (latest first)
    APD: price (high-low)
    APA: price (low-high)
    RD : Date added (latest first)
    RA : Date added (oldest first)
    UD : Date edited (latest first)
    UA : Date edited (oldest first)
    NA : Product name (A-Z)
    ND : Product name (Z-A)
    PD : Price (high-low)
    PA :Price (low-high)
    SD : Sales (high-low)
    SA : Sales (low-high)
    CD : Views (high-low)
    CA : Views (low-high)
    LD : Likes (high-low)
    LA : Likes (low-high)

    timetable

    Array Max : [24]

    update frequency

    period

    date range for data collection

    1: 1 day
    3: 3 days
    7: 1 week (7 days)
    30: 30 days

    except_categories_scope

    Excluded categories

    A: Exclude from all categories
    C : Exclude from this category

    except_categories

    Exceptions category

    Update auto layout for selected product category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete auto layout for selected product category

    DELETE

    Deletes the generated automatic display.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    display_no
    Required

    auto layout number

    Delete auto layout for selected product category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Categories

    Categories Resource

    Categories allow the admin to display or categorize products in a way that customers can easily find them. You must display products in at least one category to sell them. One product can be displayed in multiple categories.

    Categories properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    category_no

    Category number

    A unique identifier assigned to a product category. It cannot be used for more than one product category.

    category_depth

    Min : [1]~Max : [4]

    Category depth

    Depth of the product category. There are four product category depths.

    parent_category_no

    Parent Category Number

    The category number of the parent category when the category is either 2 depth (subcategory 1), 3 depth (subcategory 2), or 4 depth (subcategory 3) category.
    For example, “parent_category_no=1” indicates the parent category is main category.

    category_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Category name

    Name of the product category

    display_type

    Display setting

    Whether the product category is displayed either on the PC store, mobile store, or on both stores.

    A: PC + Mobile
    P: PC
    M: Mobile
    F: Not Used

    full_category_name

    Full Category Name

    The names of all parent categories to which the product category belongs.

    full_category_no

    Full Category Number

    This shows the category numbers of all parent categories that the current category belongs to.

    root_category_no

    Top category number

    The category number of the main category to which the category belongs

    use_main

    Main classification display status

    Whether or not the product category is displayed on the main page. If it is, [True], the product category is displayed as a home category even if it is subcategory 1, 2, or 3.

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    use_display

    Display status

    Whether or not the product category is displayed. If it is “FALSE,” customers cannot access the product category. All multi-language stores must have the same settings.

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    display_order

    Display order

    The order in which the admin has placed product categories

    soldout_product_display

    Sold-out product display status

    It shows whether out-of-stock products are displayed at the top or at the bottom. You can check whether a product is sold-out via “sold-out” parameter in “List all products.”

    B: Arranged out-of-stock items to the back
    N: N/A

    sub_category_product_display

    Sub-category Product display status

    Whether to display products in both the current category and its sub-categories.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    hashtag_product_display

    Hashtag based product display

    Whether or not to use “Hashtag-based product display”.

    *The feature is only available when you use [Shopping Curation].

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    hash_tags

    Hashtag

    The list of hashtags in the current category.

    *The feature is only available when you use [Shopping Curation].

    product_display_scope

    Category display scope

    This determines whether the common product layout settings are applied to all product categories or different settings by section. If it is set as [Apply common settings to all products], you can change the sort settings with the following parameters:

    product_display_type
    product_display_key
    product_display_sort
    product_display_period

    If it is set as [Apply different settings by section], you can set the sort settings with the following parameters:

    normal_product_display_type
    normal_product_display_key
    normal_product_display_sort
    normal_product_display_period
    recommend_product_display_type
    recommend_product_display_key
    recommend_product_display_sort
    recommend_product_display_period
    new_product_display_type
    new_product_display_key
    new_product_display_sort
    new_product_display_period

    A: All
    G: By section

    product_display_type

    Category display method

    The sorting method for the current category when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply common settings to all categories.”

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    product_display_key

    Category display key

    The sorting criteria for the current category when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply common settings to all categories” and the sorting method as “Automatic sorting” or “Automatic + Custom.”

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Settings for sorting products in ascending or descending order

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    product_display_period

    Category display period

    The period during which sales or views are counted when sorting products by “Sales(S)” or “Views(C)” in descending order

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    normal_product_display_type

    Category display method

    The sorting method for [Products] when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply different settings by section.”

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    normal_product_display_key

    Category display key

    The sorting criteria for [Products] when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply different settings by section”

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    normal_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Settings for sorting products in [Products] in ascending or descending order

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    normal_product_display_period

    Category display period

    The period during which sales or views are counted when sorting products in [Products] by “Sales(S)” or “Views(C)” in descending order

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    recommend_product_display_type

    Category display method

    The sorting method for [Recommended products] when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply different settings by section.”

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    recommend_product_display_key

    Category display key

    The sorting criteria for [Recommended products] when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply different settings by section”

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    recommend_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Settings for sorting products in [Recommended products] in ascending or descending order

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    recommend_product_display_period

    Category display period

    The period during which sales or views are counted when sorting products in [Recommended roducts] by “Sales(S)” or “Views(C)” in descending order

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    new_product_display_type

    Category display method

    The sorting method for [New products] when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply different settings by section.”

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    new_product_display_key

    Category display key

    The sorting criteria for [New products] when [Product layout settings] is set as “Apply different settings by section”

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    new_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Settings for sorting products in [New products] in ascending or descending order

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    new_product_display_period

    Category display period

    The period during which sales or views are counted when sorting products in [New roducts] by “Sales(S)” or “Views(C)” in descending order

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    access_authority

    permission to access

    F : for everyone
    T : members only
    G : for specific member group only
    A : for specific operator

    Retrieve a list of product categories

    GET

    Check the classification registered in the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the classification number and classification name of the classification.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    category_depth

    Min : [1]~Max : [4]

    Category depth

    Search for the depth of the category you want to retrieve

    category_no

    Category number

    Category number of the category you want to read

    parent_category_no

    Parent Category Number

    Search for the number of parent category which targeting product category belongs.

    If you want to search only large scale classification, search parent_category_no = 1.

    category_name

    Category name

    Search for product categories of which names include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    Set the start location of search result.

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a count of product categories

    GET

    Check the number of classifications registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    category_depth

    Min : [1]~Max : [4]

    Category depth

    Search for the category that you want to retrieve with its category depth.

    category_no

    Category number

    Category number of the category you want to read

    parent_category_no

    Parent Category Number

    You can search for the category with its parent category number.
    If you want to search for main categories, enter “parent_category_number=1.”

    category_name

    Category name

    Search for product categories of which names include the search query that you enter. The search query is case-insensitive.

    Retrieve a count of product categories
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a product category

    GET

    Use the classification number to check the classification in detail.
    You can retrieve the classification Depth, parent classification number, classification name, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    Category number of the category you want to read

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a product category

    POST

    Register the classification with the shopping mall.
    You must enter a classification name to register a classification.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    parent_category_no

    Parent Category Number

    If you want to register a category in a specific category, you can register it by entering the parent category number.

    category_name
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    Category name

    The name of the category

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    display_type

    Display setting

    Whether the product category is displayed on either the PC store, mobile store, or on both stores.

    A: PC + Mobile
    P: PC
    M: Mobile
    F: Not Used

    use_main

    Main classification display status

    Whether or not the product category is displayed on the main page. If it is, [True], the product category is displayed as a home category even if it is subcategory 1, 2, or 3.

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    use_display

    Display status

    Whether the product category is displayed or not. The product category will not accessible when 'FALSE'.

    The setting can not be set for each multi-shopping mall and is applied to all shopping malls.

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    soldout_product_display

    Sold-out product display status

    Whether to display out-of-stock products at the top or bottom of the category.

    B: Arranged out-of-stock items to the back
    N: N/A

    sub_category_product_display

    Sub-category Product display status

    Whether to display products that are displayed in the sub-category

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    hashtag_product_display

    Hashtag based product display

    Whether use or not use hashtag based product display.

    ※ This feature is only available when use shopping curation service.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    hash_tags

    Hashtag

    Hashtags of the category.

    ※ This feature is only available when use shopping curation service.

    product_display_scope

    Category display scope

    Whether to sort products by category or sort by area

    If the value is "all", must enter these fields.

    product_display_type
    product_display_key
    product_display_sort
    product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)

    If the value is "by area", must enter these fields.
    normal_product_display_type
    normal_product_display_key
    normal_product_display_sort
    normal_product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)
    recommend_product_display_type
    recommend_product_display_key
    recommend_product_display_sort
    recommend_product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)
    new_product_display_type
    new_product_display_key
    new_product_display_sort
    new_product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)

    A: All
    G: By section

    product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "all", category display method.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "all" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    normal_product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "By area", category display method in normal product area.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    normal_product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "By area" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display in normal product area.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    normal_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display in normal product area is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    normal_product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    recommend_product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "By area", category display method by recommend product area.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    recommend_product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "all" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    recommend_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    recommend_product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    new_product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "all", category display method.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    new_product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "all" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    new_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    new_product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product category

    PUT

    Modify the classification registered in the shopping mall using the classification number.
    You can change the classification name and display status.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    category_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Category name

    The name of the category

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    display_type

    Display setting

    Whether the product category is displayed either on the PC store, mobile store, or on both stores.

    A: PC + Mobile
    P: PC
    M: Mobile
    F: Not Used

    use_main

    Main classification display status

    Whether or not the product category is displayed on the main page. If it is, [True], the product category is displayed as a home category even if it is subcategory 1, 2, or 3.

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    use_display

    Display status

    Whether the product category is displayed or not. The product category will not accessible when 'FALSE'.

    The setting can not be set for each multi-shopping mall and is applied to all shopping malls.

    T: Displayed
    F: Not displayed

    soldout_product_display

    Sold-out product display status

    Whether to display out-of-stock products at the top or bottom of the category.

    B: Arranged out-of-stock items to the back
    N: N/A

    sub_category_product_display

    Sub-category Product display status

    Whether to display products that are displayed in the sub-category

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    hashtag_product_display

    Hashtag based product display

    Whether use or not use hashtag based product display.

    ※ This feature is only available when use shopping curation service.

    T: Display
    F: Do not display

    hash_tags

    Hashtag

    Hashtags of the category.

    ※ This feature is only available when use shopping curation service.

    product_display_scope

    Category display scope

    Whether to sort products by category or sort by area

    If the value is "all", must enter these fields.

    product_display_type
    product_display_key
    product_display_sort
    product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)

    If the value is "by area", must enter these fields.
    normal_product_display_type
    normal_product_display_key
    normal_product_display_sort
    normal_product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)
    recommend_product_display_type
    recommend_product_display_key
    recommend_product_display_sort
    recommend_product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)
    new_product_display_type
    new_product_display_key
    new_product_display_sort
    new_product_display_period (Required only if key is S or C)

    A: All
    G: By section

    product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "all", category display method.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "all" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    normal_product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "By area", category display method in normal product area.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    normal_product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "By area" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display in normal product area.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    normal_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display in normal product area is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    normal_product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    recommend_product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "By area", category display method by recommend product area.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    recommend_product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "all" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    recommend_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    recommend_product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    new_product_display_type

    Category display method

    If category display scope is "all", category display method.

    A: Automatic arrangement
    U: Customized
    M: Automatic arrangement + Customized

    new_product_display_key

    Category display key

    If category display scope is "all" and category display method is "auto align" or "auto align + manual align", the sort key of category display.

    A: Recently added product
    R: Recently registered product
    U: Recently modified product
    N: Alphabetically arranged product names
    P: Product with a high selling price
    S: Product with high sales volume
    C: Most viewed product
    L: Most liked product

    new_product_display_sort

    Category display order

    Whether category display is ascending or descending.

    D: Descending order
    A: Ascending order

    new_product_display_period

    Category display period

    If category display key is "By sales (S)" or "By hits count(C)", the period for category display.

    W: Total period
    1D: 1 day
    3D: 3 days
    7D: 7 days
    15D: 15 days
    1M: 1 month
    3M: 3 months
    6M: 6 months

    Delete a product category

    DELETE

    Delete the classification registered in the shopping mall using the classification number.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    Delete a product category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Categories decorationimages



    Categories decoration images are a function of decorative images of a particular category.
    You can view or modify a decorative image set in a specific category.

    Categories decorationimages properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    category_no

    Category number

    use_menu_image_pc

    menu image settings for PC store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    menu_image_pc

    default menu image for PC store

    menu_over_image_pc

    overlay menu image for PC store

    use_top_image_pc

    header image settings for PC store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    top_images_pc

    header image for PC store

    use_title_image_pc

    headline image settings for PC store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    title_image_pc

    headline image for PC store

    use_menu_image_mobile

    menu image settings for mobile store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    menu_image_mobile

    default menu image for mobile store

    use_top_image_mobile

    header image settings for mobile store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    top_images_mobile

    Array Max : [3]

    header image for mobile store

    use_title_image_mobile

    headline image settings for mobile store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    title_image_mobile

    headline image for mobile store

    Retrieve decoration image settings by category

    GET

    Use the classification number to inquire about the classification's decorative information.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    Retrieve decoration image settings by category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update decoration images of a product category

    PUT

    Use the classification number to modify the classification's decorative information.
    You can change whether to use the classification PC menu image, the default image, and so on.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    use_menu_image_pc

    menu image settings for PC store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    menu_image_pc

    default menu image for PC store

    menu_over_image_pc

    overlay menu image for PC store

    use_top_image_pc

    header image settings for PC store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    top_images_pc

    Array Max : [3]

    header image for PC store

    use_title_image_pc

    headline image settings for PC store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    title_image_pc

    headline image for PC store

    use_menu_image_mobile

    menu image settings for mobile store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    menu_image_mobile

    default menu image for mobile store

    use_top_image_mobile

    header image settings for mobile store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    top_images_mobile

    Array Max : [3]

    header image for mobile store

    use_title_image_mobile

    headline image settings for mobile store

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    title_image_mobile

    headline image for mobile store

    Categories seo



    Category SEO (Categories SEO) is a function that allows you to check settings and settings for a specific category of SEO.
    SEO stands for Search Engine Optimization, and this function can be utilized to better search categories and shopping malls in search engines.
    Category SEO is a sub-resource of a category and can set search engine optimization settings for a specific category.

    Categories seo properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    category_no

    Category number

    search_engine_exposure

    exposure setting for search engine

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    meta_title

    Browser title

    meta_author

    Meta tag 1: Author

    meta_description

    Meta tag 2: Description

    meta_keywords

    Meta tag 3: Keywords

    Retrieve SEO settings by category

    GET

    You can retrieve the SEO settings for a specific category.
    Search engine exposure settings, browser titles, and more.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_category
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    Retrieve SEO settings by category
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a product category SEO

    PUT

    You can modify the SEO settings for a specific category.
    You can set search engine exposure settings, browser titles, and more.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_category
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    search_engine_exposure

    exposure setting for search engine

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    meta_title

    Browser title

    meta_author

    Meta tag 1: Author

    meta_description

    Meta tag 2: Description

    meta_keywords

    Meta tag 3: Keywords

    Mains

    The main category (Mains) is a product category that can display products of the shopping mall on the main screen.

    Mains properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    module_code

    Module code

    The module code assigned main display group

    display_group

    main category number

    group_name

    Group Name

    Category name defined when main categories were created

    soldout_sort_type

    Sold-out product display status

    The display location of sold out products.

    B: Arranged out-of-stock items to the back
    N: N/A

    Retrieve a list of main categories

    GET

    You can check the information of the main categories displayed in the shopping mall.
    You can check the main classification number, main classification name, and out-of-stock product display settings.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_category
    Request Limit 40
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Collection

    Brands

    Brands refer to data entered in [Production information>Brand]. You can search products by brand and eveery product must be assigned to a brand (automatically assigned to “private brand” when unassigned.)

    Brands properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    brand_code

    Brand code

    brand_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Brand name

    use_brand

    whether to use a brand

    Whether the brand is being used

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    search_keyword

    Max Length : [200]

    Search keyword

    product_count

    Product count

    Number of products

    created_date

    Created date

    Retrieve a list of brands

    GET

    You can check the brands in the shopping mall.
    You can check the brand name, brand usage, number of products, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    brand_code

    Brand code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    brand_name

    Brand name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_brand

    whether to use a brand

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a count of brands

    GET

    Counts the number of brands currently in the mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    brand_code

    Brand code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    brand_name

    Brand name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_brand

    whether to use a brand

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Retrieve a count of brands
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a brand

    POST

    Create a brand.
    You can set the brand name and whether to use the brand, and you can specify the search term so that the brand product can be searched when searching for the product.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_collection
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    brand_name
    Required

    Brand name

    use_brand

    whether to use a brand

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT T

    search_keyword

    Max Length : [200]

    Search keyword

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a brand

    PUT

    You can modify information for a specific brand.
    You can modify the brand name, brand usage, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_collection
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    brand_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Brand code

    brand_name

    Brand name

    use_brand

    whether to use a brand

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT T

    search_keyword

    Max Length : [200]

    Search keyword

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a brand

    DELETE

    You can delete a specific brand.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    brand_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Brand code

    Delete a brand
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Classifications

    Custom category refers to information entered in [Products>Add products>Advanced settings>Production information>Custom category]. It is one of the category types and every product must be assigned to one custom category. If a product is unassigned, it is automatically assigned to Default custom category.

    Classifications properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    classification_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Min Length : [8]
    Max Length : [8]

    Classification code

    classification_name

    Max Length : [200]

    Classification name

    classification_description

    Max Length : [300]

    Classification description

    use_classification

    Use classification

    created_date

    Created date

    product_count

    Product count

    Number of products.

    Retrieve a list of custom categories

    GET

    Check the list of self-classification registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the classification code and classification name of your own classification.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    classification_code

    Classification code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    classification_name

    Classification name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_classification

    Use classification

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a count of custom categories

    GET

    Check the number of self-classifications registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    classification_code

    Classification code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    classification_name

    Classification name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_classification

    Use classification

    Retrieve a count of custom categories
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Manufacturers

    Manufacturers is an information entered into the "production information" of a product. The manufacturer represents the subject who produced and produced the product, and is one of the sales categories that distinguish the products. The product must have one manufacturer (using "own manufacturer" when not specified)

    Manufacturers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    manufacturer_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Manufacturer code

    Unique number of each manufacturer. This number cannot be duplicated in a mall.

    manufacturer_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Manufacturer name

    Name of manufacturer. Manufacturer name is the basic information for mall to distinguish each manufacturer.

    president_name

    Max Length : [30]

    CEO

    President name of manufacturer.

    use_manufacturer

    Use classification

    Whether use the manufacturer or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    email

    Max Length : [255]

    Email

    Email of manufacturer.

    phone

    Max Length : [20]

    Office phone number

    Phone number of manufacturer.

    homepage

    Max Length : [255]

    Home page

    Website address of manufacturer.

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    Zipcode of manufacturer.

    country_code

    Country code

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    Address1 of manufacturer. (Street address, P.O. box, company name, c/o)

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    Address2 of manufacturer. (Apartment, suite, unit, building, floor, etc)

    created_date

    Created date

    Retrieve a list of manufacturers

    GET

    Check the information of the manufacturers registered in the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the name of the manufacturer, the name of the representative, and the phone number.
    The response value of a list retrieve is simpler than a detailed retrieve.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    manufacturer_code

    Manufacturer code

    Code of manufacturer to search.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    manufacturer_name

    Manufacturer name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_manufacturer

    Use manufacturer

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    Set the start location of search result.

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a manufacturer

    GET

    Check the details of the manufacturer registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the name of the manufacturer, the name of the representative, and the use of the manufacturer.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    manufacturer_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Manufacturer code

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a count of manufacturers

    GET

    Check the number of manufacturers registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    manufacturer_code

    Manufacturer code

    Code of the manufacturer you want to retrieve

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    manufacturer_name

    Manufacturer name

    Search for manufacturers of which names contain the search term that you enter. The search term is case-insensitive.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_manufacturer

    Use manufacturer

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Retrieve a count of manufacturers
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a manufacturer

    POST

    Register a new manufacturer at the mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_collection
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    manufacturer_name
    Required

    Manufacturer name

    president_name
    Required

    Max Length : [30]

    CEO

    email

    Max Length : [255]
    Email

    Email

    phone

    Max Length : [20]
    Phone Number

    Office phone number

    homepage

    Max Length : [255]

    Home page

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    country_code

    Country code

    use_manufacturer

    Use classification

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a manufacturer

    PUT

    Modify the information of the manufacturer registered in the shopping mall.
    You can modify the name of the manufacturer, the name of the representative, and the phone number.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_collection
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    manufacturer_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Manufacturer code

    manufacturer_name

    Manufacturer name

    president_name

    CEO

    email

    Max Length : [255]
    Email

    Email

    phone

    Max Length : [20]
    Phone Number

    Office phone number

    homepage

    Max Length : [255]

    Home page

    zipcode

    Zipcode

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    country_code

    Country code

    use_manufacturer

    Use classification

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Origin

    Origin means the region where the product was produced. Country of origin is important data for overseas shipping. Cafes 24 coded a variety of countries of origin, and the country of origin code information can be checked through the Origin search API.

    Origin properties

    Attribute Description
    origin_place_no

    Origin place no

    origin_place_name

    Origin place name

    foreign

    Foreign

    made_in_code

    Origin country code

    Retrieve a list of origins

    GET

    You can look up the country of origin provided by the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the country of origin name, country of origin code, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    origin_place_no

    Origin place no

    origin_place_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Origin place name

    foreign

    Foreign

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Trends refers to the information that you enter into trends in the "production information" of a product. Trends is one of the sales categories that distinguish products, and products must have one trend (using "basic trends" when not specified).

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    trend_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Trend code

    trend_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Trend name

    use_trend

    whether to use trend

    Whether use trend or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    created_date

    Created date

    product_count

    Product count

    Number of products.

    GET

    You can look up trends registered in the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the trend code, trend name, usage, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    trend_code

    Trend code

    Code of trend.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    trend_name

    Trend name

    Name of trend.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_trend

    whether to use trend

    Whether use trend or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    GET

    You can check the number of trends registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_collection
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    trend_code

    Trend code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    trend_name

    Trend name

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    use_trend

    whether to use trend

    Whether use trend or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    Supply

    Shipping suppliers

    Supplier Shipping deals with shipping information registered to a mall supplier.
    You may retrieve or update information such as shipping method registered to a supplier.

    Shipping suppliers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    supplier_id

    Supplier id

    supplier_code

    Supplier code

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    shipping_01: Carrier
    shipping_02: Express registered mail
    shipping_04: Direct shipping
    shipping_05: Quick Service
    shipping_06: Others
    shipping_07: Freight shipping
    shipping_08: Store pickup
    shipping_09: No shipping required

    shipping_etc

    Max Length : [25]

    Other shipping methods

    Shipping details when shipping method (shipping_method) is set as others (shipping_06)

    shipping_type

    Domestic/International shipping

    A: Domestic shipping
    C: International shipping
    B:Domestic/International shipping

    shipping_place

    Max Length : [127]

    Shipping area

    shipping_start_date

    Min : [1]
    Max : [100]

    Shipping start date

    shipping_end_date

    Min : [1]
    Max : [100]

    Shipping end date

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping fee type

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    free_shipping_price

    Min : [0]
    Max : [999999999]

    Free shipping threshold

    Minimum purchase amount qualified for free shipping when shipping fee type (shipping_fee_type) is set as M (by purchase amount)

    shipping_fee

    Min : [0]
    Max : [999999999]

    shipping fee

    Shipping fee when shipping fee type (shipping_fee_type) is set as R (fixed fee) or M (by purchase amount)

    shipping_fee_by_quantity

    Min : [0]
    Max : [999999999]

    Quantity-based shipping rates

    Minimum purchase amount qualified for free shipping when shipping fee type (shipping_fee_type) is set as N (in proportion to quantity)

    shipping_rates

    Array Max : [50]

    Advanced shipping rates setting

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepayment
    B: Pay after delivery/Prepayment

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Settings for per-product shipping rates

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    product_weight

    Min : [0]
    Max : [30]

    Product weight

    hscode

    Max Length : [20]

    HS code

    country_hscode

    Array Max : [50]

    HS code by country

    Retrieve a supplier's shipping settings

    GET

    Retrieve information such as shipping method, supplier code & shipping location for a supplier.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 30

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_id
    Required

    Supplier id

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a supplier's shipping settings

    PUT

    Update information such as shipping method, shipping fee type & shipping location for a supplier.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 30
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_id
    Required

    Supplier id

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    shipping_01: Carrier
    shipping_02: Express registered mail
    shipping_04: Direct shipping
    shipping_05: Quick Service
    shipping_06: Others
    shipping_07: Freight shipping
    shipping_08: Store pickup
    shipping_09: No shipping required

    shipping_etc

    Max Length : [25]

    Other shipping methods

    Shipping details when shipping method (shipping_method) is set as others (shipping_06)

    shipping_type

    Domestic/International shipping

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    A: Domestic shipping
    C: International shipping
    B:Domestic/International shipping

    shipping_place

    Max Length : [127]

    Shipping area

    shipping_start_date

    Min : [1]
    Max : [100]

    Shipping start date

    shipping_end_date

    Min : [1]
    Max : [100]

    Shipping end date

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping fee type

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    free_shipping_price

    Min : [0]
    Max : [999999999]

    Free shipping threshold

    Minimum purchase amount qualified for free shipping when shipping fee type (shipping_fee_type) is set as M (by purchase amount)

    shipping_fee

    Min : [0]
    Max : [999999999]

    shipping fee

    Shipping fee when shipping fee type (shipping_fee_type) is set as R (fixed fee) or M (by purchase amount)

    shipping_fee_by_quantity

    Min : [0]
    Max : [999999999]

    Quantity-based shipping rates

    Minimum purchase amount qualified for free shipping when shipping fee type (shipping_fee_type) is set as N (in proportion to quantity)

    shipping_rates

    Array Max : [50]

    Advanced shipping rates setting

    shipping_rates_min
    Shipping fee - Minimum according to the shipping fee standard

    shipping_rates_max
    Shipping fee - Maximum according to the shipping fee standard

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    Whether prepaid shipping fee

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Vietnam, Philippines.

    C: Pay after delivery
    P: Prepayment
    B: Pay after delivery/Prepayment

    shipping_fee_by_product

    Settings for per-product shipping rates

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    product_weight

    Min : [0]
    Max : [30]

    Product weight

    hscode

    Max Length : [20]

    HS code

    country_hscode

    Array Max : [24]

    HS code by country

    country_code
    Country code

    hscode
    HS code

    Suppliers

    Suppliers refer to information entered into the supplier by the "production information" of the product. Supplier means a company or individual who can supply goods to the shopping mall and sell the goods. The supplier is one of the sales categories that distinguish the goods, and the goods must have one supplier (use "self-supply" when not specified)

    Suppliers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    supplier_code

    Supplier code

    Unique number of each supplier. This number cannot be duplicated in a mall.

    supplier_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier. Supplier name is the basic information for mall to distinguish each supplier.

    status

    Approval status

    Business status information with corresponding supplier.

    A: Business on going
    P: On hold
    N: Business terminated

    commission

    Commission

    Commission information for commission payment type(P).

    payment_period

    Payment frequency term

    You can set the payment frequency term.

    0: Do not set
    C: Daily term
    B: Weekly term
    A: Monthly term

    business_item

    Max Length : [255]

    Product type for business

    Product type of business dealing with supplier.

    payment_type

    Payment type

    You may choose the type of payment to paying with supplier.
    commission type : Type of make a payment corresponding to a commission which set to product selling price.
    buying type : Type of make a payment corresponding to a supplier price which inputted at a product registration.

    P: Commission type
    D: Buying type

    supplier_type

    Business type of supplier

    Business type of supplier.

    Wholesale : Sales only to a retail shop not a regular customer.
    Retail : Purchase product and sales it to a regular customer.
    Store in mall : Store in mall.

    WS: Wholesale
    SF: Retail
    BS: Store in mall
    ET: Other

    use_supplier

    Use classification

    Whether use the supplier or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    created_date

    registered date

    Created date of supplier information.

    updated_date

    Updated date

    Modified date of supplier information.

    country_code

    Country code of business address

    zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Zipcode

    Zipcode of supplier.

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    Address1 of supplier. (Street address, P.O. box, company name, c/o)

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    Address2 of supplier. (Apartment, suite, unit, building, floor, etc)

    manager_information

    In Charge

    Person in charge at supplier.

    payment_start_day

    Min : [0]~Max : [6]

    Payment start day

    Process payment at designated date.
    In case for Payment frequency term is Weekly term(B)

    0 : Sunday. Process payment
    1 : Monday. Process payment
    2 : Tuesday. Process payment
    3 : Wednesday. Process payment
    4 : Thursday. Process payment
    5 : Friday. Process payment
    6 : Saturday. Process payment

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    payment_end_day

    Min : [0]~Max : [6]

    Payment end day

    Process payment at designated date.
    In case for Payment frequency term is Weekly term(B)

    0 : Sunday. Process payment
    1 : Monday. Process payment
    2 : Tuesday. Process payment
    3 : Wednesday. Process payment
    4 : Thursday. Process payment
    5 : Friday. Process payment
    6 : Saturday. Process payment

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    payment_start_date

    Min : [1]~Max : [31]

    payment start date

    Set the payment start date in case for Payment frequency term is Monthly term(A)

    payment_end_date

    Min : [1]~Max : [31]

    payment end date

    Set the payment end date in case for Payment frequency term is Monthly term(A)

    trading_type

    Trade type

    Trade type which provides from the supplier.

    Retail : Seller purchase the product and deliver it to a customer.
    Direct shipping : Supplier ships ordered product to a customer.

    D: Reatil
    C: Direct shipping

    bank_code

    Max Length : [50]

    Bank code

    Bank code for close payment to supplier.

    bank_code

    bank_account_no

    Bank account no

    Bank account number for close payment to supplier.

    bank_account_name

    Bank account holder number

    Bank account name for close payment to supplier.

    president_name

    CEO

    President name that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_registration_no

    Max Length : [12]

    Company registration number

    Business registration number with corresponding supplier. Displays when unique business registration number issued following to a country.

    company_name

    Company name

    Company name that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_condition

    Business

    Company type that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_line

    Business category

    Company item that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    phone

    Max Length : [20]

    Office phone number

    Office phone number of supplier.

    fax

    Max Length : [20]

    Office fax number

    Office fax number of supplier.

    payment_method

    criteria status for payment

    Criteria status for payment.
    10 : Complete payment
    30 : Start shipping
    40 : Shipping complete

    10 : complete payment
    30 : delivery start
    40 : delivered

    market_country_code

    Country code of market address

    market_zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Market address zip code

    market_address1

    Market address 1

    market_address2

    Market address 2

    exchange_country_code

    Country code of return address

    exchange_zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Return address zip code

    exchange_address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Return address 1

    exchange_address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Return address 2

    homepage_url

    Max Length : [100]

    Home page address

    mall_url

    Max Length : [100]

    Shopping mall address

    account_start_date

    Max Length : [10]

    Transaction start date

    account_stop_date

    Max Length : [10]

    Transaction stop date

    show_supplier_info

    Max Length : [100]

    show supplier information

    SP: Phone number
    SM: Business address
    MA: Market address
    EA: Address for product return
    MN: Name of the person in charge
    MI: Contact of the person in charge

    memo

    Max Length : [255]

    Memo

    Memo for manage supplier.

    company_introduction

    About us

    A brief introduction of the supplier.

    Retrieve a list of suppliers

    GET

    You can check the list of suppliers registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the supplier code, supplier name, fee, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_code

    Supplier code

    Unique number of each supplier. This number cannot be duplicated in a mall.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    supplier_name

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier. Supplier name is the basic information for mall to distinguish each supplier.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a count of suppliers

    GET

    You can check the total number of suppliers registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_code

    Supplier code

    Unique number of each supplier. This number cannot be duplicated in a mall.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    supplier_name

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier. Supplier name is the basic information for mall to distinguish each supplier.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Retrieve a count of suppliers
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a supplier

    GET

    You can retrieve the information of a particular provider.
    You can inquire the name of the supplier, fees, and settlement cycle.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_code
    Required

    Supplier code

    Unique number of each supplier. This number cannot be duplicated in a mall.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a supplier

    POST

    You can create a new supplier in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_name
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier. Supplier name is the basic information for mall to distinguish each supplier.

    manager_information

    Array Max : [3]

    In Charge

    You can add up to three managers.

    no
    Required
    manager serial code

    name
    Required
    manager name

    phone
    manager contact

    email
    manager email

    use_supplier

    Use classification

    Whether use the supplier or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT T

    trading_type

    Trade type

    Trade type which provides from the supplier.

    Retail : Seller purchase the product and deliver it to a customer.
    Direct shipping : Supplier ships ordered product to a customer.

    D: Reatil
    C: Direct shipping

    DEFAULT D

    supplier_type

    Business type of supplier

    Business type of supplier.

    Wholesale : Sales only to a retail shop not a regular customer.
    Retail : Purchase product and sales it to a regular customer.
    Store in mall : Store in mall.

    WS: Wholesale
    SF: Retail
    BS: Store in mall
    ET: Other

    DEFAULT WS

    status

    Approval status

    Business status information with corresponding supplier.

    A: Business on going
    P: On hold
    N: Business terminated

    DEFAULT A

    business_item

    Max Length : [255]

    Product type for business

    Product type of business dealing with supplier.

    payment_type

    Payment type

    You may choose the type of payment to paying with supplier.
    commission type : Type of make a payment corresponding to a commission which set to product selling price.
    buying type : Type of make a payment corresponding to a supplier price which inputted at a product registration.

    P: Commission type
    D: Buying type

    DEFAULT P

    payment_period

    Payment frequency term

    You can set the payment frequency term.

    0: Do not set
    C: Daily term
    B: Weekly term
    A: Monthly term

    DEFAULT 0

    payment_method

    criteria status for payment

    Criteria status for payment.
    10 : Complete payment
    30 : Start shipping
    40 : Shipping complete

    10 : complete payment
    30 : delivery start
    40 : delivered

    payment_start_day

    Min : [0]~Max : [6]

    Payment start day

    Process payment at designated date.
    In case for Payment frequency term is Weekly term(B)

    0 : Sunday. Process payment
    1 : Monday. Process payment
    2 : Tuesday. Process payment
    3 : Wednesday. Process payment
    4 : Thursday. Process payment
    5 : Friday. Process payment
    6 : Saturday. Process payment

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    payment_end_day

    Min : [0]~Max : [6]

    Payment end day

    Process payment at designated date.
    In case for Payment frequency term is Weekly term(B)

    0 : Sunday. Process payment
    1 : Monday. Process payment
    2 : Tuesday. Process payment
    3 : Wednesday. Process payment
    4 : Thursday. Process payment
    5 : Friday. Process payment
    6 : Saturday. Process payment

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    payment_start_date

    Min : [1]~Max : [31]

    payment start date

    Set the payment start date in case for Payment frequency term is Monthly term(A)

    payment_end_date

    Min : [1]~Max : [31]

    payment end date

    Set the payment end date in case for Payment frequency term is Monthly term(A)

    commission

    commission rate

    Commission information for commission payment type(P).

    DEFAULT 10

    phone

    Max Length : [20]
    Phone Number

    Office phone number

    Office phone number of supplier.

    fax

    Max Length : [20]
    Phone Number

    Office fax number

    Office fax number of supplier.

    country_code

    Country code of business address

    zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Zipcode

    Zipcode of supplier.

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    Address1 of supplier. (Street address, P.O. box, company name, c/o)

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    Address2 of supplier. (Apartment, suite, unit, building, floor, etc)

    market_country_code

    Country code of market address

    market_zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Market address zip code

    market_address1

    Market address 1

    market_address2

    Market address 2

    exchange_country_code

    Country code of return address

    exchange_zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Return address zip code

    exchange_address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Return address 1

    exchange_address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Return address 2

    homepage_url

    Max Length : [100]

    Home page address

    mall_url

    Max Length : [100]

    Shopping mall address

    account_start_date

    Max Length : [10]
    Date

    Transaction start date

    account_stop_date

    Max Length : [10]
    Date

    Transaction stop date

    memo

    Max Length : [255]

    Memo

    Memo for manage supplier.

    company_registration_no

    Max Length : [12]
    Business Number

    Company registration number

    Business registration number with corresponding supplier. Displays when unique business registration number issued following to a country.

    company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    Company name

    Company name that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    president_name

    Max Length : [20]

    CEO

    President name that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_condition

    Max Length : [20]

    Business

    Company type that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_line

    Max Length : [20]

    Business category

    Company item that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_introduction

    About us

    A brief introduction of the supplier.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a supplier

    PUT

    You can modify the information for a specific provider.
    You can modify the supplier name, supply reason type, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Supplier code

    Unique number of each supplier. This number cannot be duplicated in a mall.

    supplier_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier. Supplier name is the basic information for mall to distinguish each supplier.

    use_supplier

    Use classification

    Whether use the supplier or not.

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    trading_type

    Trade type

    Trade type which provides from the supplier.

    Retail : Seller purchase the product and deliver it to a customer.
    Direct shipping : Supplier ships ordered product to a customer.

    D: Reatil
    C: Direct shipping

    supplier_type

    Business type of supplier

    Business type of supplier.

    Wholesale : Sales only to a retail shop not a regular customer.
    Retail : Purchase product and sales it to a regular customer.
    Store in mall : Store in mall.

    WS: Wholesale
    SF: Retail
    BS: Store in mall
    ET: Other

    status

    Approval status

    Business status information with corresponding supplier.

    A: Business on going
    P: On hold
    N: Business terminated

    payment_type

    Payment type

    You may choose the type of payment to paying with supplier.
    commission type : Type of make a payment corresponding to a commission which set to product selling price.
    buying type : Type of make a payment corresponding to a supplier price which inputted at a product registration.

    P: Commission type
    D: Buying type

    payment_period

    Payment frequency term

    You can set the payment frequency term.

    0: Do not set
    C: Daily term
    B: Weekly term
    A: Monthly term

    commission

    commission rate

    Commission information for commission payment type(P).

    manager_information

    Array Max : [3]

    In Charge

    You can add up to three managers. Information on a specific manager can be edited by using "no".

    no
    Required
    manager serial code

    name
    Required
    manager name

    phone
    manager contact

    email
    manager email

    use_sms
    Whether to receive SMS
    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    business_item

    Max Length : [255]

    Product type for business

    Product type of business dealing with supplier.

    payment_method

    criteria status for payment

    Criteria status for payment.
    10 : Complete payment
    30 : Start shipping
    40 : Shipping complete

    10 : complete payment
    30 : delivery start
    40 : delivered

    payment_start_day

    Min : [0]~Max : [6]

    Payment start day

    Process payment at designated date.
    In case for Payment frequency term is Weekly term(B)

    0 : Sunday. Process payment
    1 : Monday. Process payment
    2 : Tuesday. Process payment
    3 : Wednesday. Process payment
    4 : Thursday. Process payment
    5 : Friday. Process payment
    6 : Saturday. Process payment

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    payment_end_day

    Min : [0]~Max : [6]

    Payment end day

    Process payment at designated date.
    In case for Payment frequency term is Weekly term(B)

    0 : Sunday. Process payment
    1 : Monday. Process payment
    2 : Tuesday. Process payment
    3 : Wednesday. Process payment
    4 : Thursday. Process payment
    5 : Friday. Process payment
    6 : Saturday. Process payment

    0: Sunday
    1: Monday
    2: Tuesday
    3: Wednesday
    4: Thursday
    5: Friday
    6: Saturday

    payment_start_date

    Min : [1]~Max : [31]

    payment start date

    Set the payment start date in case for Payment frequency term is Monthly term(A)

    payment_end_date

    Min : [1]~Max : [31]

    payment end date

    Set the payment end date in case for Payment frequency term is Monthly term(A)

    phone

    Max Length : [20]
    Phone Number

    Office phone number

    Office phone number of supplier.

    fax

    Max Length : [20]
    Phone Number

    Office fax number

    Office fax number of supplier.

    country_code

    Country code of business address

    zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Zipcode

    Zipcode of supplier.

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    Address1 of supplier. (Street address, P.O. box, company name, c/o)

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    Address2 of supplier. (Apartment, suite, unit, building, floor, etc)

    market_country_code

    Country code of market address

    market_zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Market address zip code

    market_address1

    Market address 1

    market_address2

    Market address 2

    exchange_country_code

    Country code of return address

    exchange_zipcode

    Max Length : [10]

    Return address zip code

    exchange_address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Return address 1

    exchange_address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Return address 2

    homepage_url

    Max Length : [100]

    Home page address

    mall_url

    Max Length : [100]

    Shopping mall address

    account_start_date

    Max Length : [10]
    Date

    Transaction start date

    account_stop_date

    Max Length : [10]
    Date

    Transaction stop date

    memo

    Max Length : [255]

    Memo

    Memo for manage supplier.

    company_registration_no

    Max Length : [12]
    Business Number

    Company registration number

    Business registration number with corresponding supplier. Displays when unique business registration number issued following to a country.

    company_name

    Max Length : [30]

    Company name

    Company name that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    president_name

    Max Length : [20]

    CEO

    President name that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_condition

    Max Length : [20]

    Business

    Company type that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_line

    Max Length : [20]

    Business category

    Company item that supplier registered when registration of enterprise.

    company_introduction

    About us

    A brief introduction of the supplier.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a supplier

    DELETE

    You can delete a vendor created in a shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    supplier_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Supplier code

    Delete a supplier
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Suppliers users

    Supplier Users is used when the supplier logs in to the shopping mall and registers the goods directly. You can grant limited rights to supplier operators such as uploading products, managing classifications, and managing bulletin boards.

    Suppliers users properties

    Attribute Description
    user_id

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier operator ID

    ID of supplier operator when logging in the mall. Supplier operator can access the supplier administrator screen by logging in to the shopping mall administrator page same as the sub operator of the mall.

    supplier_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Supplier code

    System assigned code of supplier. This code cannot be duplicated.

    supplier_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier is a basic information which can separate each supplier at the shopping mall administrator page.

    permission_category_select

    Authority to select the classification when a product is registered

    Set the authority of whether the supplier operator can select the product classification when register product.

    Allow : The supplier operator can register the product by selecting it within the specified product category when registering the product.
    Do not allow : A supplier operator cannot select a product category when registering a product.

    permission_product_modify

    Authority to modify a product

    Permission of modify the product for supplier operator after register the product.

    permission_product_display

    Authority to display a product

    Permission of display the product for supplier operator after register the product.

    permission_product_selling

    Authority to sell a product

    Permission of selling the product for supplier operator after register the product.

    permission_product_delete

    Permission to remove registered products

    Permission of delete the product for supplier operator after register the product.

    permission_amount_inquiry

    Permission to view order amount

    permission_board_manage

    authority setting for board

    Permission of access bulletin board for supplier operator after register the product.

    T: Allow
    F: Do not allow

    permission_order_menu

    Orders menu permission

    user_name

    Suppliers/Users name

    Name of the supplier's operator means the name displayed in the "person (processor) who performed the job" when a supplier operator performs a certain operation on the shopping mall manager screen.
    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    nick_name

    nickname

    The nickname of the supplier's operator displayed in the "Writer" section if the operator of the supplier creates a post on the bulletin board. (only if the bulletin board is set to expose the 'nickname' instead of the writer name)
    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    nick_name_icon_type

    Nickname icon type of supplier operator

    Can select type for Icon that shows in front of supplier operator nickname.

    Register Icon personally : Can upload & set the nickname Icon personally.
    Register sample Icon : Can select & set the nickname Icon which provided already.
    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    D: Register Icon personally
    S: Register sample Icon

    nick_name_icon_url

    Max Length : [255]

    Nickname icon url of supplier operator

    Image path of supplier operator's nickname icon

    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    use_nick_name_icon

    Nickname icon display setting

    Whether display nickname icon or not when supplier operator creates a post on the bulletin board.

    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    use_writer_name_icon

    Board writer display setting

    Whether display writer's name or not when supplier operator creates a post on the bulletin board.

    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    email

    Email

    Email

    Email address of supplier operator. Can be used for store of supplier's contact information.

    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    phone

    Office phone number

    Phone number of supplier operator. Can be used for store of supplier's contact information.

    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    permission_shop_no

    Number of multi shopping mall

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    permitted_category_list

    Permission of classification access

    A product category that a supplier operator can select when registering a product. The supplier operator can upload the product only to the product category of selectable when registering the product.

    Can be checked only in the 'Search supplier operator detail' API.

    Retrieve a list of supplier users

    GET

    You can check the list of supplier operators registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the supplier code, supplier name, supplier operator name, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    user_id

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier operator ID

    ID of supplier operator when logging in the mall. Supplier operator can access the supplier administrator screen by logging in to the shopping mall administrator page same as the sub operator of the mall.

    supplier_code

    Max Length : [8]

    Supplier code

    System assigned code of supplier. This code cannot be duplicated.

    supplier_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier is a basic information which can separate each supplier at the shopping mall administrator page.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a count of supplier users

    GET

    You can check the number of supplier operators registered in the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    user_id

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier operator ID

    ID of supplier operator when logging in the mall. Supplier operator can access the supplier administrator screen by logging in to the shopping mall administrator page same as the sub operator of the mall.

    supplier_code

    Max Length : [8]

    Supplier code

    System assigned code of supplier. This code cannot be duplicated.

    supplier_name

    Max Length : [100]

    Supplier name

    Name of supplier is a basic information which can separate each supplier at the shopping mall administrator page.

    Retrieve a count of supplier users
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve supplier user details

    GET

    You can inquire about specific supplier operators registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the supplier name, supplier authority, nickname, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 10

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    user_id

    Type : [a-zA-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier operator ID

    ID of supplier operator when logging in the mall. Supplier operator can access the supplier administrator screen by logging in to the shopping mall administrator page same as the sub operator of the mall.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a supplier user

    POST

    You can register new supplier users to the mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    user_id
    Required

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier operator ID

    supplier_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Supplier code

    user_name

    Suppliers/Users name

    Required

    shop_no
    Required
    Shop Number

    user_name
    Required
    Suppliers/Users name

    nick_name

    nickname

    shop_no
    Shop Number

    nick_name
    nickname

    password
    Required

    Password

    use_nick_name_icon

    Nickname icon display setting

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    use_writer_name_icon

    Board writer display setting

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    email

    Email

    Email

    phone

    Office phone number

    permission_shop_no
    Required

    Number of multi shopping mall

    permission_category_select

    Authority to select the classification when a product is registered

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT T

    permitted_category_list

    Permission of classification access

    permission_product_modify

    Authority to modify a product

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT T

    permission_product_display

    Authority to display a product

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT T

    permission_product_selling

    Authority to sell a product

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT T

    permission_product_delete

    Permission to remove registered products

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT T

    permission_order_menu

    Orders menu permission

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT T

    permission_amount_inquiry

    Permission to view order amount

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    DEFAULT F

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a supplier user

    PUT

    You can modify specific supplier user registered to the mall.
    You can change supplier user's name, nickname, password, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    user_id
    Required

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier operator ID

    user_name

    Suppliers/Users name

    Required

    shop_no
    Shop Number

    user_name
    Suppliers/Users name

    nick_name

    nickname

    shop_no
    Shop Number

    nick_name
    nickname

    password

    Password

    use_nick_name_icon

    Nickname icon display setting

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    use_writer_name_icon

    Board writer display setting

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    email

    Email

    Email

    phone

    Office phone number

    permission_shop_no

    Number of multi shopping mall

    permission_category_select

    Authority to select the classification when a product is registered

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    permitted_category_list

    Permission of classification access

    permission_product_modify

    Authority to modify a product

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    permission_product_display

    Authority to display a product

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    permission_product_selling

    Authority to sell a product

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    permission_product_delete

    Permission to remove registered products

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    permission_order_menu

    Orders menu permission

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    permission_amount_inquiry

    Permission to view order amount

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a supplier user

    DELETE

    You can delete a specific supplier user registered to the mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    user_id
    Required

    Type : [a-z0-9]
    Length Min : [4]~Max : [16]

    Supplier operator ID

    Delete a supplier user
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Suppliers users regionalsurcharges



    Set regional shipping fee per supplier or retrieve current settings

    Suppliers users regionalsurcharges properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    regional_surcharge_no

    regional surcharge number

    supplier_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    country_code

    Max Length : [2]

    Country code

    KR: South Korea
    JP: Japan
    VN: Vietnam

    region_name

    Max Length : [255]

    Remote area

    surcharge_region_name

    Max Length : [300]

    region name

    Name of the region where the regional surcharge will be applied
    Required when regional surchage type (region_setting_type) is set as "N"

    start_zipcode

    Max Length : [8]

    first postal code in the range

    Required when regional surchage type (region_setting_type) is set as "Z"

    end_zipcode

    Max Length : [8]

    last postal code in the range

    Required when regional surchage type (region_setting_type) is set as "Z"

    regional_surcharge_amount

    Min : [1]~Max : [999999999]

    regional surcharge

    Amount of regional surcharge to be charged

    use_regional_surcharge

    regional surcharge settings

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    Retrieve a supplier user's list of regional shipping fees

    GET

    Retrieve a list of registered regional shipping fee settings of a specific supplier.
    Retrieve information such as country code, region name, additional shipping fee, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create regional shipping fee for a supplier user

    POST

    Register regional shipping fee settings of a specific supplier.
    Register multiple regional shipping fee per supplier.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    country_code

    Max Length : [2]

    Country code

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Korea, Japan, Vietnam, Philippines.

    KR: South Korea
    JP: Japan
    VN: Vietnam

    region_name
    Required

    Max Length : [255]

    Remote area

    use_regional_surcharge
    Required

    regional surcharge settings

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    surcharge_region_name

    Max Length : [300]

    region name

    start_zipcode

    Max Length : [8]

    first postal code in the range

    end_zipcode

    Max Length : [8]

    last postal code in the range

    regional_surcharge_amount
    Required

    Min : [1]~Max : [999999999]

    regional surcharge

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete supplier user's regional shipping fee settings

    DELETE

    Delete regional shipping fee settings of a specific supplier.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    regional_surcharge_no
    Required

    regional surcharge number

    Delete supplier user's regional shipping fee settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Suppliers users regionalsurcharges setting

    Retrieve or update regional shipping fee settings per supplier

    Suppliers users regionalsurcharges setting properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    supplier_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    use_regional_surcharge

    regional surcharge settings

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    region_setting_type

    Shipping zones

    A: Quick settings
    N: Area name settings
    Z: Postal code settings

    jeju_surcharge_amount

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Surcharge for Jeju Island

    remote_area_surcharge_amount

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Surcharge for remote areas

    Retrieve a supplier user's regional shipping fee settings

    GET

    Retrieve regional shipping fee settings of a specific supplier.
    Check region setting type & whether a supplier is using regional shipping fee.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_supply
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    Retrieve a supplier user's regional shipping fee settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a supplier user's regional shipping fee settings

    PUT

    Update regional shipping fee settings for a supplier.
    Update region setting method & whether regional shipping fee is used.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_supply
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    supplier_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    use_regional_surcharge
    Required

    regional surcharge settings

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    region_setting_type
    Required

    Shipping zones

    A: Quick settings
    N: Area name settings
    Z: Postal code settings

    jeju_surcharge_amount

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Surcharge for Jeju Island

    remote_area_surcharge_amount

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Surcharge for remote areas

    Update a supplier user's regional shipping fee settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Shipping

    Carriers

    Carriers are the main agents of delivering product(s) from shopping malls to shopping mall customers.
    If you register a delivery company, you can select the delivery company and proceed with the delivery process at the shopping mall.
    In the Delivery Service resource, you can view the currently registered delivery company and create, modify, and delete the delivery company.

    Carriers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    carrier_id

    shipping carrier ID

    shipping_carrier_code

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    shipping_carrier

    shipping carrier name

    track_shipment_url

    URL for tracking shipment

    shipping_type

    domestic/international shipping settings

    A: domestic
    B: domestic/international
    C: international

    contact

    primary contact

    secondary_contact

    secondary contact

    email

    Email

    default_shipping_fee

    default shipping fee

    homepage_url

    Home page address

    default_shipping_carrier

    default shipping carrier settings

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    shipping_fee_setting

    default shipping fee settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    shipping_fee_setting_detail

    default shipping fee data

    express_exception_setting

    linked carrier excluded information settings

    links

    link

    Retrieve a list of shipping carriers

    GET

    You can look up the generated carriers as a list.
    You can check the name of the delivery company, the delivery company code, and the shipping cost setting data.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_shipping
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a shipping carrier

    GET

    You can select one particular shipping company for more information.
    You can check the name of the delivery company, the delivery company code, and the shipping cost setting data.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_shipping
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    carrier_id
    Required

    Shipping company id

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a shipping carrier

    POST

    Lets you create a shipping company.
    While creating a delivery company, you can also set the shipping cost for each delivery company.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_shipping
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shipping_carrier_code
    Required

    shipping carrier code

    shipping_company_code

    contact
    Required

    Max Length : [16]

    primary contact

    email
    Required

    Email
    Max Length : [255]

    Email

    shipping_carrier

    Max Length : [80]

    shipping carrier name

    track_shipment_url

    Max Length : [255]

    URL for tracking shipment

    secondary_contact

    Max Length : [16]

    secondary contact

    default_shipping_fee

    default shipping fee

    homepage_url

    Max Length : [255]

    Home page address

    shipping_fee_setting

    default shipping fee settings

    T: Used
    F: Not used

    DEFAULT F

    shipping_fee_setting_detail

    default shipping fee data

    * Definitions of sub-properties of "shipping_fee_setting_detail"

    1. shipping_fee_setting_domestic > shipping_fee_type

    shipping_fee_type (shipping rate type)
    T: Free shipping
    R: Fixed fee
    M: Tiered shipping rates (by amount)
    D: By purchase amount
    W: Tiered shipping rates (by weight)
    C: Tiered shipping rates (by quantity)
    N: In proportion to quantity


    2. shipping_fee_setting_domestic > shipping_fee_criteria

    shipping_fee_criteria
    D : Before discount, Regular price criteria(Recommended)
    A : Payment price after applied discount

    3. shipping_fee_setting_oversea > additional_handling_fee_list > unit

    unit (additional handling fee )
    W: fixed price-based
    P: percentage-based

    4. shipping_fee_setting_oversea > additional_handling_fee_list > rounding_unit

    rounding_unit (rounding place)
    F: do not round
    0: to the nearest one
    1: to the nearest ten
    2: to the nearest hundred
    3: to the nearest thousand

    5. shipping_fee_setting_oversea > additional_handling_fee_list > rounding_rule

    rounding_rule (round off method)
    L: round down
    U: round off
    C: round up

    shipping_type
    domestic/international shipping settings
    A: domestic
    B: domestic/international
    C: international
    DEFAULT B

    available_shipping_zone
    available shipping zone

    min_shipping_period
    minimum value in date range

    max_shipping_period
    maximum value in date range

    shipping_information
    shipping information on order form

    shipping_fee_setting_domestic Array

    shipping_fee_type
    Shipping fee settings

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    min_price
    purchase amount for charging shipping fee

    use_product_category
    applicable product categories

    product_category_list

    category_no
    product category number

    shipping_fee_criteria
    shipping fee criteria

    domestic_shipping_fee_list

    min_value
    minimum value in the range

    max_value
    maximum value in the range

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    available_shipping_zone
    available shipping zone settings

    available_shipping_zone_list

    region
    name of available shipping zone

    start_zipcode
    first postal code

    end_zipcode
    last postal code

    available_order_time
    available order time settings

    start_time
    start time

    end_time
    end time

    shipping_fee_setting_oversea Array

    shipping_fee_criteria
    shipping fee criteria

    shipping_country_list

    country_code
    Country code

    country_shipping_fee_list

    country_code
    Country code

    conditional
    criteria range for shipping fee

    min_value
    minimum value in the range

    max_value
    maximum value in the range

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    additional_handling_fee
    additional handling fee settings

    additional_handling_fee_list

    country_code
    Country code

    text
    name of additional handling fee

    min_value
    minimum value in the range

    max_value
    maximum value in the range

    additional_handling_fee
    additional handling fee for international shipping

    unit
    currency unit for additional handling fee

    rounding_unit
    rounding place

    rounding_rule
    rounding option

    maximum_quantity
    maximum order quantity

    product_category_limit
    product category exclusion settings

    product_category_limit_list

    category_no
    product category number

    product_maximum_quantity
    Restrict order quantity by category

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a shipping carrier

    PUT

    You can modify a specific shipping company.
    You can change the default carrier status setting.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_shipping
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    carrier_id
    Required

    shipping carrier ID

    default_shipping_carrier

    default shipping carrier settings

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT T

    Update a shipping carrier
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a shipping carrier

    DELETE

    You can delete a specific shipping company.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_shipping
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    carrier_id
    Required

    shipping carrier ID

    delete_default_carrier

    LIBSPECDATADELETE.DEFAULT.CARRIER

    LIBSPECDATADELETE.DEFAULT.CARRIER.EXAMPLE

    DEFAULT F

    Delete a shipping carrier
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Shipping

    Shipping is a function related to the delivery method registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the details of each delivery method.

    Shipping properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    shipping_01: Carrier
    shipping_02: Express registered mail
    shipping_04: Direct shipping
    shipping_05: Quick Service
    shipping_06: Others
    shipping_07: Freight shipping
    shipping_08: Store pickup
    shipping_09: No shipping required

    shipping_etc

    Other shipping methods

    shipping_type

    Domestic/International shipping

    A: Domestic shipping
    C: International shipping
    B:Domestic/International shipping

    international_shipping_fee_criteria

    International shipping fee type

    B: Store-assigned shipping rates
    E: Automatically calculated rates (EMS)

    shipping_period

    Shipping period

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping fee type

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    shipping_fee

    Max : [999999999]

    shipping fee

    free_shipping_price

    Max : [99999999999999]

    Free shipping threshold

    Set shipping cost > Use if it is charged according to the purchase amount

    shipping_fee_by_quantity

    Max : [999999999]

    Quantity-based shipping rates

    Set shipping cost > Use when shipping is charged in proportion to the quantity of the product

    shipping_rates

    Advanced shipping rates setting

    shipping_fee_criteria

    shipping fee criteria

    D: based on regular price before discount (Recommended)
    L: Based on final order (payment) amount
    A: Based on paid amount
    after discounts
    R: By total sales

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    POD / Prepayment settings

    C: Pay on delivery
    P: Prepay
    B: Pay on delivery / Prepay

    product_weight

    Product weight

    oversea_shipping_country

    settings for shipping countries

    T: selected countries only
    F: ship to all countries

    oversea_shipping_country_list

    Shipping country

    country_shipping_fee

    settings for shipping fee by country

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    country_shipping_fee_list

    Shipping fee by country

    international_shipping_insurance

    International shipping insurance

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    return_address

    Return address

    package_volume

    Parcel specifications

    wished_delivery_date

    Desired delivery date

    wished_delivery_time

    Desired delivery time

    hs_code

    HS code

    country_hs_code

    HS code per country

    supplier_shipping_fee

    Whether supplier shipping fee is enabled

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Retrieve shipping / return settings

    GET

    You can check the information about the delivery method registered in the shopping mall as a list.
    You can check the delivery method, delivery period, delivery fee, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_shipping
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve shipping / return settings
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update store shipping/return settings

    PUT

    You can modify the information about the delivery method registered in the shopping mall.
    You can check the delivery method, delivery period, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_shipping
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    shipping_method

    Shipping method

    shipping_01: Carrier
    shipping_02: Express registered mail
    shipping_04: Direct shipping
    shipping_05: Quick Service
    shipping_06: Others
    shipping_07: Freight shipping
    shipping_08: Store pickup
    shipping_09: No shipping required

    shipping_etc

    Max Length : [25]

    Other shipping methods

    shipping_period

    Shipping period

    minimum
    minimum date range

    maximum
    maximum date range

    shipping_fee_type

    Shipping fee type

    T: Free shipping R: Fixed rate M: Charge according to purchase amount D: Use different shipping charges per different purchase amount W: Use different shipping charges by product weight C: Use different shipping charges by quantity N: Use different shipping charges per different quantity

    shipping_fee

    Max : [999999999]

    shipping fee

    free_shipping_price

    Max : [99999999999999]

    Free shipping threshold

    shipping_fee_by_quantity

    Max : [999999999]

    Quantity-based shipping rates

    shipping_rates

    Advanced shipping rates setting

    min_value
    minimum condition value

    max_value
    maximum condition value

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    shipping_fee_criteria

    shipping fee criteria

    D: based on regular price before discount (Recommended)
    A: Based on paid amount
    after discounts

    prepaid_shipping_fee

    POD / Prepayment settings

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam, Philippines.

    C: Pay on delivery
    P: Prepay
    B: Pay on delivery / Prepay

    product_weight

    Min : [0]
    Max : [30]

    Product weight

    oversea_shipping_country

    settings for shipping countries

    T: selected countries only
    F: ship to all countries

    oversea_shipping_country_list

    Shipping country

    country_code
    Country code

    country_shipping_fee

    settings for shipping fee by country

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam, Philippines.

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    country_shipping_fee_list

    Shipping fee by country

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam, Philippines.

    country_code
    Country code

    conditional
    shipping fee criteria
    quantity: quantity
    weight: weight
    price: purchase amount

    min_value
    minimum condition value

    max_value
    maximum condition value

    shipping_fee
    shipping fee

    international_shipping_insurance

    International shipping insurance

    Only available on the following version(s): Korea

    T: Enable
    F: Disable

    return_address

    Return address

    zipcode
    Zipcode

    ziptype
    country settings for postal code

    address1
    Address 1

    address2
    Address 2

    package_volume

    Parcel specifications

    width
    Width

    length
    Length

    height
    height

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Shippingorigins

    Shipping origin is a function that manages information about the origin.

    Shippingorigins properties

    Attribute Description
    origin_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Shipping origin code

    origin_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Shipping origin name

    default

    Check whether the shipping origin is set as default

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    country_code

    Max Length : [2]

    Country code

    zipcode

    Min Length : [2]
    Max Length : [14]

    Zipcode

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    contact

    primary contact

    secondary_contact

    secondary contact

    variants

    Information of items in a shipping origin

    Retrieve a list of shipping origins

    GET

    You can check the list of registered shipping destinations.
    Item information is displayed up to 100 times.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_shipping
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a list of shipping origins
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a shipping origin

    GET

    You can check the registered shipping address in detail.
    All values after 100 item information are queried.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_shipping
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    origin_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Shipping origin code

    Retrieve a shipping origin
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a shipping origin

    POST

    You can register the shipping destination that will be used as the shipping destination.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_shipping
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    origin_name
    Required

    Max Length : [50]

    Shipping origin name

    address1
    Required

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2
    Required

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    country_code
    Required

    Max Length : [2]

    Country code

    default

    Check whether the shipping origin is set as default

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    zipcode

    Min Length : [2]
    Max Length : [14]

    Zipcode

    contact

    Phone Number
    Max Length : [20]

    primary contact

    secondary_contact

    Phone Number
    Max Length : [20]

    secondary contact

    Create a shipping origin
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a shipping origin

    PUT

    You can register the shipping destination that will be used as the shipping destination.
    When you activate the Shipping Manager, you can set the shipping destination for each product and item.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_shipping
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    origin_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Shipping origin code

    origin_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Shipping origin name

    country_code

    Max Length : [2]

    Country code

    default

    Check whether the shipping origin is set as default

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    contact

    Phone Number
    Max Length : [20]

    primary contact

    secondary_contact

    Phone Number
    Max Length : [20]

    secondary contact

    zipcode

    Min Length : [2]
    Max Length : [14]

    Zipcode

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    Update a shipping origin
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a shipping origin

    DELETE

    You can delete a registered factory destination.
    You cannot delete the default shipping destination and the shipping destination with the product/item assigned to it assigned.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_shipping
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    origin_code
    Required

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [8]~Max : [8]

    Shipping origin code

    Delete a shipping origin
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Salesreport

    Financials dailysales

    Financials daily sales provide sales information for each PG company.
    You can search for sales information that meets the search criteria.

    Financials dailysales properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    date

    date

    payment_amount

    amount paid

    refund_amount

    amount refunded

    sales_count

    Number of sales

    Retrieve a list of daily sales

    GET

    Retrieve daily sales with start/end date & PG (Payment Gateway).
    You can get daily payment & refund amount.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_salesreport
    Request Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    start_date
    Required

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Search End Date

    payment_gateway_name

    Payment gateway name

    partner_id

    PG-issued store ID

    payment_method

    payment method code

    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account
    point: digital wallet balance
    cell: mobile

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Financials monthlysales

    Financials monthly sales provide sales information by PG company and monthly.
    You can search for sales information that meets the search criteria.

    Financials monthlysales properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    month

    month and year

    payment_amount

    amount paid

    refund_amount

    amount refunded

    sales_count

    Number of sales

    Retrieve a list of monthly sales

    GET

    Retrieve monthly sales with start/end date & PG (Payment Gateway).
    You can get monthly payment & refund amount.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_salesreport
    Request Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    start_month
    Required

    start month

    end_month
    Required

    end month

    payment_gateway_name

    Payment gateway name

    partner_id

    PG-issued store ID

    payment_method

    payment method code

    card: credit card
    tcash: bank transfer
    icash: virtual account
    point: digital wallet balance
    cell: mobile

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Reports hourlysales

    Reports hour sales statistics allow you to view data on various sales based on a specific date and time.

    Reports hourlysales properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    collection_date

    Settlement collection date

    collection_hour

    Settlement collection time

    order_count

    No. of orders

    item_count

    Number of variants

    order_price_amount

    product subtotal

    order_sale_price

    Discount amount

    shipping_fee

    shipping fee

    coupon_discount_price

    coupon discount

    actual_order_amount

    Actual payment amount

    refund_amount

    amount refunded

    sales

    Net sales

    used_points

    Points

    used_credits

    Credits

    used_naver_points

    Naver Pay points

    used_naver_cash

    NAVER cash

    refund_points

    Refunded points

    refund_credits

    Refunded credits

    refund_naver_points

    Refunded Naver Pay points

    refund_naver_cash

    Refunded Naver cash

    Retrieve hourly sales statistics of a store

    GET

    Retrieve various sales data as a list by date & time.
    Retrieve data such as number of orders, number of items, purchase amount & discount amount.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_salesreport
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    collection_hour

    Settlement collection time

    Search by specifying the collection time
    You can enter values from 00 to 23.

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [1000]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 744

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Reports productsales

    You can use the Reports products to check the statistics sold based on the product.

    Reports productsales properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    collection_date

    Settlement collection date

    collection_hour

    Settlement collection time

    product_no

    Product number

    variants_code

    Variant code

    product_price

    product subtotal

    settle_count

    Quantity completely paid

    refund_count

    No. of refunds

    sale_count

    No. of net sales

    return_product_count

    Quantity of products completely returned

    exchange_product_count

    Quantity of products completely exchanged

    cancel_product_count

    Quantity completely cancelled

    total_sale_count

    Accumulated sales

    total_cancel_count

    Accumulated cancellations

    Retrieve hourly product sales statistics of a store

    GET

    Retrieve product sales statistics by date & time.
    Retrieve information such as item code, paid quantity, refund quantity, cumulative sales quantity, etc.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_salesreport
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    collection_hour

    Settlement collection time

    Search by specifying the collection time
    You can enter values from 00 to 23.

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [1000]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 100

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Reports salesvolume

    SalesVolume is the quantity of goods sold in the shopping mall. The sales quantity is updated periodically, so it may not be reflected in real time.

    Reports salesvolume properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    collection_date

    Settlement collection date

    Collection date on which sales volume statistics were collected

    collection_hour

    Settlement collection time

    Collection time when sales volume statistics were collected

    product_price

    Product price

    Price of the product.

    product_option_price

    Product option price

    Additional price for option.

    settle_count

    Quantity completely paid

    Count for payment complete order at search period.

    exchane_product_count

    Quantity of products completely exchanged

    Quantity exchanged for the item during the searched period.

    cancel_product_count

    Quantity completely cancelled

    Count canceled product withint search period.

    return_product_count

    Quantity of products completely returned

    Count returned product at search period.

    updated_date

    Final data renewal time

    Shows time when sales quantity statistical data is updated.

    variants_code

    Variant code

    Variants code of the product.

    product_no

    Product number

    total_sales

    Total sales volume

    Total quantity sold during the time period that the item was searched.

    Retrieve a sales report

    GET

    You can view sales volume statistics.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_salesreport
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Either 'product_no' or 'variant_code' is necessary for search.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    variants_code

    Variant code

    Variants code for search sales volume.

    Either 'product_no' or 'variant_code' is necessary for search.

    category_no

    Category number

    Count sales volume of specific category.

    mobile

    Whether it is mobile or PC

    Count sales volume at mobile.

    T: Mobile
    F: Others

    delivery_type

    Delivery type

    Count sales volume of either domestic or abroad.

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    group_no

    Member level number

    supplier_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Supplier id

    Search for quantity registered with specific supplier ID among sales quantity.

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Search start date for count sales volume(by payment date).
    Must use with 'updated end date' simultaneously.

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    End date of search for sales volume(by payment date).
    Must use with 'start_date' simultaneously.

    Retrieve a sales report
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Personal

    Carts

    Carts is a function that stores products in advance so that they can be ordered at once before ordering them.
    In shopping cart resources, you can use the Front API to put certain products in your shopping cart, and in the Admin API, you can look up the shopping cart of a specific member.

    Carts properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    basket_product_no

    cart item number

    member_id

    Member id

    created_date

    date of deposition

    product_no

    Product number

    additional_option_values

    Additional option

    variant_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Product item code

    quantity

    Available inventory

    product_price

    Product price

    option_price

    Option price

    product_bundle

    Product bundle

    T: Set product
    F: No set product

    shipping_type

    Delivery type

    A: Domestic
    B: Overseas

    category_no

    Category number

    Retrieve a shopping cart

    GET

    You can check the products in the member's shopping cart.
    You can check the shopping cart of several members at once.
    You can check the member ID, the date you put it in, and the product number.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_personal
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Customers wishlist

    Wishlist Resource

    Customers wishlist is a relational resource that lets you retrieve a list of products in a customer's wishlist.

    Customers wishlist properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    wishlist_no

    number of a wishlist product

    product_no

    Product number

    variant_code

    Type : [A-Z0-9]
    Length Min : [12]~Max : [12]

    Variant code

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    additional_option

    Additional option

    attached_file_option

    Attached file option

    price

    Product price

    Selling price. Price that before applying coupon or other benefits.

    At the time of product create, all multi-shopping mall's products have the same price. If you want to enter a different price for each multi-shopping mall, you can enter the price differently by modifying the product.

    ※ Price of product when automatically calculated = [ Value of supply + (Value of supply * Rate of margin) + addtional cost ]

    product_bundle

    Product bundle

    created_date

    date of deposition

    Date when an item was added to the wishlist.

    price_content

    Max Length : [20]

    Alternative phrase of the selling price

    Retrieve a count of products in customer wishlist

    GET

    Search a list of wishlist products of a customer.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_personal
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve a count of products in customer wishlist
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of products in customer wishlist

    GET

    You can check the list of products registered as products of interest by a specific member.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_personal
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    member_id
    Required

    Member id

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products carts



    Products carts are the resources to check the number of members who put a particular product in their cart.
    You can inquire about the ID of the member who put a specific product in the shopping basket, the date of the item, and the number of members.

    Products carts properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    member_id

    Member id

    created_date

    date of deposition

    product_no

    Product number

    variant_code

    Product item code

    quantity

    Available inventory

    product_bundle

    Product bundle

    T: Set product
    F: No set product

    Retrieve a count of carts containing a product

    GET

    You can check the number of members who put a specific product in their shopping cart.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_personal
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    Retrieve a count of carts containing a product
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a list of carts containing a product

    GET

    Check the information in your shopping cart as a list.
    You can check the membership ID, the date you put it in.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_personal
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Privacy

    Customersprivacy

    A resource about personal information of a certain customer. You need to be extra careful when handling this resource as it contains sensitive information.

    Customersprivacy properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    name

    Name

    name of the customer

    name_english

    English name

    English name of the customer

    name_phonetic

    Phonetic transcription name (Japanese)

    phonetic name of the customer(Japanese)

    phone

    Office phone number

    phone of the customer

    cellphone

    Mobile

    mobile of the customer

    email

    Email

    email of the customer

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    Whether receive SMS or not. 'Do not receive' status receives only important mail such as order status, service information.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    Whether receive email or not. 'Do not receive' status receives only important mail such as order status, service information.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive
    D: Never receive email

    thirdparty_agree

    Agree to provide info to third parties

    T : Yes
    F : No

    wedding_anniversary

    Date

    Wedding anniversary

    wedding anniversary of the customer

    birthday

    Date

    Birthday

    Birthday of the customer

    solar_calendar

    Whether it is a solar calendar

    Whether birthday is based on solar calendar or not.

    T: Solar calendar
    F: Lunar calendar

    total_points

    total points

    available_points

    available points

    used_points

    used points

    city

    Max Length : [255]

    City / Town

    state

    Max Length : [255]

    state

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    The primary address of the customer. (city / county / province)

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    The detailed address of the customer.

    group_no

    Group number

    number of member group of the customer

    job_class

    Job class

    job class of the customer

    job

    Job

    job of the customer

    zipcode

    Max Length : [14]

    Zipcode

    created_date

    Created date

    signup date of the customer

    member_authentication

    Member authentication

    Member authentication type. Customer divided as 4 types based on member authentication.

    T: Authorized
    F: Unauthorized
    B: Special management member
    J: Members below 14 years old

    use_blacklist

    Whether the member is blocklisted

    Whether customer is a blacklist or not. You may limit the customer action for log-in, purchase, and both log-in and purchase.

    T: Set
    F: Not set

    blacklist_type

    Blocklisted type

    Blacklist type of the customer. You may limit the customer action for log-in, purchase, and both log-in and purchase.

    P: Block purchase
    L: Block log-in
    A: Block both log-in and purchase

    last_login_date

    Last login date

    last login date of the customer

    member_authority

    Member authority

    Member authority classification. Member authority is separated to representative operator, sub operator, supplier, and ordinary member.

    C: General member
    P: Representative operator
    A: Sub-operator
    S: Supplier

    nick_name

    Max Length : [50]

    Nick name

    nick name of the customer

    recommend_id

    Referrer ID

    referrer ID that customer entered when joined member

    residence

    Residence

    residence of the customer

    interest

    Interest

    interest of the customer

    gender

    Gender

    Gender of the customer

    M: Male
    F: Female

    member_type

    Member type

    member type of the customer

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    company_type

    Company type

    In case member type is Business

    p: Individual business
    c: Corporate business

    foreigner_type

    Foreigner type

    way how authenticate the foreign member in Korea

    F: Foreigner registration number
    P: Passport number
    D: International driver's license

    authentication_method

    Method of verification

    null: not verified
    i: i-PIN verification
    m: mobile verification
    e: email verification
    d: mobile number verification (duplicate checker)
    a: app verification (Others)

    lifetime_member

    Agree to shift to a permanent account

    T: Agree F: Do not agree

    corporate_name

    Corporate name

    corporate name of the customer

    nationality

    Nationality

    If the customer is a "foreign member", the nationality of the customer

    shop_name

    Shop name

    shop name of the customer

    country_code

    Country code

    The country of the customer

    use_mobile_app

    Whether to use mobile app

    whether customer using mobile app or not

    T: Using mobile app
    F: Do not using mobile app

    join_path

    Sign up medium

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    fixed_group

    customer tier fixing settings

    Whether the rating is fixed so that a specific member does not apply to the automatic rating change of the member
    It can only be used in malls that use the automatic rating change function of members.

    T: fix
    F: do not fix

    refund_bank_code

    Max Length : [20]

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_account_no

    Max Length : [40]

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    company_condition

    Max Length : [50]

    Business type

    company_line

    Max Length : [50]

    Business item

    sns_list

    Linked socials

    account_reactivation_date

    Account reactivation date

    available_credits

    available credits

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    Additional information of the customer

    Retrieve a list of customer information

    GET

    Check the list of members who joined the shopping mall.
    You can check the member ID, name, mobile phone, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_privacy
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    search_type

    Search type

    Can choose member search criteria based on member information or join date. Can search regardless of offset when using join date criteria.

    ※ Can use only created_start_date condition when search member based on join date.

    customer_info : Search by customer information
    created_date : Search by join date

    DEFAULT customer_info

    created_start_date

    Date

    search start date for join date search criteria

    Start date for searching for customers when search_type is create_date. You can search for customers who signed up after the start date.

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    Whether receive email or not. 'Do not receive' status receives only important mail such as order status, service information.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive
    D: Never receive email

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    Whether receive SMS or not. 'Do not receive' status receives only important mail such as order status, service information.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    thirdparty_agree

    Agree to provide info to third parties

    T : Yes
    F : No

    group_no

    Group number

    number of member group of the customer

    search_field

    Search field

    Search field for targeted member.

    id: ID
    name: name
    hp: mobile
    tel: phone
    mail: email
     shop_name: company name

    keyword

    Keyword

    Input search term of search field that targeted to search.
    ex) search_field : mail
    keyword : cafe24@cafe24.com

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    date_type

    Date type

    Search criteria for search targeted member. Search start date and Search end date would be the time period of signup date if the search criteria is 'join'.

    join: Sign-up date
    log-in: Latest access date
    age: Birthday
    account_reactivation: Account reactivation date

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Start date for searching for data by specific filters. Must be used with a search end date. If the start date is the same as the end date, results will be retrieved based on the date. The date should be formatted as “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.”
    e.g. 2018-12-31 23:59:59

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    End date when searching for data by filters. Must be used with a start date. If the end date is the same as the start date, results will be retrieved based on the date. The date should be formatted as “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.”
    e.g. 2018-12-31 23:59:59

    member_type

    Member type

    member type of the customer

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    member_class

    Member class

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam.

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    residence

    Residence

    residence of the customer

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    gender

    Gender

    Gender of the customer

    M: Male
    F: Female

    member_authority

    Member authority

    Member authority classification. Member authority is separated to representative operator, sub operator, supplier, and ordinary member.

    C: General member
    P: Representative operator
    A: Sub-operator
    S: Supplier

    DEFAULT C

    join_path

    Sign up medium

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    use_mobile_app

    Whether to use mobile app

    T: Using mobile app
    F: Do not using mobile app

    fixed_group

    customer tier fixing settings

    T: fix
    F: do not fix

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [1000]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 30

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    When "created_date"is used for "search_type", offset parameter cannot be used.

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve a count of customer information

    GET

    Check the number of members who have joined the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_privacy
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    search_type

    Search type

    You can choose whether to search for customers based on customer information or signup date. If you search with signup date, you can search for all customers regardless of offset.

    *If you choose signup date, you cannot use all search conditions except for created_start_date.

    customer_info : Search by customer information
    created_date : Search by join date

    DEFAULT customer_info

    created_start_date

    Date

    search start date for join date search criteria

    Start date for searching for customers when search_type is create_date. You can search for customers who signed up on or after the start date.

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    Settings for receiving email notifications. If you unsubscribe from email notifications, you will still receive email updates about your order status or our services.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive
    D: Never receive email

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    Settings for receiving SMS notifications. If you unsubscribe, you will not receive advertisements but still receive notifications about Cafe24's services.

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    thirdparty_agree

    Agree to provide info to third parties

    T : Yes
    F : No

    group_no

    Group number

    A number assigned to the customer level of the customer

    search_field

    Search field

    Customer search fields

    id: ID
    name: name
    hp: mobile
    tel: phone
    mail: email
     shop_name: company name

    keyword

    Keyword

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    date_type

    Date type

    join: Sign-up date
    log-in: Latest access date
    age: Birthday
    account_reactivation: Account reactivation date

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    Start date for searching for data by specific filters. Must be used with a search end date. If the start date is the same as the end date, results from the date will be retrieved. The date should be formatted as “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.”
    e.g. 2018-12-31 23:59:59

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    End date when searching for data by filters. Must be used with a start date. If the end date is the same as the start date, results from the date will be retrieved. The date should be formatted as “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.”
    e.g. 2018-12-31 23:59:59

    member_type

    Member type

    Account type of the customer

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    member_class

    Member class

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam.

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    residence

    Residence

    The customer's place of residence

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    gender

    Gender

    Gender of the customer

    M: Male
    F: Female

    member_authority

    Member authority

    Different permissions are assigned to customer account, head admin account, sub-admin account, and supplier account.

    C: General member
    P: Representative operator
    A: Sub-operator
    S: Supplier

    DEFAULT C

    join_path

    Sign up medium

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    use_mobile_app

    Whether to use mobile app

    T: Using mobile app
    F: Do not using mobile app

    fixed_group

    customer tier fixing settings

    T: fix
    F: do not fix

    Retrieve a count of customer information
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a customer information

    GET

    Check the member using the member ID.
    You can check your name, English name, mobile phone number, e-mail, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_privacy
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a customer information

    PUT

    Modify the member information using the member ID.
    Change SMS reception status, birthday, address, etc.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_privacy
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    cellphone

    Mobile

    email

    Email

    Email

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive
    D: Never receive email

    thirdparty_agree

    Agree to provide info to third parties

    T : Yes
    F : No

    birthday

    Birthday

    solar_calendar

    Whether it is a solar calendar

    T: Solar calendar
    F: Lunar calendar

    address1

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 1

    address2

    Max Length : [255]

    Address 2

    zipcode

    Max Length : [14]

    Zipcode

    country_code

    Country code

    additional_information

    Additional information list

    key
    Additional field key

    value
    Additional field value

    city

    Max Length : [255]

    City / Town

    state

    Max Length : [255]

    state

    refund_bank_code

    Max Length : [20]

    code assigned to bank for refunds

    refund_bank_account_no

    Max Length : [40]

    Refund account number

    refund_bank_account_holder

    Refund Account Account Holder's Name

    fixed_group

    customer tier fixing settings

    T: fix
    F: do not fix

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Products wishlist customers

    Products wishlist customers is a resource that lets you retrieve a list of customers who added products to wishlist.

    Wishlist Resource

    Products wishlist customers properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    member_id

    Member id

    Retrieve a list of customers with a product in wishlist

    GET

    You can check the list of members who have a particular product in their products of interest.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_privacy
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    System assigned code. This code cannot be duplicated.

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve a list of customers with a product in wishlist
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a count of customers with a product in wishlist

    GET

    Count customers which put a product into a wishlist.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_privacy
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve a count of customers with a product in wishlist
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Mileage

    Credits

    Credits are cash equivalents that can be used by the customers as a viable payment method to receive refunds. When using this API, not that this API requires sensitive scopes.

    Credits properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    issue_date

    registered date

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    group_name

    Group Name

    increase_amount

    issued amount

    decrease_amount

    deducted amount

    balance

    balance

    admin_id

    manager ID

    admin_name

    manager name

    reason

    Reason of processing

    case

    cases for issuing credits

    order_id

    Order ID

    Retrieve a list of credits by date range

    GET

    Look up deposits as a list.
    You can check the member ID, the current amount, and the type of deposit.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_mileage
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    type

    whether increase/decrease credits

    I: payment history
    D: deduction details

    case

    cases for issuing credits

    A: cancel order
    B: refund deposit
    C: purchase goods
    D: arbitrary adjustment
    E: cash refund
    G: charge

    admin_id

    manager ID

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    search_field

    Search field

    id: id
    reason: Reason for processing

    keyword

    Keyword

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [200]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 50

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Credits report

    Credits report is a resource that allows you to retrieve a report of credits issued and deducted during a specified period of time.

    Credits report properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    increase_amount

    issued amount

    decrease_amount

    deducted amount

    credits_total

    credits total

    Retrieve a credit report by date range

    GET

    Look up deposit statistics.
    You can check the total amount of payment, deduction, and deposit.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_mileage
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    type

    whether increase/decrease credits

    I: payment history
    D: deduction details

    case

    cases for issuing credits

    A: cancel order
    B: refund deposit
    C: purchase goods
    D: arbitrary adjustment
    E: cash refund
    G: charge

    admin_id

    manager ID

    search_field

    Search field

    id: id
    reason: Reason for processing

    keyword

    Keyword

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Points

    A resource about store credit of a certain customer. You need to be extra careful when handling this resource as it has its own scope and can be very sensitive.

    Points properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    case

    mileage type

    member_id

    Member id

    email

    Email

    group_name

    Group Name

    available_points_increase

    reward points

    available_points_decrease

    deduct points

    available_points_total

    available points

    unavailable_points

    pending points

    order_date

    Ordered date

    issue_date

    mileage issued date

    available_date

    pending points available date

    admin_id

    manager ID

    admin_name

    manager name

    order_id

    Order ID

    reason

    reason for provide mileage

    Reason for increase / decrease mileage.

    amount

    mileage amount

    Maximum 1,000,000 mileage can be given for a single request.
    Cannot deduct more than available mileage.

    type

    whether increase/decrease mileage

    You can choose whether increase or decrease mileage.

    Retrieve points

    GET

    You can inquire about the members' reserves.
    You can inquire the type and reason for each of the paid or deducted reserves.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_mileage
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    email

    Email

    Email

    order_id

    Max Length : [100]

    Order ID

    group_no

    Group number

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    case

    mileage type

    If you request all without specifying a loyalty point type, 'D: Refund to points' is excluded in response, hence you need to specify the type to retrieve a certain type of refund.

    A: points issued directly by admin
    B: amount refunded as points upon order cancellation
    C: cancelled pending points
    D: available after refund has been completed
    E: customers added via CSV file
    F: deducted product-based points upon order cancellation
    G: points issued to new customers who were referred by an existing customer
    H: (legacy data for checking past points issuance history) points issued at checkout according to the customer tier (customer tier-based points)
    I: cancelled customer tier-based points upon order cancellation
    J: cancelled points issued via coupons upon order cancellation
    K: points issued at checkout according to the customer's tier (customer tier-based points)
    L: points issued according to the type of coupon used at checkout (coupon-based points)
    M: points used at checkout to purchase products
    N: points issued to new customers
    O: instant points payout from coupons (online/promo code)
    P: points issued for purchased products (points issued for purchases)
    Q: points issued for adding store to favorites
    R: points issued to referrers
    S: re-issued points used for purchases upon order cancellation (restore points for cancelled orders)
    T: points issued for subscribing to a newsletter
    U: points issued for logging in after installing a shortcut icon (Linkon)
    V: deducted points upon order cancellation by a referee
    W: points issued for orders placed by a referee
    X: extra points issued for orders placed by accessing the store through a shortcut icon (Link on)
    Y: (legacy data for checking past points issuance history) points issued for products purchased (points issued for purchases)
    Z: points issued for adding a shortcut icon
    AA : extra points deducted for orders placed by accessing the store through a shortcut icon (Link on)
    AB: expired points
    AD: points issued for participating in Customer information update campaigns
    AE: points issued for orders placed via Plus App
    AF: points deducted upon Plus App order cancellation
    AG: points used for offline purchases
    AH: points restored upon offline purchase cancellation
    AI: points issued for participating in Event Factory promotion
    AK: points issued for enabling Plus App's push notification
    AL: points issued for installing Plus App
    AM: points issued via API
    AN: points issued for receiving push notifications
    AO: points for orders placed via Plus App deducted upon canceling [Purchase confirmation]
    AP: [Coupon-based] points deducted upon canceling [Purchase confirmation]
    AQ: [Customer tier-based] points deducted upon canceling [Purchase confirmation]
    AR: product-based points deducted upon the cancellation of [Purchase confirmation]
    AS: points for shortcut icon (Linkon) deducted upon the cancellation of [Purchase confirmation]
    1: points issued for opting-in store's SMS and emails
    2: points issued for opting-in store's SMS
    3: points issued for participating in Customer information update campaigns
    4: points redeemed upon offline order cancellation
    5: points issued upon offline order
    6: [Product-based] points issued by admin for [adding an item]
    7: [Customer tier-based] points issued by admin for [adding an item]
    8: [Product-based] points issued by admin for [exchanging an item]
    9: [Customer tier-based] points issued by admin for [exchanging an item]

    points_category

    points history

    available: available points
    unavailable: pending points
    unavailable_coupon: pending customer tier/coupon-based points

    DEFAULT available

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Issue and deduct points

    POST

    You can increase or deduct members' reserves.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_mileage
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    A unique number assigned to a store using the default store language or other languages. An SMS message can only be sent from stores using Korean.

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    member ID

    order_id

    Order ID

    Order ID

    amount
    Required

    Min : [0]

    mileage amount

    Maximum 1,000,000 mileage can be given for a single request.
    Cannot deduct more than available mileage.

    type
    Required

    whether increase/decrease mileage

    You can choose whether increase or decrease mileage.

    increase : add mileage
    decrease : deduct mileage

    reason

    reason for provide mileage

    Reason for increase / decrease mileage.

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Points autoexpiration



    Points autoexpiration is a feature related to automatically expiring points.
    You can inquire about the automatic expiration settings, register, and delete them.

    Points autoexpiration properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    expiration_date

    Expiration start date

    interval_month

    Expiration frequency

    1: 1 month
    3: 3 months
    6: 6 months
    12: 1 year

    target_period_month

    Points to expire

    6: points issued over the last 6 months since the expiration date
    12: points issued over the last 12 months since the expiration date
    18: points issued over the last 18 months since the expiration date
    24: points issued over the last 24 months since the expiration date
    30: points issued over the last 30 months since the expiration date
    36: points issued over the last 36 months since the expiration date

    group_no

    Customer tier

    0: All customer accounts

    standard_point

    Minimum number of points to expire

    send_email

    Send email

    T: Yes
    F: No

    send_sms

    Send SMS

    T: Yes
    F: No

    notification_time_day

    Notification time

    3: 3 days before expiration
    7: 7 days before expiration
    15: 15 days before expiration
    30: 1 month before expiration

    Retrieve an automatic points expiration

    GET

    You can check the automatic expiration setting of the store's reserves.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_mileage
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Retrieve an automatic points expiration
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create an automatic points expiration

    POST

    You can register the automatic expiration setting of the shopping mall.
    You can set the effective date of the initial extinguishment of the reserve and the period of extinguishment.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_mileage
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    expiration_date
    Required

    Date

    Expiration start date

    interval_month
    Required

    Expiration frequency

    1: 1 month
    3: 3 months
    6: 6 months
    12: 1 year

    target_period_month
    Required

    Points to expire

    6: points issued over the last 6 months since the expiration date
    12: points issued over the last 12 months since the expiration date
    18: points issued over the last 18 months since the expiration date
    24: points issued over the last 24 months since the expiration date
    30: points issued over the last 30 months since the expiration date
    36: points issued over the last 36 months since the expiration date

    group_no

    Customer tier

    0: All customer accounts

    DEFAULT 0

    standard_point
    Required

    Min : [1]

    Minimum number of points to expire

    Enter the minimum reference amount of reserves to be extinguished
    e.g.) When 100 is entered, only members with reserves of 100 won or more are subject to extinction

    send_email

    Send email

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    send_sms

    Send SMS

    T: Yes
    F: No

    DEFAULT F

    notification_time_day

    Notification time

    3: 3 days before expiration
    7: 7 days before expiration
    15: 15 days before expiration
    30: 1 month before expiration

    Create an automatic points expiration
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete an automatic points expiration

    DELETE

    You can delete the point auto-expire setting for the shopping mall.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_mileage
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    Delete an automatic points expiration
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Points report

    Points report is a resource that lets you retrieve a report on points issued during a specific date range.

    Points report properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    available_points_increase

    available mileage increase

    available_points_decrease

    available mileage decrease

    available_points_total

    available mileage total

    unavailable_points

    unavailable mileage

    unavailable_coupon_points

    temporary member mileage coupon mileage

    Retrieve a points report by date range

    GET

    You can view statistics about the increase or decrease in reserves over a specific period of time.
    You can view the increase, deduction, and total of available reserves.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_mileage
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Member id

    email

    Email

    Email

    group_no

    Group number

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Notification

    Customers invitation



    Invitation is the ability to send invitation messages to SMS, email, etc. to activate your account.
    Invitation is possible only if you have an existing ID.

    Customers invitation properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    member_id

    Max Length : [16]

    Member id

    Send an invitation to activate account

    POST

    Send an invitation message to activate the customer's account by SMS, email, etc.
    Enter a member ID and account activation invitation method.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    member_id
    Required

    Max Length : [16]

    Member id

    invitation_type
    Required

    Account invite method

    Send an invitation to activate account
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Push

    Push properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    push_code

    Push notification code

    send_type

    Notification type

    immediately: Immediate
    reservation: Scheduled
    repetition: Recurring

    reserve_day

    Scheduled delivery date

    reserve_hour

    Scheduled delivery hour

    reserve_minuate

    Scheduled delivery minute

    os_type

    OS Type

    all: All
    android: Android
    ios: iOS

    receiver_type

    Recipient type

    all: App users
    group: Customer accounts
    id: Custom selection

    group_no

    Customer tier (Recipient)

    title

    Title

    content_android

    Content (Android)

    content_ios

    Content (iOS)

    image_url

    Push notification image URL

    use_link

    Check whether redirect URL is enabled

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    link_type

    Link type

    url: Store page
    coupon: Coupon page
    notice: Notification Center

    external_link

    External link URL

    use_benefit

    Whether notification benefits are enabled

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    benefit_end_day

    Benefit expiration date

    benefit_points

    Rewarded points

    silent

    Check whether Silent mode is enabled

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    repetition_no

    Recurring push notification number

    created_date

    registered date

    send_date

    Date sent

    reserve_date

    Scheduled delivery date

    send_status

    Delivery status

    W: Pending
    F: Failed
    T: Sent
    H: Paused
    D: Sending
    X: Re-sent

    send_count_android

    Notifications sent (Android)

    send_count_ios

    Notifications sent (iOS)

    response_count_android

    Notifications opened (Android)

    response_count_ios

    Notifications opened (iOS)

    member_id

    Customer ID (Recipient)

    Retrieve push notification delivery history

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_notification
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    search_status
    Required

    Retrieve push notifications

    sending: Notifications sent
    reservation: Notficiations scheduled

    search_date

    Search date

    send-date: Date sent
    regist_date: Date created

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    push_code

    Push notification code

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    content

    Content

    send_type

    Notification type

    immediately: Immediate
    reservation: Scheduled
    repetition: Recurring

    receiver_type

    Recipient type

    all: App users
    group: Customer accounts
    id: Custom selection

    silent

    Check whether Silent mode is enabled

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve push notification delivery history
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a push notification

    POST

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    send_type
    Required

    Notification type

    immediately: Immediate
    reservation: Scheduled

    reserve_day

    Scheduled delivery date

    reserve_hour

    Min : [0]~Max : [23]

    Scheduled delivery hour

    reserve_minuate

    Min : [0]~Max : [59]

    Scheduled delivery minute

    os_type

    OS Type

    all: All
    android: Android
    ios: iOS

    DEFAULT all

    receiver_type

    Recipient type

    all: App users
    group: Customer accounts
    id: Custom selection

    DEFAULT all

    group_no

    Min : [1]

    Customer tier (Recipient)

    member_id

    Max Length : [20]

    Customer ID (Recipient)

    title

    Title

    content_android

    Content (Android)

    content_ios

    Content (iOS)

    image_url

    Push notification image URL

    use_link

    Check whether redirect URL is enabled

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    link_type

    Link type

    url: Store page
    coupon: Coupon page
    notice: Notification Center

    external_link

    External link URL

    use_benefit

    Whether notification benefits are enabled

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    benefit_end_day

    Min : [1]~Max : [999]

    Benefit expiration date

    benefit_points

    Rewarded points

    silent

    Check whether Silent mode is enabled

    T: Use
    F: Do not use

    DEFAULT F

    Create a push notification
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a push notification

    PUT

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    push_code
    Required

    Push notification code

    title

    Title

    content_android

    Content (Android)

    content_ios

    Content (iOS)

    image_url

    Push notification image URL

    Update a push notification
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete a push notification

    DELETE

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    push_code
    Required

    Push notification code

    Delete a push notification
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Recipientgroups

    Dispatch groups are the ability to manage bulk mail delivery groups.
    You can view, add, modify, or delete shipping groups.

    Recipientgroups properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    group_no

    Distribution group number

    group_name

    Max Length : [40]

    Distribution group name

    group_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Distribution group description

    created_date

    Date created

    group_member_count

    A count of customers in a distribution group

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    T: Send emails
    F: Do not send emails
    D: Never send emails

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    member_group_no

    Group number

    member_class

    Member class

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    member_type

    Member type

    VIP: Flagged customer
    Poor: Blocklisted customer

    join_path

    Sign up medium

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    inflow_path

    Traffic source

    inflow_path_detail

    Traffic source details

    date_type

    Date type

    Join: Signup date
    Birthday: Birthday
    Wedding: Wedding anniversary
    Partner: Spouse’s birthday

    start_date

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date

    Date

    Search End Date

    solar_calendar

    Whether it is a solar calendar

    T: Solar calendar
    F: Lunar calendar

    age_min

    Minimum search value for age

    age_max

    Maximum search value for age

    gender

    Gender

    M: Male
    F: Female

    available_points_min

    Minimum search value for points

    available_points_max

    Maximum search value for points

    use_mobile_app

    Whether to use mobile app

    T: Using mobile app
    F: Do not using mobile app

    plusapp_member_join

    Check whether the customer has created an account via Plus App

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Retrieve distribution group list

    GET

    You can retrieve the list of mass mail delivery groups.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_notification
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    offset

    Max : [10000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    Retrieve distribution group list
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve distribution group details

    GET

    You can retrieve the details of a particular mass mailing group.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_notification
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    group_no
    Required

    Min : [1]

    Distribution group number

    Retrieve distribution group details
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Create a distribution group

    POST

    Lets you create a bulk mail sending group.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 30
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    group_name
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Distribution group name

    group_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Distribution group description

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    T: Send emails
    F: Do not send emails
    D: Never send emails

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    member_group_no

    Min : [1]

    Group number

    member_class

    Member class

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam.

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    member_type

    Member type

    VIP: Flagged customer
    Poor: Blocklisted customer

    join_path

    Sign up medium

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    inflow_path

    Traffic source

    inflow_path_detail

    Traffic source details

    date_type

    Date type

    Join: Signup date
    Birthday: Birthday
    Wedding: Wedding anniversary
    Partner: Spouse’s birthday

    start_date

    Search Start Date

    end_date

    Search End Date

    solar_calendar

    Whether it is a solar calendar

    T: Solar calendar
    F: Lunar calendar

    age_min

    Min : [1]~Max : [99]

    Minimum search value for age

    age_max

    Min : [1]~Max : [99]

    Maximum search value for age

    gender

    Gender

    M: Male
    F: Female

    available_points_min

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Minimum search value for points

    available_points_max

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Maximum search value for points

    use_mobile_app

    Whether to use mobile app

    T: Using mobile app
    F: Do not using mobile app

    plusapp_member_join

    Check whether the customer has created an account via Plus App

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Create a distribution group
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Edit distribution group

    PUT

    You can modify the information for a specific mass mail sending group.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 30
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    group_no
    Required

    Min : [1]

    Distribution group number

    group_name
    Required

    Max Length : [40]

    Distribution group name

    group_description

    Max Length : [255]

    Distribution group description

    news_mail

    Whether to receive news mails

    T: Send emails
    F: Do not send emails
    D: Never send emails

    sms

    Whether to receive SMS

    T: Receive
    F: Do not receive

    member_group_no

    Min : [1]

    Group number

    member_class

    Member class

    This cannot be used on Cafe24 Japan, Vietnam.

    P: Individual
    C: Business
    F: Foreigner

    member_type

    Member type

    VIP: Flagged customer
    Poor: Blocklisted customer

    join_path

    Sign up medium

    P : PC
    M : mobile

    inflow_path

    Traffic source

    inflow_path_detail

    Traffic source details

    date_type

    Date type

    Join: Signup date
    Birthday: Birthday
    Wedding: Wedding anniversary
    Partner: Spouse’s birthday

    start_date

    Search Start Date

    end_date

    Search End Date

    solar_calendar

    Whether it is a solar calendar

    T: Solar calendar
    F: Lunar calendar

    age_min

    Min : [1]~Max : [99]

    Minimum search value for age

    age_max

    Min : [1]~Max : [99]

    Maximum search value for age

    gender

    Gender

    M: Male
    F: Female

    available_points_min

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Minimum search value for points

    available_points_max

    Min : [0]~Max : [999999999]

    Maximum search value for points

    use_mobile_app

    Whether to use mobile app

    T: Using mobile app
    F: Do not using mobile app

    plusapp_member_join

    Check whether the customer has created an account via Plus App

    T: Yes
    F: No

    Edit distribution group
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Delete distribution group

    DELETE

    You can delete a specific mass mail distribution group.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 30

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    group_no
    Required

    Min : [1]

    Distribution group number

    Delete distribution group
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Sms

    This resource allows you to automatically send SMS notifications regarding order or shipping status. You need to first check if SMS Delivery is enabled on a store before sending a request.

    Sms properties

    Attribute Description
    queue_code

    QUEUE code

    Send a SMS

    POST

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_notification
    Request Limit 1
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    sender_no
    Required

    Sender ID

    Unique number of sender.

    content
    Required

    message

    recipients

    Array Max : [100]

    recipient number

    member_id

    Array Max : [100]

    Member id

    group_no

    Group number

    0: All customer tiers

    exclude_unsubscriber

    whether exclude SMS rejected recipient

    May choose whether exclude SMS rejected recipient or not.

    T : exclude
    F : include

    DEFAULT T

    type

    sent type

    Type of SMS.
    Single SMS message can be up to 90 bytes per message and sent by several messages when over 90 bytes.
    LMS message can be up to 2000 bytes per message.

    SMS : short message service
    LMS : long message service

    DEFAULT SMS

    title

    Title

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Sms balance

    Sms balance properties

    Attribute Description
    balance

    Total SMS balance

    sms_count

    SMS balance

    lms_count

    LMS balance

    Retrieve the SMS balance

    GET

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_notification
    Request Limit 40
    Retrieve the SMS balance
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Sms senders

    This resource is a child resource of SMS resource, and contains the number from which SMS will be sent.

    Sms senders properties

    Attribute Description
    sender_no

    Sender ID

    Unique number of a sender.

    sender

    Sender number

    Phone number of a sender.

    auth_status

    certification status

    Certification status of a sender.
    Only certified number of a sender can be a proper sender.

    00 : delete
    10 : register
    20 : on evaluation
    30 : certification completed
    40 : refusal

    Retrieve a list of SMS senders

    GET

    This API can only be used in stores using Korean.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_notification
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    Set the maximum number of search result.
    Example) input '10' shows only '10' result

    DEFAULT 10

    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Translation

    Translations categories

    Translations categories are functions that allow you to inquire or modify translation information of a product classification.

    Translations categories properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    category_no

    Category number

    translations

    번역 정보

    Retrieve a list of product category translations

    GET

    You can check the translation information of the product classification.
    You can inquire about information such as language codes and meta tags.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_translation
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no

    Category number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    language_code

    Language code

    Search for translation information corresponding to the language code of the translation information
    If you select the language you want to search for information translated by language, you can check the translation for that language.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a list of product category translations
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update product category translation

    PUT

    You can modify the translation information of the product classification.
    When modifying translation information, language code is required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_translation
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    category_no
    Required

    Category number

    translations

    번역 정보

    language_code
    Required
    Language code

    category_name
    Category name

    seo Array

    meta_title
    Browser title

    meta_author
    Meta tag 1: Author

    meta_description
    Meta tag 2: Description

    meta_keywords
    Meta tag 3: Keywords

    Update product category translation
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Translations products

    Translations products are functions that allow you to inquire or modify the translation information of a product.

    Translations products properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    product_no

    Product number

    product_name

    Max Length : [250]

    Product name

    translations

    번역 정보

    Retrieve a list of product translations

    GET

    You can check the product's translation information.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_translation
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no

    Product number

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    product_name

    Product name

    Search for translation information corresponding to the product name of the product

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    language_code

    Language code

    Search for translation information corresponding to the language code of the translation information
    If you select the language you want to search for information translated by language, you can check the translation for that language.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    offset

    Max : [8000]

    Start location of list

    DEFAULT 0

    limit

    Min : [1]~Max : [100]

    Limit

    DEFAULT 10

    Retrieve a list of product translations
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update product translation

    PUT

    You can modify the product's translation information.
    When modifying translation information, language code is required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_translation
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    product_no
    Required

    Product number

    translations

    번역 정보

    language_code
    Required
    Language code

    product_name
    Product name

    product_tag
    Product tag

    payment_info
    Payment info

    shipping_info
    Shipping info

    exchange_info
    Exchange info

    service_info
    Service info

    summary_description
    Product Summary Description

    simple_description
    Simple Product Description

    description
    Detail description of product

    mobile_description
    Mobile version of product description

    product_material
    Material of product

    seo Array

    meta_title
    Browser title

    meta_author
    Meta tag 1: Author

    meta_description
    Meta tag 2: Description

    meta_keywords
    Meta tag 3: Keywords

    meta_alt
    Alt text of product image

    options Array

    name
    Option name

    value
    Option value

    Update product translation
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Translations store

    The Translations store is a function that allows you to view or modify the translation information of a store.

    Translations store properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    translations

    Translated data

    Retrieve a list of store translations

    GET

    You can check the store's translation information.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_translation
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    language_code

    Language code

    If you select the language you want to search for information translated by language, you can check the translation for that language.

    You can search multiple item with ,(comma)

    Retrieve a list of store translations
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update the translations of a store

    PUT

    You can modify the store's translation information.
    When modifying translation information, language code is required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_translation
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    translations

    Translation data

    language_code
    Required
    Language code

    shop_name
    Shop name

    company_name
    Company name

    company_registration_no
    Company registration number

    president_name
    CEO

    phone
    Office phone number

    email
    Email

    fax
    Office fax number

    zipcode
    Zipcode

    address1
    Address 1

    address2
    Address 2

    customer_service_phone
    Customer center service/order phone

    customer_service_hours
    Customer center operation time

    privacy_officer_name
    Privacy officer's name

    privacy_officer_email
    Privacy officer's email address

    Update the translations of a store
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Translations themes

    Themes is a feature that allows you to view or modify translation information on multilingual coded design skins.

    Translations themes properties

    Attribute Description
    skin_no

    Skin number

    translations

    Translation information

    skin_code

    Skin code

    skin_translation

    Theme translation

    Retrieve a list of theme translations

    GET

    You can check the design translation information of the design.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_translation
    Request Limit 40
    Retrieve a list of theme translations
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Retrieve a theme translation

    GET

    You can view design translation information for a specific design.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_translation
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    skin_no
    Required

    Skin number

    language_code
    Required

    Language code

    Retrieve a theme translation
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Update a theme translation

    PUT

    You can modify design translation information for a specific design.
    When modifying design translation information, language code and source code are required.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.write_translation
    Request Limit 40
    objects per single API call Limit 1

    Request

    Parameter Description
    skin_no
    Required

    Skin number

    skin_translation

    Theme translation

    language_code
    Required
    Language code

    source
    Required
    source code

    Update a theme translation
    Request Copy
    Response Copy

    Analytics

    Financials dailyvisits

    Financials daily devices provide the number of daily visits within the search period.

    Financials dailyvisits properties

    Attribute Description
    shop_no

    Shop Number

    date

    date

    visitors_count

    Count of visits

    Retrieve a count of dailyvisits

    GET

    Check the number of daily visits within the search period.

    Access to this API is limited to certain clients only. Please contact Cafe24 Developers to access it.

    Specification

    Property Description
    SCOPE mall.read_analytics
    Request Limit 40

    Request

    Parameter Description
    shop_no

    Min : [1]

    Shop Number

    DEFAULT 1

    start_date
    Required

    Date

    Search Start Date

    end_date
    Required

    Date

    Search End Date

    Retrieve a count of dailyvisits
    Request Copy
    Response Copy
    Top